en

204 650 EN School experiments with the chemistry kit
by Frank Rhmer and Bernd Seithe
1st Edition, November 2004
LD Didactic GmbH . Leyboldstrasse 1 . D-50354 Huerth / Germany . Phone (02233) 604-0 . Fax (02233) 604-222 . e-mail: info@ld-didactic.de
by LD Didactic GmbH Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany Technical alterations reserved
Chemistry Kit General
CK 1.0.0.0 Notes
Explanations and important notes

In the text and in the figures with the experiments several symbols are being used the meaning of which may not be known everywhere. For space reasons and for better clarity, the stands, the rods and the holders are not shown in the experimental setups. As an indication of the most sensible places to clamp the glassware, the symbols have been introduced. In the hazard information, regulating the handling of dangerous materials has been added to the school experiments. In order to give a more rapid overview of the level of danger of these chemicals, the corresponding hazard symbols have been included as pictograms. These individual hazard symbols mean: Hazard symbol Hazard designation with identification code highly toxic T+ toxic T carcinogenic T with R 45 or R 49 mutagenic T with R 46 reprotoxic T with R 60 reprotoxic T with R 61 noxious Xn irritant Xi sensitising Xn with R 42, Xi with R 43 carcinogenic Xn with R 40 mutagenic T with R 68 reprotoxic Xn with R 62 reprotoxic Xn with R 63 corrosive C
explosive E
oxidising O
highly flammable F+ flammable F
SEI 409
nature polluting N
During the preparation and carrying out of the experiments and the disposal afterwards the applicable regulations concerning accident prevention and hazardous materials are to be observed.
School experiments with the chemistry kit Table of contents Teacher part and student part
CK
Chemistry
CK1.4.2.2 Effect of indicators on bases CK1.4.2.3 Sodium hydroxide solution and its properties CK1.4.2.4 Production of bases by the reaction of metals with water CK1.5.1.1 Salt formation by neutralisation CK1.5.1.2 Salt formation by the reaction of base metals with dilute acids CK1.5.1.3 Salt formation by the reaction of metal oxides with acids CK1.5.1.4 Formation of salts by precipitation reactions CK1.5.1.5 Determination of the heat of neutralisation CK1.5.2.1 Growing crystals CK1.5.2.3 Freezing mixtures CK1.5.2.4 Determination of the heat of solution of salts CK1.6.1.1 The behaviour of metals when they are heated CK1.6.1.2 The causes of the changes to metals when they are heated CK1.6.1.3 Even metals will burn CK1.6.1.4 Rusting (rusting as an oxidation process) CK1.6.1.5 Protection against rusting by hot-dip tin plating and dip-galvanizing CK1.6.1.6 Changes to the properties of steel on heat treatment CK1.6.1.7 Soldering CK1.6.1.8 Silver mirror CK1.6.2.1 Production of charcoal CK1.6.2.2 Activated charcoal CK1.6.2.4 Sulfur properties (allotropes) CK1.6.2.5 Iodine and its properties CK2.1.1.1 The common features of all organic substances CK2.1.1.2 The waste gas forming during combustion of all organic substances CK2.1.1.3 The classical detection method for carbon CK2.2.1.1 Dry distillation of coal CK2.2.1.4 Determination of the melting temperature of paraffin CK2.2.2.2 Crude oil distillation CK2.2.2.3 Precipitation of bituminous components in crude oil
CK1.0.0.0 Hazard notes CK1.0.0.1 Setting up stands CK1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments Experiments CK1.1.1.1 Density, solubility, susceptibility to magnetisation and colour CK1.1.1.2 Boiling temperature CK1.1.1.3 Sublimation CK1.1.2.1 Heterogeneous mixtures CK1.1.2.2 Homogeneous mixtures CK1.1.3.1 Evaporation CK1.1.3.2 Differential settling and decanting CK1.1.3.3 Melting out and magnet separation CK1.1.3.4 Refining of rock salt by boiling CK1.1.3.5 Separation of non-miscible liquids CK1.1.3.6 Extraction CK1.1.3.7 Separation of substances by shaking CK1.1.3.8 Chromatography CK1.2.1.1 Detection of dissolved solids in different water samples CK1.2.1.2 Detection of dissolved gases in drinking water CK1.2.1.3 Solutions, colloids and suspensions CK1.2.1.5 Saturated solutions CK1.2.1.6 Determination of solubility CK1.2.3.1 Water dissociation and water synthesis CK1.2.3.2 Media for water detection CK1.3.1.2 Importance of air for combustion processes CK1.3.1.3 Investigation of the air CK1.3.2.1 Oxygen generation, detection and properties CK1.3.2.2 Carbon dioxide generation, detection and properties CK1.3.2.3 Carbon dioxide applications (fire extinguisher) CK1.3.2.4 Hydrogen generation and properties CK1.4.1.1 Production of detection agents for acids (and bases) CK1.4.1.2 Effect of indicators on acids CK1.4.1.3 Carbonic acid CK1.4.2.1 Caution when handling bases!
by LD Didactic GmbH
SE 410
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany Technical alterations reserved
CK2.2.2.4 Properties of individual crude oil fractions CK2.2.2.6 Determination of the flashpoint of crude oil fractions CK2.2.2.7 Petroleum spirit a solvent CK2.2.3.4 Deparaffination CK2.2.3.5 Deparaffination by extractive crystallisation by means of urea CK2.3.1.1 Production of "wood spirit" CK2.3.1.2 Alcoholic fermentation CK2.3.1.3 Production of pure alcohol by distillation CK2.3.2.1 Identification of alcohols by means of the escape tube test CK2.3.2.2 Distinguishing methanol and ethanol CK2.3.2.3 Iodoform test CK2.3.3.1 Ethanol a solvent CK2.3.3.2 Production of hard spirit CK2.3.3.3 Flammability of an ethanol-water mixture CK2.3.3.4 Water solubility of various alkanols CK2.3.3.6 Potential applications for glycol and glycerine CK2.4.1.1 Production of methane acid CK2.4.1.4 Production of oxalic acid from rhubarb leaves CK2.4.1.5 Production of citric acid CK2.4.2.1 Formic acid (methane acid) a conservation agent CK2.4.2.3 Properties methane and ethane acid
CK2.4.2.4 CK2.4.3.1 CK2.4.3.2 CK3.1.1.1 CK3.1.1.2 CK3.1.2.1 CK3.3.2.3 CK3.3.2.4 CK3.3.2.6 CK3.3.2.7 CK3.4.1.1 CK3.4.1.2 CK4.1.1.2 CK4.1.1.3 CK4.1.1.4 CK4.1.1.5 CK4.1.1.6 CK4.1.1.7 CK4.2.1.2 CK4.2.1.3 CK4.2.2.1 CK4.2.2.3
Formation of verdigris Ester of methane acid Esters of ethane acid Flame test Blowpipe analysis Borax bead Analysis of felt-tip pen inks Thin layer chromatographic separation of colorants Separation of heavy metal ions Analysis of alloys Titration Determination of the acetic acid content Investigation of the electrical conductivity of liquids and solutions Conductometry Detection of ion migration The electrolytic production of sodium hydroxide solution Electrolysis of water (dilute sodium hydroxide solution) Galvanising Diffusion Osmosis Endothermic and exothermic reactions Catalytic reactions
Control diagrams
204 60 Chemistry kit part 1 204 60 204 60 Chemistry kit part 2a Chemistry kit part 2b
SE 410
School experiments with the chemistry kit

Teacher part
CK 1.0.0.1 Setting up stands
The following 2 basic setups for stands are used in the experiments:
Basic stand setup I
Basic stand setup II
Devices
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm, 10 mm................................301 26 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand tube, 45 cm, 10 mm ..............................666 609
Devices
2 bossheads..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm, 10 mm ..............................301 28 2 universal clamps ................................................666 555 2 stand tubes, 45 cm, 10 mm ............................666 609
Setup
- Insert the short stand rod horizontally in a stand base. - Push a further stand base over the free end of the rod. - Screw tight the stand tube vertically in one of the stands. - Attach the jaw clamp by means of clamp to the stand tube.
Setup
- Insert two stand rods horizontally in a base and clamp them
tight so that they stick out a bit on both sides.

- Push the second base over the longer end of the two rods
SEI 409
and clamp it tight so that the distance between the bases is approximately 25 cm. - Screw tight the stand tubes vertically in the bases. - Attach clamps to the stand tubes and screw tight the jaw clamps.
CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments
The text below contains sorted by experiment numbers additional information on the tasks, the carrying out of the experiments and disposal after the individual experiments. 1.1.1.1 Notes on this task Chemistry is mainly concerned with material processes (e.g. transformations of materials) Because these processes depend among other factors on the structure and properties of the substances involved, it is also a purpose of chemistry to investigate the structure of the substances and their properties. Every material is identified by properties characteristic (specific) to it, which e.g. can be used as the basis of separation processes. One important characteristic of a substance is its colour. It can just like smell and taste be determined by means of the senses. However, for the chemist the physical properties are particularly relevant. For the unambiguous identification of a substance several properties must always be considered. This is also demonstrated in the part experiments. Notes on disposal Filter solids out of the solutions, dry them and re-use for similar experiments. Pour salt water into a labelled collection container. Pour the filtered water into the sink. -------------------1.1.1.2 Notes on this task The boiling temperature or boiling point (abbr. BP) refers to the temperature at which a transformation from liquid to gas is made. The boiling temperature is e.g. important for the separation of mixtures of liquids (e.g. fractional distillation of mineral oil). Notes on procedure It must be ensured that the opening of the gas venting tube does not point towards the experimenters or other students because a very hot vapour forms. For safety reasons, for the determination of the boiling point of methylated spirit preferably a heated bath or heating mantle should be used. This method can also be used for the determination of the boiling points of other liquids. Approximate time required for the experiment: 40 min. Notes on evaluation Explanation of the shape of the curves: The curves reach their maximum value after some time, the corresponding boiling point. The boiling point of water is 100 C, that of methylated spirit (ethanol) 78 C. Responses: During boiling, one liquid is transformed to the vapour (gaseous) state. The reversal of the boiling process is described as condensation. 1.1.2.1 Notes on this task Many substances occurring in nature are mixtures of substances (or blends). These mixtures can be heterogeneous or homogeneous. A mixture is described as heterogeneous when e.g. with the naked eye or by means of a magnifying glass the particles of the original substances (pure substances) can be identified. During this experimental series the students should produce such heterogeneous mixtures of substances for the subsequent separation procedures. -------------------1.1.3.3 Notes on this task Two separation methods are introduced which are important for technical applications. Sulfur occurs as a free element in nature. However, it is combined with rocks. It is e.g. mined and then melted out to separated it from impurities. Sulfur deposits occurring at greater depth are extracted using the so-called Frasch process. In this process the sulfur is melted out by injecting, super-heated steam and then forced to the surface by means of hot compressed air. Besides glass, paper etc. our rubbish also contains plastics and iron-containing parts. Because iron parts are still highly suitable for reprocessing, they are separated from the rubbish by means of magnetic separation. -------------------1.1.3.4 Notes on this task Table salt occurs as rock salt in large salt deposits in the earth. Usually it is simply mined. For industrial processing it is usually only crushed small. In order to obtain particularly pure salt, the mined salt is processed in so-called salt refineries.
Notes on disposal Remove the boiling stones and dry them. Pour the methylated spirit into a specially labelled bottle and reuse for similar experiments. During the boiling of water, lime scale can form. This is to be removed with very dilute hydrochloric acid. Neutralise the hydrochloric acid before pouring out or pour it into a collection container. -------------------1.1.1.3 Notes on disposal Iodine stains can be removed with sodium thiosulphate solution. Collect any iodine residues in specially labelled containers and dispose of as special waste or recycle. --------------------
SEI 409

1.2.1.6 Notes on this task The solubility of a solid substance, e.g. of a salt in a solvent, in most cases increases with the temperature of the solvent. This experiment serves as consolidation for experiment 1.2.1.5. Notes on procedure While two students carry out the experiment, a further student prepares the corresponding salt quantities, which are weighed out in the watch glass dish. If you want more precise results, 0.1 g portions must be used (see values in brackets). For safety reasons the solutions are only heated to 80 C. Repeat the experiment with different types of salt or carry them out at the same time. Approximate time requirement: 25 min. Notes on disposal Dilute the salt solutions and pour them down the drain. -------------------1.2.3.1 Notes on this task This experiment is suitable as a way to experimentally introduce the terms element and compound. At the same time the students experience a way of determining the chemical composition of a substance. In this context, the terms analysis and synthesis can also be explained. Notes on procedure The hydrogen flowing out should only be ignited after the so called oxyhydrogen test (see experiment 1.3.2.4). Ensure that the dampened sand is not heated too much in order to prevent the water from evaporating immediately. The steel wool in the angled tube serves as protection against flashbacks. Approximate time requirement: 15 min. Notes on disposal Heat the zinc oxide to a high temperature and after it has cooled down place it in the collection container for solids. -------------------1.2.3.2 Notes on this task In many salts, water is chemically bound as water of crystallisation. With the absorption and desorption of water colour changes are often associated. For this reason some of these salts are very suitable for the detection of water.
The exercises described should encourage the students to develop their own experiments. All suggested options should be comprehensively discussed before the experiment is started and, provided it is technically feasible, they should also be tried out. Notes on procedure The individual steps of dissolving, filtering and evaporating should be developed by the students themselves. During the dissolving process it should be pointed out that the result is a so-called "brine". With this example it should be demonstrated at the same time that often several separation methods are necessary in order to obtain the pure material. Tasting tests should never be carried out during chemistry lessons! The students must not taste the refined salt produced. -------------------1.1.3.8 Notes on this task This separation method was first carried out approximately 85 years ago. Because it was described for "(leaf) colorants" this process was named "chromatography". Today even colourless substances such as amino acids are separated by means of chromatographic separation methods. In this experiment paper chromatography is introduced. -------------------1.2.1.1 Notes on this task For example the following types of water are distinguished: drinking water, sea water, fresh water, mineral water, rain water and distilled water. They all taste different, i.e. various substances must be dissolved in them or not dissolved in them. During the planning of the experiment one could e.g. draw attention to experiment 1.1.3.1. -------------------1.2.1.5 Notes on this task The solubility of a solid (here of a salt) depends on the temperature of the solvent and is constant for any given temperature. If there is an excess of the solid, part of this substance remains undissolved and a so-called precipitate forms. At any given temperature the solution above the precipitation is not able to dissolve any further part of the solid. This is why it is called saturated. If a solution contains more dissolved solid than it would in thermodynamic equilibrium at the given temperature (e.g. if super-cooled, see second part of the experiment]) it is supersaturated. Notes on disposal Pour the salt solutions into an appropriate collection container. --------------------
SEI 409

1.4.1.2 Notes on this task In this experiment it is to be investigated how indicators react to acids. On the one hand this is a continuation of experiment 1.4.1.1, on the other the students should also be introduced to synthetically produced indicators. Notes on disposal Neutralise the acid solutions before pouring out or pour them into a collection container for acids. -------------------1.4.1.3
Notes on disposal Collect the salt solutions in a specially labelled container and dispose of in the special waste. -------------------1.3.2.1 Notes on this task All living creatures require the oxygen in the air for life. Also the oxygen used in industry originates from the air. It is obtained by means of air liquefaction. In the laboratory small quantities of oxygen are produced through the breaking down of oxygen-rich compounds. Notes on disposal Rinse the flask with acidified sodium thiosulphate solution. Collect the rinsing liquid in an appropriate collection container (for salts etc) and have it disposed of. -------------------1.3.2.2 Notes on this task Free carbon dioxide forms 0.03 vol% of the air. The largest part of the carbon dioxide occurs on earth in compounds, in the form of carbonates. It can be liberated from these carbonates by an appropriate conversion reaction. Notes on disposal Pour acids and salt solutions into an appropriate collection container and have it disposed of. -------------------1.3.2.3 Notes on this task Carbon dioxide is, for among other purposes, used for extinguishing fires. Very frequently so-called foam extinguishers are used for this. This experiment demonstrates how such an extinguisher works. The experiment serves at the same time to deepen knowledge gained from experiment 1.3.2.2. In order provide a practical reference, collaboration with the local fire brigade is suggested. If possible, the corresponding extinguishing experiments should be carried out using "real" foam extinguishers. When treating the topic "carbon dioxide", the so-called greenhouse effect and the associated climatic changes should also be discussed. Notes on disposal Pour acids and acid solutions into an appropriate collection container. Excess petroleum spirit must not be mixed with waste water! Either burn it in small batches under an extractor or collect it in containers and dispose of it with the special waste. --------------------
Notes on this task Carbonic acid is a very weak acid. It does not occur in its pure form. Actually, it is an aqueous solution of carbon dioxide. Notes on procedure When producing carbonic acid, it should be pointed out that while carbon dioxide is very easily dissolved in water, less than only 1 % actually reacts with the water to form carbonic acid (therefore also the indicator reaction). Carbonic acid solution is therefore mainly an aqueous carbon dioxide solution. -------------------1.4.2.1 Notes on this task Bases are also very important in chemistry. But we also come across them in the household, e.g. with drain pipe cleaners. Because they are very dangerous (point out the corresponding labels on drain pipe cleaners), in addition their handling has to be specially practised. The experiment should demonstrate which protective measures are to be applied when handling bases and drain pipe cleaners. Thus accidents will not only be prevented during chemistry lessons but also in the household. Approximate time requirement: 20 min/24 h Notes on disposal Pour plenty of water on the samples (or their remains) in the test tubes. Pour the rinsing water into the container for acids, bases and salts. The samples are to be disposed with normal rubbish. -------------------1.4.2.2 Notes on disposal Neutralise the alkaline solutions before pouring out or pour them into a collection container for acids, alkaline solutions and salts. --------------------
SEI 409

Do not pour away solutions and precipitate but re-use them for other (similar) experiments. -------------------1.5.2.4 Notes on this task In contrast to the heat of neutralisation (1.5.1.5), when salts dissolve, cooling or heating can occur depending on whether the energy of the crystal lattice is greater or smaller than the energy of hydratation (hydratation = water molecules arranging themselves around the ions). As in experiment 1.5.1.5, also in this case the heat energy absorbed by the calorimeter vessel (here an aluminium beaker) has to be taken into consideration. With mAl = 68.5 g and cAl = 0.92 J/(g K) it is 68.5 g 0.92 J/(g K) 6 K 0.4 kJ. This results in a molar heat of solution of 15.5 kJ/mol for ammonium chloride (NH4Cl). The precision can be further increased by the use of a thermometer with a 0.2 K or 0.1 K resolution. -------------------1.6.2.5 Notes on this task The element iodine is used for a range of applications in medicine, e.g. as iodine tincture. Because iodine can be detected relatively easily and its content can be determined, it is also used for a number of processes in analytical chemistry. This experiment is, among others, an extension and consolidation of experiment 1.1.1.3. Notes on disposal Petroleum spirit must never be poured into waste water! Pour the solutions into the appropriate waste container and take it to the special waste collection point. Pour the alcoholic iodine solution into a separate bottle, label appropriately and keep for further experiments. -------------------2.1.1.3 Notes on this task If the experiments 2.1.1.1 and 2.1.1.2 are carried out using urea, it will become apparent that these two methods of detection fail with certain organic compounds (e.g. with compounds low in carbon). In order to detect the carbon precisely, the sample must be heated with copper (II) oxide.
1.4.2.3 Notes on disposal Neutralise the alkaline solutions before pouring out or pour them into a collection container for acids, alkaline solutions etc. ------------------1.5.1.4 Notes on this task Salts can also be produced using precipitation reactions. For this use is made of the different solubility in water for the production or precipitation of salts. (This process can only be used sensibly when a salt with a low solubility forms on combination of two salt solutions.) Notes on disposal Pour the solutions in the waste container for acids, bases and salts. -------------------1.5.1.5 Notes on this task In the end all neutralisation reactions (of strong acids and + + alkalis) are the reactions of H (or H3O ) ions with OH ions. For this reason the heat of neutralisation is independent of the acid or alkali used. It should be pointed out that in the case of concentrated acids the heat of neutralisation is so intense that when water is added, it may splash out of the container. For this reason this rules applies: First pour in the water and only then add the acid (or alkali) little by little and stir (it may by necessary to cool in between e.g. by means of a water bath or water/ice bath). The theoretical value for the heat of neutralisation is 55.87 kJ/mol. This value is approached when the heat absorbed by the beaker is also taken into account: mglass = 100.1 g cglass = 0.84 J/(g K) Q = mH2O cH2O T + mglass cglass T Q = 100 g 4.19 J/(g K) 15.5 K + 100.1 g 0.84 J/(g K) 15.5 K Q = 6.50 kJ + 1.30 kJ = 7.80 kJ / 0.14 mol = 55.7 kJ/mol SEI 409 The precision can be further increased by the use of a thermometer with a 0.1 K resolution. -------------------1.5.2.1 Notes on this task Crystals are known to the students from their own experience or from pictures. In this experiment it is to be demonstrated how such crystals can be "grown" out of a salt solution. Notes on disposal

Notes on procedure If the liquid quantity of the light coloured substance is not sufficient for carrying out the detection test, the experiment needs to be carried out twice or the distillates of two groups must be combined. (This detection method is not specific because the distillate also contains other substances.) If the escaping vapours are continuously burned (keep a burning wooden splint), unpleasant odours can be suppressed nearly completely (principle of post-combustion in waste incineration plants). The temperature-resistant tube can be re-used for similar experiments. For this reason careful cleaning is not required. The Supremax test tubes used for the breakdown reaction of organic substances (wood, tar, also dry distillation of coal etc.) are first of all cleaned mechanically (also see note on disposal) and dried. Then by heating in the flame they can be nearly fully freed of any organic and carbon deposits. Several points in the description are to be gone over with the help of the school text book. Notes on disposal Rinse test tubes and angled tubes with petroleum spirit. Because the products of the reaction contain carcinogenic substances, protective goggles and gloves are to be worn! Pour the rinsing liquid into the container for organic solvents. For further cleaning of the test tubes see above. -------------------2.4.1.1 Notes on this task Methane acid (formic acid) can be produced in the laboratory by the heating of oxalic acid. This experiment is suitable for the production of larger quantities of methane acid. Description Name: Empirical formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Substance group: Properties: methane acid (formic acid) HCOOH liquid colourless alkanoic acids (carboxylic acids) will dye universal indicator paper red, it etches, inhibits the growth of bacteria and other organisms in ants, in stinging nettles, in fir needles, by oxidation of methanol, through the thermal breakdown of oxalic acid for the conservation of food and green fodder (see 2.4.2.1)
Notes on disposal Pour the lime water into the container for acids, bases and salts. Place the remaining wastes into the collection container for solids. -------------------2.2.1.3 Notes on this task Methane is the first link in the homologue chain of alkanes. They are saturated hydrocarbons, which in part have similar properties. This experiment can at the same time be used as an introduction to experiment 2.2.2.4. Notes on disposal Pour the potassium permanganate solution into the collection container for acids, bases and salts. Hexane is to be collected in the collection container for solvents. -------------------2.2.2.2 Notes on this task Because mineral oil cannot be utilised in the form it is extracted from the earth, it must first of all be processed in refineries. The first and most important processing stage is always distillation (atmospheric distillation is introduced). Crude oil distillation is a physical separation process. Consequently only those substances which are already present in the crude oil can be gained. Notes on procedure Because natural crude oil also contains carcinogenic substances, good ventilation must be ensured. All ground joints are to be greased and tested. The heating must be made continuously. At approx. 150 C the water cooling is to be switched off so that the cooler will not crack on account of the extreme temperature differences. Furthermore, at this stage air cooling will be sufficient. For time reasons it is possible to interrupt or terminate the experiment at 250C. Allow the flask to cool down in the heated bath. Store the individual fractions for further experiments. The residue can be used for the vacuum distillation (teacher demonstration experiment) and for experiment 2.2.2.3. (The first three petroleum spirit fractions (see table) will not be further subdivided here, but they are removed together and collected because for the later experiments only the raw petroleum spirit fraction is required.) -------------------2.3.1.1 Notes on this task If dry wood is distilled, a distillate is obtained containing approx. 3 % methanol. Methanol was already being produced using this method in 1661. Today it is manufactured by the catalytic hydration of carbon monoxide.
Occurrence/production:
SEI 409
Applications:
Notes on disposal Dilute the solutions with plenty of water and pour into the appropriate waste container. --------------------

Because of the different zones in the burner flame, one distinguishes between the so-called oxidation and reduction bead. While in the oxidation zone usually the highest oxidation stage of the metal being studied is formed by the oxygen in the air, in the reduction zone the lowest form appears on account of the reducing effect of the gas. For this reason, the two beads often have a different coloration (see evaluation/results). Notes on procedure This experimental series is particularly suitable for worksharing. It can, among other topics, also be used for topics about "glass". The production of the bead in the reducing flame requires some practice. Notes about cleaning
2.4.1.4 Notes on disposal Pour the solutions and the oxalic acid into the waste container for acids, bases and salts. -------------------2.4.3.2 Notes on this task The esters produced form part of the aroma of apples and pears. Butyl acetate is used as a solvent in the paint industry. If available it is also possible to use 2-butanol. The ester produced [isobutyl acetate, CH3COOCH(CH3)C2H5] smells of banana. Notes on disposal Neutralise the reaction mixture and pour it in the waste container for organic solvents. --------------------
Snap off the end with the borax bead and use the magnesia rod for similar experiments. -------------------3.3.2.3
3.1.1.1 Notes on disposal Notes on this task The salts of several metals if evaporated in the burner flame produce a characteristic flame coloration. Alkali and alkaline earth metal ions are particularly well suited for detection by means of the flame test. This experiment can also be used with the topic "fertilisers", among others. Notes on procedure For this experimental series chlorides are used because they are more volatile in the heat. By dampening with hydrochloric acid, among others, the volatility is increased. The sodium detection is the most sensitive. Even minute traces of sodium compounds colour the flame yellow. For this reason, the sodium detection is done last of all in this experimental series. The yellow colour of the sodium flame can be filtered by means of cobalt glass so that e.g. the presence of potassium ions can be determined even though sodium ions are also present (also see continuation experiment with plant ash). Notes on disposal Snap off the used tips of the magnesia rods. The rods can be used for similar experiments. -------------------SEI 409 3.1.2.1 Notes on this task The borax bead is used in analytical chemistry as a preliminary test for compounds of certain heavy metals. The borax bead is coloured a characteristic colour by the heavy metal compounds. The coloration depends strongly on the substance being analysed in the borax melt. It is not relevant, as will become apparent in the evaluation following the experiment, which compound of the corresponding metal is being investigated. Notes on disposal Place the carrier in a labelled container and keep for similar experiments. -------------------3.3.2.6 Notes on this task In this experiment several heavy metal ions are separated by partition chromatography. Because a carrier containing hydrochloric acid is being used, the ions do not move as aquo complex, the form in which they normally exist in aqueous solution, but as chloro complex: e.g. Cu2+ as yellow (CuCl4)2- or Co2+ as blue (CoCl4)2-. Notes about the dangerous substances used Nickel(II)-chloride is toxic if swallowed and can have a sensitising effect on contact with the skin. For this reason contact to the skin is to be avoided by wearing protective gloves. Cobalt(II)chloride-6-hydrate is toxic and can cause cancer when breathed in if it is present as a solid or as a dust (which is not the case here). It is harmful if swallowed and can have a sensitising effect on contact with the skin. For this reason contact with the skin should by avoided by wearing protective gloves. With this information and the currently applicable regulations and safety data sheets it needs to be decided whether and with which groups of students these chemicals may be used. If The carrier medium can only be used for approx. two days (esterification!). Absorb with filter paper and burn small quantities under an extractor or outside. -------------------3.3.2.4

3.4.1.1 Notes on the preparation
necessary, the experiment can be carried out using only copper(II)-chloride and manganese(II)-chloride. Notes on disposal Keep the heavy metal solutions for similar experiments and label appropriately. They must under no circumstances be released into the environment. If the solutions are no longer required, pour them into the collection container for heavy metals and have them disposed of properly. Neutralise the carrier before pouring it out. Then pour down the sink with plenty of water. Ammonia liquor must also be neutralised before pouring it out. -------------------3.3.2.7 Notes on this task Alloys can also be analysed chromatographically. This is the technical application of experiment 3.3.2.6. Notes about the dangerous substances used Nickel(II)-chloride is toxic if swallowed and can have a sensitising effect on contact with the skin. For this reason contact with the skin is to be avoided by wearing protective gloves. With this information and the currently applicable regulations and safety data sheets it needs to be decided whether and with which groups of students this chemical may be used. If necessary, the experiment can be carried out using only copper(II)-chloride and zinc chloride. Notes on the preparation For each group prepare 20 ml of carrier: Mix 1-butanol, hydrochloric acid (25 %) and distilled water with volumetric ratios of 16 : 1 : 3 . For the diphenylcarbazide solution (storable), dissolve 1 g of diphenylcarbazide in 100 ml of acetone. Weigh out 100 mg of each of the alloys and place into the two test tubes. In the extractor cabinet add 15 drops of concentrated nitric acid. As soon as the reaction slows down, warm the test tubes by holding them with a clamp in the burner flame. It may be necessary to add a further few drops of nitric acid. After the metals have dissolved allow them to cool down a little. Then add to each 5 drops of distilled water and 10 drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid. Then have the solution analysed by the students. For every 5 groups prepare a 400 600 ml glass beaker filled with 1 2 ml of nitric acid solution and keep it ready in the extraction cabinet. SEI 409 Notes on disposal Keep the heavy metal solutions for similar experiments and label appropriately. They must under no circumstances be released into the environment. If the solutions are no longer required, pour them into the collection container for heavy metals and have them disposed of properly. Collect the carrier medium in a brown glass bottle for "Organic solvents miscible with water". --------------------
For making the sodium hydroxide solution (c = 1 mol/l), weigh out 40.0 g of sodium hydroxide and distilled water and top up to 1 litre. Notes on disposal The titrated (= neutralised) solution can be poured down the sink. -------------------3.4.1.2 Notes on this task Titration is frequently used for determining the concentration of acids or alkalis. With the indicator used here, the colour change is even more obvious, from colourless in an acidic medium to red in an alkaline medium. Furthermore, the colour change pH value is approximately 9 which corresponds better to the equivalence point. Then it shifts to the alkaline range (pH > 7) on account of the weak acetic acid. Phenolphthalein 8.2 9.8 colourless red-violet Notes on the preparation For making the sodium hydroxide solution (c = 1 mol/l) weigh out 40.0 g of sodium hydroxide and distilled water and top up to 1 litre. Notes on disposal The titrated (= neutralised) solution can be poured down the sink. -------------------4.1.1.2 Notes on this task Conductivity measurements are very suitable for the qualitative investigation of electrolytes and non-electrolytes. Notes on procedure The electric charge transport in electrolytes occurs by means of ions. Changes in the ion concentration can affect, among other characteristics, the electrical conductivity. For this reason the conductivity measurements are carried out using alternating current, because the periodic change in the direction of the current prevents changes to the concentration of the ions. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.

4.1.1.7 Notes on this task Here a further technical application of electrolysis is introduced. The depositing of metals during the electrolysis of their salt solutions is technically utilised for galvanising. The galvanising bath or the electrolyte solution is composed of a certain metal salt (e.g. copper or nickel salt) and a number of additional substances. After careful cleaning, the objects to be galvanised are immersed in the bath and connected up as the cathode. The pure metals of the corresponding salt solution form the anode. Notes on disposal Galvanising baths can only be kept for a short time. Pour pickling baths into appropriately labelled storage bottles and use for similar experiments. -------------------4.2.1.3 Notes on this task Point out the importance of the osmotic pressure at the end of the experiment (also see explanations at the end of the work sheet). Osmosis is also a diffusion process. Osmosis transports e.g. active substances in plant or animal cells.
Results While dry salt does not conduct electric currents, a salt solution is a conductor. Explanation: Solid salts contain ions which are well-structured but immobile in their crystal lattices. Only under the influence of water do these bound ions change into freely movable ions which cause the electrical conductivity of the salt solution. Acids and hydroxide solutions also contain freely moving ions and are for this reason conductors. Notes on disposal Neutralise dilute hydrochloric acid and bases before pouring them out. Pour ethanol and petroleum spirit back into their storage containers. -------------------4.1.1.5 Notes on this task This experiment is used, for among other reasons, as an addition to the topic range 1.4.2 (alkaline solutions). In applications in large-scale industry two processes for the production of sodium hydroxide solution are mainly used: The mercury cell process (amalgam process) and the diaphragm cell process. (The diaphragm is a semi-permeable wall (in the experiment glass wool is used) which should prevent the reaction of the sodium hydroxide solution with the generated chlorine [forming of sodium hypochlorite]) Notes on cleaning and disposal Remove the anode only under the extractor or at the open window. Carefully rinse the electrodes and the U-tube with deionised water. Neutralise the sodium hydroxide solution before pouring it out. -------------------4.1.1.6 Notes on this task This is the electrolysis of dilute sodium hydroxide solution during which the water is broken up into hydrogen and oxygen. For this reason one could also talk about the electrolysis of water. The dissociation equilibrium of water is disturbed on account + of the continuous discharging of the H3O ions at the cathode. OH ions are formed which travel to the anode and are discharged there. To the same degree they are discharged they are newly formed by the processes at the cathode. The same process happens in reverse for the H3O+ ions. The number of Na+ ions and OH ions remains unchanged at the number originally present. This means that only the water is split into hydrogen and oxygen. Notes on disposal Pour sodium hydroxide solution into a labelled storage bottle and keep it for similar experiments. Carefully rinse the U-tube and the electrodes with deionised water. --------------------
SEI 409
Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry
CK 1.1.1.1
Density, solubility, susceptibility to magnetisation and colour

Object of the experiment
The following material properties are to be investigated for sand, iron filings, table salt, sulfur and polystyrene foam pieces: colour, ability to be magnetised, density and water solubility.
Setup
Carrying out the experiment

- Place a spoonful of sand into a test tube. Observe it and
specify its colour.

- Slide the magnet up and down the test tube wall. Observe if
the sand can be magnetised.

- Then fill half the test tube with water. Close the test tube
with a rubber stopper and shake briefly. Observe if the ma3 terial sample floats on the surface (density < 1 g/cm ), if it 3 hovers below the surface (density = 1 g/cm ) or if it sinks (density > 1 g/cm3). - Then close the test tube carefully and shake intensively for approx. 5 min. Check, if the material sample has dissolved. - Repeat the experiments using the other material samples.
Apparatus
1 bar magnet .........................................................510 50 5 test tubes from ..664 042 1 spatula with spoon end, plastic...........................666 966 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 5 rubber stoppers ..................................................667 253 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
Observations
Enter the results: Material sample Sand Iron Sulfur Colour brown Ability to be magnetised Density >1 >1 >1 >1 <1 Solubility in water not soluble not soluble not soluble soluble not soluble
Chemicals
iron powder, coarse...............................................671 8270 sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 sulfur .....................................................................674 7610 sea sand................................................................674 8211 polystyrene foam pieces............................... e.g. 674 9520
Table salt Polystyrene foam
not able to be magnetised able to be grey magnetised not able to be yellow magnetised not able to be white magnetised not able to be white magnetised
Evaluation
Are the investigated properties physical or chemical properties? Give the reason for your answer! These are physical properties because no material change happens when they are determined. Which material properties can also be investigated? Hardness, flammability, melting temperature, flexibility, electrical conductivity, heat conductivity etc.
Warning notes:
Caution danger of splashing! Use protective goggles! SEI 409
Notes on procedure
The parts of the experiments can also be carried out by sharing the work. While e.g. two groups investigate sand and iron, other groups experiment using sand and table salt etc. The specified quantities do not need to be adhered to precisely. Approximate time requirement: 35 min.
CK 1.1.1.2 Boiling temperature

To determine the boiling temperature of water and of methylated spirit (ethanol).
Setup

- Set up basic stand I. In addition, fasten the wire gauze to
the stand ring and place the burner below the ring. Place the Erlenmeyer flask on the stand in such a way that it lies on the wire gauze. Fill the Erlenmeyer flask with water to approx. one third. Add 3 boiling stones and close the flask with a stopper. Insert the thermometer carefully through one hole, so that it is immersed in the liquid. Through the other hole insert the shorter part of the gas delivery tube (here used as a gas venting tube) so that its end is just below the neck of the flask. (Warning! The opening must not point towards other students!) Carefully warm the flask content over a small flame. Measure the temperature when boiling starts and repeat the measurement every 30 sec. Extinguish the burner flame. After cooling down, repeat the experiment using methylated spirit (ethanol).
Observations: Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C ...........................382 33 boiling stones ........................................... from 661 091 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 gas delivery tube, 300/50 mm, 60 .....................665 233 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 burner Measurement 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time [sec] 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 Water temperature [C] 90 92 93 95 97 98 99 100 100 100 100 Ethanol temperature [C] 69 71 73 74 75 77 78 78 78 78 78
Evaluation: Chemicals
methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990 glycerine................................................................672 1210
Temperature [C]
Water 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Ethanol
SEI 409
Warning notes:
Protect long hair against catching fire! In order to prevent delay to the boiling, add a few fresh boiling stones! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of glycerine. When inserting the thermometer or glass tube, protect the hands by means of leather gloves or similar. Methylated spirit is highly flammable! As soon as methylated spirit vapour passes through the outlet tube, extinguish the burner flame!
Time [sec]
CK 1.1.1.3 Sublimation

To find out in an experiment what sublimation means.
Setup

- Carefully place several grains of iodine into a test tube. - Hold the test tube with the test tube holder and carefully
warm it over a small burner flame. - Stop heating after approx. 2 min.
Observations/evaluation
Describe in your own words what subliming means. Iodine vaporises immediately and solidifies when cooled again. It settles in the colder part of the test tube. This direct change from the solid to the gaseous state is called sublimation.
Apparatus
1 test tube ................................................... from 664 042 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 pair of safety gloves ...........................................667 609 1 burner
What might one call the reverse of the sublimation process? Enter the corresponding designations into the diagram.
gaseous
subliming resubliming
Chemicals
iodine.....................................................................672 3700 solid
boiling
condensating melting
liquid
solidifying
Notes on procedure Warning notes:
SEI 409 Iodine is harmful to health if breathed in or in contact with the skin! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Ventilate the room well! Do not breathe in the vapour! Protect long hair against catching fire! The test tube must be heated very cautiously. Ensure that preferably no iodine vapour escapes from the test tube. Adjust the burner flame appropriately. Instruct the students to make precise observations.
Notes on this task

Some substances have a special property, they sublime. Iodine is used as an example to show that some substances skip the liquid state when they are heated and that they vaporise immediately. Approximate time requirement: 5 min.
CK 1.1.2.1 Heterogeneous mixtures

To make mixtures of substances and investigate them for common properties.
- Fill the fifth test tube to about 5 cm with water and add
Setup
3 spoonfuls of sand. Close the test tube with a stopper and shake firmly. - Fill the sixth test tube to approx. 5 cm with vegetable oil and add the same quantity of water. Close the test tube and shake firmly.
Observations
Note the observations in a table.
No. of the mixture 1 2 3 Material 1 salt sulfur iron iron sand vegetable oil Material 2 sand sand sand State of aggregation material 1 - 2 solid - solid solid - solid solid - solid Designation mixture mixture mixture mixture suspension emulsion
Apparatus
6 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 spatula with spoon end, plastic ..........................666 966 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 6 rubber stoppers ..................................................667 253 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
4 5 6
polystyrene solid - solid foam water water solid - liquid liquid - liquid
Evaluation
What are the common properties of these six material blends? What could a generic name for these blends be? With all six material blends it is possible to see with the naked eye that they are a combination of several substances. They can be described as heterogeneous mixtures. What material mixtures like this do you know from the environment?
No. of the mixture 1 2 3 4 5 Designation mixture mixture mixture mixture suspension emulsion Example from the environment/nature rock salt sulfur-bearing rock stones containing gold rubbish dirty water milk
Chemicals
iron powder, coarse ..............................................671 8270 iodine.....................................................................672 3700 sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 sulfur .....................................................................674 7610 sand (clay)..................................................... e.g. 674 8211 polystyrene foam pieces ............................... e.g. 674 9520 vegetable oil
Warning notes
When shaking the liquids there is a danger of splashing! Use protective googles!
SEI 409

- In the first test tube mix 3 spoonfuls of sodium chloride with
the same quantity of sand. Close the test tube with a stopper and shake firmly. - In the second test tube place 3 spoonfuls of sulfur pieces and add the same quantity of sand. After having closed the test tube mix the substances well by shaking. - Fill the third test tube with 3 spoonfuls of iron filings. Add 3 spoonfuls of sand. Close the test tube and shake firmly. - In the fourth test tube mix iron filings and polystyrene foam pieces as described above.
It should be pointed out that there are other familiar heterogeneous material mixtures, e.g. smoke (solid - gaseous) and foam (liquid - gaseous).
Notes on procedure
While carrying out the experiment and evaluating the partial experiments, the terms mixture, suspension and emulsion can be introduced and explained. Because the material mixtures as already mentioned - will later be separated again, they are to be labelled and stored. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
CK 1.1.2.2 Homogeneous mixtures

To make a further type of mixtures of substances and investigate them for common properties.
Setup
Observations
Add to the table from experiment 1.1.2.1 as shown below and enter the observations:
No. of the mixture 7 8 Material 1 salt Material 2 water State of aggregation material 1 - 2 solid - liquid liquid - liquid Designation solution solution
methylated water spirit
Evaluation
What are the common properties of these two material blends? What could be a generic name for these mixtures?
Apparatus
2 test tubes..................................................from 664 042 1 spatula with spoon end, plastic ..........................666 966 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 2 rubber stopper ....................................................667 253 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
With both mixtures it is not possible so see of what materials they are composed. The generic name is homogeneous mixtures. What material mixtures like that do you know from the environment?
No. of the mixture 7 8 Designation solution mixture Example from the environment/nature sea water, salt solution wine, beer, methylated spirit
Chemicals
methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990 sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710
Other homogeneous mixtures should also be explained, e.g. alloys (solid - solid) and fizzy water, carbonated water (liquid gaseous).
Warning notes
Methylated spirit (ethanol) is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!
Notes on procedure
While carrying out and evaluating the partial experiments the term solution should have been introduced already. The material mixtures are to be labelled appropriately and stored for the separation experiments. Close the methylated spirit water mixture with a stopper.
SEI 409

- Fill the first test tube to about 5 cm with water and add
Notes on this task

There are two types of material mixtures. If sodium chloride is mixed in water a mixture is formed which is not hetorogeneous. Even under the microscope the particles of the individual material component cannot be distinguished. It is a so called homogeneous mixture. In this experimental series two homogeneous material mixtures are prepared for the subsequent separation methods. Approximate time requirement: 5 min.
1 spoonful of sodium chloride. Close the test tube and shake firmly for approximately 2 min. - Fill the second test tube also to approx. 5 cm with water and add with the same quantity of methylated spirit. Close the test tube with a stopper and shake firmly.
CK 1.1.3.1 Evaporation

To gain salt from salt water. To plan the experiment and carry it out.
Setup

- Set up basic stand I and attach stand ring with wire gauze,
in place of the clamp. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly to one side and place it on the wire gauze. Fit the dropper with the bulb. Drip approximately five drops of salt water onto each of the watch glass dishes. Place a watch glass dish onto the wire triangle and heat carefully over on a low flame. As soon as the water is evaporated extinguish the burner flame and allow the watch glass dish to cool. Leave the second watch glass dish for several days in a dust-free location.
Observations
Compare the observations. On the watch glass dishes a white salt layer will form. The evaporation without the flame takes considerably longer. Larger crystals form.
Apparatus
2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 watch glass dishes .............................................664 153 1 dropper ......................................................from 665 953 1 rubber bulb ................................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves ............................666 688 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Evaluation
Which material properties are utilised for this method of separation? The boiling temperature What climatic conditions are required in countries where salt is produced from sea water? How is the salt produced there? It must be relatively hot in those countries. The salt is produced in so-called salt ponds. These are artificially created basins into which sea water is filled. The water is evaporated through irradiation by the sun.
Notes on procedure
At the beginning of the experiment, among other factors, it should be pointed out that this type of experimental setup is known as an air bath, which is used for the gentle heating of substance mixtures. A tasting should not be carried out during chemistry lessons because contamination of the apparatus and substances can never be fully ruled out.
Chemicals
SEI 409 salt water from experiment 1.1.2.2
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! Warning! Danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles!
Notes on this task

Evaporation is a simple physical separation method which is used in large industrial applications for producing salt from sea water. This type of salt production is carried out in so-called salt ponds. Approximate time requirement: 20 min.
CK 1.1.3.2 Differential settling and decanting

To demonstrate and explain the principle of differential settling using the example of separating an iron-sand mixture.
Setup

- Pour the iron-sand mixture into the Erlenmeyer flask. - Add approximately 100 ml of water. - Stopper the flask and shake briefly. - Remove the stopper and separate the turbid water from the
deposit by slowly pouring it off (decanting). - Repeat the experiment approximately four times, by pouring another approximately 100 ml of fresh water into the flask.
Observations
Compare the deposits. During differential settling a suspension is formed. Both in the Erlenmeyer flask and in the beaker a deposit forms. While the deposit in the Erlenmeyer flask almost exclusively consists of iron particles, the deposit in the beaker is mainly formed from sand.
Apparatus
1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
Evaluation
Which material property is utilised for this method of separation? The different density of the two substances.
Chemicals
iron-sand mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1
What do the characteristics of a mixture of substances need to be in order to be separated even better by differential settling and decanting? One of the two substances would have to have a low density (e.g. sawdust), the other have a large density (e.g. iron).
Warning notes
During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles!
Notes on procedure
The decanting must be done very carefully. A complete separation will not be achieved. One should point out that in practical applications much more sophisticated machinery is used in order to achieve a better result from the separation.
SEI 409
Notes on this task

Differential settling was used in the "Wild West" for the gold prospecting and washing by gold panning. Today this method is used among other applications for the processing of ore. E.g. iron-rich rocks are separated from rocks with a lower iron content by differential settling. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 1.1.3.3 Melting out and magnet separation

To produce sulfur from "sulfur-containing rock". To remove the iron from an iron-polystyrene foam mixture.
Observations Setup
The liquid sulfur usually cannot be poured out properly because the sand grains are carried along. At the colder spots of the test tube yellow sulfur will deposit. nd In the 2 experiment only the iron particles are attracted by the magnet and in this way they can be removed from the mixture.
Evaluation
Label the drawings appropriately:
Sulfur production
liquid sulfur hot compressed air superheated water vapour (approx. 170 C)
Apparatus
1 bar magnet .........................................................510 50 1 test tube ....................................................from 664 042 1 evaporating dish .................................................664 441 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Waste processing
iron-containing parts rubbish
Chemicals
sulfur-sand mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 iron-polystyrene foam mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 tissue paper or similar
iron-free waste
Which material properties are relevant for these two separation methods?
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! During heating ventilate the room well and wear protective goggles! SEI 409
With the first separation method it is the melting temperature or the different melting point, with the second method it is the ability to be magnetised that the iron-containing particles have.

- First of all carefully warm up the sulfur-sand mixture in the
Notes on procedure
For these experiments the sulfur-sand mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 is used as a fictitious sulfur-containing rock, and the iron-polystyrene foam mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 is used as fictitious rubbish. Care should be taken that the test tube containing the sulfurcontaining rock is initially warmed up evenly. Then only heat the rock until the sulfur starts subliming. Warning! If it is heated too much, sulfur vapour may escape from the test tube which might ignite in the burner flame. Then toxic sulfur dioxide will form! Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
test tube. Then heat strongly. - Finally try to pour the molten sulfur into the porcelain dish. - Wrap the magnet with thin tissue paper so that the iron particles can later be removed more easily. - Spread out the iron-polystyrene foam mixture on the wire gauze and hold the magnet above it.
CK 1.1.3.4 Refining of rock salt by boiling

To consider which steps are required to make refined salt from rock salt (here a salt-sand mixture). To carry out the appropriate steps experimentally.
Setup

- Set up basic stand setup II. Attach to one of the stand rods
a funnel and to the other the stand ring with wire gauze. Place the burner under the ring, the 400 ml beaker under the funnel. Fill approx. 2/3 of the 100 ml beaker with water and add the salt-sand mixture while stirring. Form the round filter into a filter cone by folding the filter paper first into a semi-circle and then to a quarter-circle. Place the cone into the funnel, dampen it and press it firmly against the sides. Filter the contents of the 100 ml beaker in small batches. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly all in one direction. Place the wire triangle on the wire gauze. Fit the bulb onto the dropper. Drip approx. 5 drops of the filtrate onto the watch glass dish. Place the watch glass dish on the wire triangle and heat carefully over a low flame until the water has evaporated.
Apparatus
2 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm ......................301 28 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 watch glass dish .................................................664 153 1 funnel, plastic .....................................................665 009 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 dropper ......................................................from 665 953 1 rubber bulb ................................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves ............................666 688 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Observations
Compare the observations with those from experiment 1.1.3.1. Salty crystals remain just as in experiment 1.1.3.1.
Evaluation
Complete the diagram:
Rock salt deposit

mining
Sea water
filling in
Lumps of rock salt

dissolving and filtering
Salt ponds
evaporating
Brine
evaporating
Chemicals
SEI 409 salt-sand mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1
Refined salt
Table salt
Which material properties are utilised for this method of separation? Solubility in water, boiling temperature, (different particle size)
Warning notes:
Protect long hair against catching fire! Caution: danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!
How does the filter work? The paper filter works like a very fine sieve. While the smaller dissolved particles can pass through the filter paper, the larger non-dissolved particles are kept back. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 1.1.3.5 Separation of non-miscible liquids

To separate an oil-water mixture.
Setup

- Basic stand setup I - Close the cock of the separating funnel and pour the oil-
water mixture into it. Add approximately 20 ml each of vegetable oil and water. - Close the funnel with a stopper and shake firmly. - Clamp the separating funnel to the stand and wait for approx. 5 min. - Place a clean beaker below the funnel outlet and allow the lower liquid layer to flow out. Work precisely!
Observations
First of all a milky clouding forms (emulsion). Then two layers form: The upper one is the oil, the lower one is water. After draining off the water only the oil remains in the separating funnel.
Evaluation Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 2 beakers, 100 ml..................................................664 101 1 dropper funnel ....................................................665 073 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 Formulate the result in a short, memorable sentence: A separating funnel is suitable for separating non-miscible liquids. Which material property is utilised for this method of separation? The different density of the two substances. Notes on procedure The students should separate the two liquids as precisely as possible. Because the quantity of the oil-water mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 is not sufficient for the separation, the specified volumes of oil and water have to be added. Notes on this task In chemistry various processes (e.g. steam distillation) require non-miscible liquids to be separated. In this case the oil-water mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 is to be separated. At the same time the so-called separation funnel is introduced, which is very important for a different method of separation, separation by shaking (see experiment 1.1.3.7). Notes on disposal Pour the separated vegetable oil into an appropriately labelled bottle and re-use for similar experiments. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
Chemicals
oil-water mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 vegetable oil
SEI 409
Warning notes:
During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!
CK 1.1.3.6 Extraction

To extract colorants from grass or leaves.
Setup

- Build up basic stand I and clamp on the funnel. - Crush up some grass or leaves. Place sufficient plant mate-
rial into the mortar so that approximately 1/3 of it is filled.

- Add 1 spoonful of quartz sand and approx. 10 ml methylated
spirit. Grind the plant material for approx. 5 min.

- Then add a further 5 ml of methylated spirit and continue
rubbing for approx. 2 min.

- Made a filtering cone from a round filter, dampen it with me-
thylated spirit and insert it in the funnel. Place the Erlenmeyer flask underneath the outlet of the funnel. - Filter the content of the mortar. - In order to obtain a larger quantity of extract, repeat the experiment with fresh material.
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 round filter, 125 mm , from ..............................661 035 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 funnel, plastic .....................................................665 009 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 spatula, with spoon end......................................666 966 1 pair of scissors ...................................................667 017 1 pestle..................................................................667 091 1 mortar.................................................................667 092 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260
Observations
A dark green colorant solution has formed. (Warning! The solution must be kept in the dark!)
Evaluation
Which material property is very important for the extraction? The varying solubility of the substances in the leaves or grass.
Notes on procedure
The specified quantities do not need to be adhered to precisely. Preferably only dark green chlorophyll solutions should be filtered. Close the flask and keep it in the dark for experiments 1.1.3.7 and 1.1.3.8.
Chemicals
sea-sand, cleaned ................................................674 8211 methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990 grass, spinach or stinging nettle leaves SEI 409
Notes on this task

The extraction is frequently used in everyday applications, e.g. when making coffee or tea. In organic chemistry and technical applications extraction methods play a particularly important role, e.g. for the production of fat or oil. In this experiment chlorophyll extraction is considered. At the same time a socalled raw chlorophyll solution is made for two subsequent experiments.
Note on cleaning Warning notes

Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Rub some abrasive cleaning powder, quartz sand and a few drops of water into the mortar and rub it up with the pestle. Then carefully rinse using tap water. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 1.1.3.7 Separation of substances by shaking

To separate leaf colorants by shaking.
Setup

- Basic stand setup I - Close the cock on the separating funnel. Fill the funnel to
approx. 2 cm with leaf colorant extract and add the same quantity of petroleum spirit. - Close the funnel with the stopper and shake firmly. - Then attach the separating funnel to the stand and wait for a few minutes until the liquids have separated. - Place the beaker under the funnel and drain out the lower liquid layer.
Observations
Draw conclusions from the observations. A dark green and a yellow-green liquid layer form. This means that the green colorant in leaves contains at least two colorant components, one of which is soluble in petroleum spirit, the other of which is soluble in methylated spirit. (The petroleum spirit layer contains chlorophylls and carotene; the petroleum spirit layer xantophylls.)
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 dropper funnel ....................................................665 073 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
Evaluation
Which material property is utilised for separation by shaking? The different solubility properties of the leaf colorant components. Notes on procedure The experiment can be slightly varied by placing a potassium hydroxide pellet into the separating funnel after the liquids have separated. (Warning! Potassium hydroxide is highly corrosive! Use tweezers! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Then shake again vigorously. This causes "saponification" of the chlorophylls. The non-saponifiable carotene then separates into the petroleum spirit layer (golden yellow).
Chemicals
leaf colorant extract from experiment 1.1.3.5 petroleum spirit, 100 140 C...............................670 8220
Notes on this task Shaking is used in a large number of organic chemistry investigations for cleaning and as a separation method. At the same time this experiment forms a connection to the topic of chromatography. Notes on disposal The used solvents must not be entered into the sewage! Collect them in appropriately labelled containers and have them properly disposed of. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Petroleum spirit and the methylated spirit contained in the leaf colorant extract are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Hold the stopper firmly and wear protective goggles!
CK 1.1.3.8 Chromatography

To separate mixtures of colorants by means of paper chromatography.
Setup

- Draw a circle in the centre of the filter paper with the help of
the coin. Place the round filter onto the cover of the Petri dish. Pour some methylated spirit into one beaker and some leaf colorant extract into the other. Fit the bulbs onto the droppers. Drop the leaf colorant extract onto the circular line on the round filter, preferably at uniform distances. Repeat this process four or five times. Between each repetition allow the extract to dry. Then drop methylated spirit into the centre of the circle. Repeat the addition of methylated spirit until the leaf colorant mixture has separated out. Allow the chromatogram to dry. Repeat the experiment with inks from felt tip pens by applying individual colours from the pens.
Apparatus Observations
1 round filter, 125 mm ...............................from 661 035 2 beakers, 100 ml..................................................664 101 1 Petri dish ............................................................664 183 2 droppers ....................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs ..............................................from 665 954 1 felt tip pen 1 pencil 1 coin Explain the observations. Coloured natural substances (e.g. chlorophylls and carotinoides) which have a similar structure but in solution have a different adhesion with respect to the adsorption medium can be separated by chromatography. In leaves and grasses several coloured natural substances occur which can also be demonstrated by the chromatogram. Their colours are yellow, orange-yellow, yellow-green and dark green (see also the results of experiment 1.1.3.7).
Chemicals Evaluation
leaf colorant extract from experiment 1.1.3.7 methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990 Which material property is important for chromatography? The different adhesion of the individual colorant components on the paper. What is the purpose of the methylated spirit?
Warning notes:
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Ventilate the room well! SEI 409
Methylated spirit is used as a flow or carrier medium and as a solvent transporting the colorants.
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the colours dry well after each application. Before or after the experiment the students should be introduced to the terms chromatography and paper chromatography. It should also be pointed out that there are various types of chromatography, e.g. adsorption and partition chromatography. The experiment can also be repeated with black ink. The carrier can be e.g. water. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 1.2.1.1
Detection of dissolved solid substances in various water samples

To consider how substances dissolved in water can be detected. To investigate water samples for dissolved substances.
Setup

- Set up basic stand I and attach in place of the universal
clamp the stand ring with a wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle over to one side. Place the wire triangle on the wire gauze. Fit the bulbs onto the droppers. Drip approx. 5 drops of the drinking water on the watch glass dish. Place the glass onto the wire triangle. Then carefully heat over a small flame. As soon as the water is evaporated extinguish the burner flame and allow the watch glass dish to cool down. Repeat the experiment with the other water samples.
Observations Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 5 watch glass dishes .............................................664 153 4 droppers ....................................................from 665 953 4 rubber bulbs ..............................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves ............................666 688 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Water sample Drinking water Sea water Mineral water Rain water Distilled water Appearance clear clear clear clear clear Contains dissolved substances yes yes yes yes no (hardly any) Appearance of the residue white white white white white-grey
Evaluation Chemicals
drinking water sea water (salt solution) mineral water rain water distilled water SEI 409 What are the substances dissolved in some of the water samples? In some of the water samples salts are dissolved. They are therefore in part very dilute salt solutions. (If applicable also give information on the salt contamination of water courses and environmental protection.) What other substance could also be dissolved in the water? Air (gas mixtures) and harmful substances of any kind could also be dissolved in the water. (Point out the aeration of aquariums and the protection of water courses and the ban on drawing drinking water if certain types of contamination are present.)
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! Warning! Caution danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!
Notes on procedure
The number of drops must be identical for all the partial experiments so that the results are comparable with regard to the quantity of the residues. Do not allow a tasting in chemistry lessons because contamination of apparatus etc. can never be ruled out. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 1.2.1.2
Detection of dissolved gases in drinking water

To investigate whether there are gases dissolved in drinking water.
Setup

- Basic stand setup I. In place of the universal clamp attach
the stand ring with a wire gauze to the stand rod. Place the burner below the ring. Fill 2/3 of the beaker with tap water. Place the funnel, with the outlet pointing upwards, into the beaker. Fill a test tube to the top with water and place it carefully above the funnel outlet. Place the beaker on the wire gauze and heat carefully over a low flame. Measure the water temperature from time to time. End the experiment at 80 C.
Observations
Gas bubbles form. They rise up and collect in the test tube.
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C ...........................382 33 1 test tube ....................................................from 664 042 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 funnel, plastic .....................................................665 009 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 burner Which gas could be dissolved in the drinking water? It is air, a mixture of gases. (Maybe point out the aeration of aquariums.)
Why is the gas that forms not water vapour? The water was not heated to boiling temperature.
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the full test tube is pushed over the funnel on the experimentation table so that should a mishap occur the wire gauze and the burner are not doused with water.
Chemicals Notes on this task

tap water SEI 409 When we open a bottle of fizzy water or mineral water we see that the dissolved gases evaporate. This experiment should demonstrate that in drinking water too, as well as salt, gases are also dissolved. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.2.1.3 Solutions, colloids and suspensions

To mix several solid substances with water and demonstrate by means of the mixtures what the differences are between solutions, colloids and suspensions.
Setup

- Roll the black card into a funnel and stick it together so that
an opening of 1 cm diameter is formed.

- Fill approx. 2/3 of the beakers with tap water. - Add 3 spoonfuls of wallpaper paste to the first glass and stir
well. Leave to stand for approx. 20 min until the glue has completely dissolved. - Add to the second beaker 3 spoonfuls of salt and to the third add the same quantity of clay. Stir well. - Shine the light from the torch through the cardboard funnel. Darken the room and place the three mixtures into the light one after the other.
1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 piece of adhesive table (e.g. Sellotape) 1 torch 1 piece of black card (DIN A 5) The salt (sodium chloride) is fully soluble in water. There are no particles visible. Clay does not dissolve in the water. The mixture appears turbid. The wallpaper paste is soluble in water. The light beam shining in was visible.
Evaluation
Interpret the observations. The observed differences can relate to the different particle sizes in the solution.
Chemicals
sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 sea sand or clay ........................................... e.g. 674 8211 tap water wallpaper paste
Describe in your own words what a solution, a colloid and a suspension mean.
- Solution: The particles are not visible. - Colloid: The particles are not visible but they can be de-
tected by means of light scattering. - Suspension: The particles are visible (or they are visible under the microscope).
Notes on procedure
Colloids are detected here by means of light scattering (Tyndall effect). SEI 409
Notes on this task

Solid substances can be mixed with liquids. Among these mixtures, solutions, colloids and suspensions are distinguished. This experiment is a continuation and addition to the experiments CK 1.1.2.1 and 1.1.2.2. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 1.2.1.5 Saturated solutions

To produce a cold saturated and a hot saturated sodium chloride solution. To find out what the properties of a supersaturated solution are.
Setup

- Fill approx. half a test tube with water. Add a spatula tip of
sodium chloride. Close the test tube and shake firmly. As soon as the salt has dissolved, add a further spatula tip of salt and shake again. Repeat this process until a deposit forms. - Then heat the contents of the test tube until it boils. Remove the stopper during heating! - Add a further spatula tip of salt. Protect your fingers against scalding, and proceed as described in 1. - Fill 6 g of sodium thiosulphate into the second test tube. Add 2 ml of water and carefully warm until the salt has dissolved. Fill 2/3 of the beaker with cold water and place the test tube in it. After approx. 5 min add a sodium thiosulphate crystal to the salt solution.
Observations
In the first case a deposit will form (also called precipitate) which dissolves again when it is heated. The solubility of a salt normally increases with the temperature of the solvent. After adding the crystal, the supersaturated salt solution solidifies. It crystallises out.
Apparatus
2 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 253 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 2 slit open pieces of hose, 3 cm ...................from 667 181 1 burner 1 weighing scales
Evaluation
Where can the processes found in the last partial experiment also be observed in our environment? With honey when it forms sugar crystals after some time.
Notes on procedure
Instruct the students only to use tiny quantities of salt. Otherwise it is possible that when the cold saturated solution is heated the deposit no longer dissolves, particularly since the solubility of sodium chloride increases only weakly when it is heated (also see experiment 1.2.1.6). The sodium thiosulphate solution must cool down well before the seed crystal is added, i.e. the solution must be "undercooled". For this reason the beaker should be filled with icecold water (e.g. by allowing the water to run for some time from the tap). Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
SEI 409
Chemicals
sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 sodium thiosulphate pentahydrate.........................673 8000
Warning notes
Protect long hair and fingers (with the slit-open rubber hose pieces) against scalding!
CK 1.2.1.6 Determination of solubility

To find out how many grams of salt will be able to dissolve at a particular water temperature in 100 g of water.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. Attach, in addition, the stand ring
with wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Place the beaker on the wire triangle and attach it to the stand. - Fill the beaker with 100 ml of water and dissolve 35 g of sodium chloride while stirring. If applicable heat the solution to 20 C. - Add 0.5 g of sodium chloride and stir. Add the next 0.5 g of salt only after the entire quantity of the previous batch has fully dissolved. When after prolonged stirring a deposit remains, note down the salt quantity. - Now heat the solution to 40 C, then to 60 C and finally to 80 C and repeat the dissolving process in the same way.
Observations Measurement 1 2 3 4 5 Temperature [C] 0 20 40 60 80 100 Salt quantity [g] 35.6 36.0 (35.8) 36.5 (36.4) 37.0 (37.1) 38.0 (38.1) 39.2
Apparatus
2 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C ...........................382 33 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 2 watch glass dishes .............................................664 153 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 burner 1 weighing scales
(Precise values in brackets)
Evaluation
Transfer the measured values to a graph and join the points:
40
Salt quantity [g]
Chemicals
sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 SEI 409
39 38 37 36 35 34
Warning notes
33 0 20 40 60 80 100
Temperature [C]
CK 1.2.3.1
Water dissociation and water synthesis

To provide evidence by water dissociation that water is a compound substance. To identify the basic components of water. Experiments in which water is produced from its basic components.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Fill the high temperature test tube (Supremax) with sea-
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 wooden splint ............................................from 661 083 4 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 test tube, Supremax ...........................................664 048 1 glass nozzle, 8 mm , angled ............................665 238 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole ...........................667 286 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
sand to approx. 3 cm. Carefully dampen the sand with water by means of the pipette. Warning! The walls of the test tube must not become wet! Clamp the glass horizontally onto the stand. In front of the damp sand carefully pour an approx. 6 cm long layer of dry zinc powder. Push a small ball of steel wool into the lower end of the angled glass nozzle. Then carefully push the glass nozzle into the stopper. Close the high temperature test tube with the stopper in such a way that the nozzle opening points upwards. First of all warm the zinc layer with a small flame. Then heat strongly for approx. 1 min. Push a test tube over the nozzle opening and evaporate the water held in the sea-sand. Adjust the heat in such a way that a uniform flow of steam is created. After approx. 20 sec take off the slipped-on test tube and quickly hold it with its opening towards the burner flame. If the so-called "oxyhydrogen test" is negative, light the gas flowing out by means of a splint. Hold a test tube with the holder and hold it over the flame. As soon as the flame extinguishes end the experiment.
Observations
If the opening of the test tube is held into the flame, a week popping or whistling can be heard (oxyhydrogen test). This means that the gas streaming out is hydrogen, which can only originate from the water.
Evaluation
Explain using the example of this experiment the terms analysis and synthesis. Water was split up into its components because in addition to hydrogen (H2) zinc oxide is also formed (ZnO). [Analysis] When the hydrogen (H2) is burned with the oxygen in the air (O2) water is formed (H2O) again. The slipped-on test tube mists up. [Synthesis] Which colour changes are observed in the zinc powder after the reaction? The zinc powder is whitish-yellow (among other compounds, zinc oxide has formed). What are the properties of the gas streaming out?
SEI 409
Chemicals
iron, wool...............................................................671 8400 glycerine................................................................672 1210 sea-sand ...............................................................674 8211 zinc, powder ..........................................................675 4900
Warning notes
Improve sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Protect long hair against catching fire! Caution! Explosive mixtures could form! Ensure that protective goggles are worn!
Hydrogen is colourless, odourless and flammable. (For further properties see experiment 1.3.2.4)
CK 1.2.3.2 Media for water detection

To release chemically bound water (water of crystallisation) from salts. To detect water in several substances from our environment.
Setup

- Fill the first test tube to approx. 1.5 cm with copper (II)
Apparatus
-
2 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 2 watch glass dishes .............................................664 153 2 droppers ....................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs ..............................................from 665 954 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 laboratory knife...................................................667 018 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 burner
sulphate and the second with a corresponding quantity of sodium chloride. Gently heat the contents of the test tubes one after the other in the burner flame. During heating, gently shake the test tube. Remove the water of crystallisation produced from the test tubes by gently warming them. Then allow the test tubes to cool down. Extinguish all flames! Fit the droppers onto the bulbs. On one watch glass dish drip some water and on the other drip some petroleum spirit. Add to each a spatula tip of the dehydrated copper (II) sulphate. Cut the potato in half and sprinkle one half also with the dehydrated copper (II) sulphate.
Observations
Colour before after heating Copper (II) sulphate Sodium chloride Cobalt (II) chloride* blue white pink white white blue Contains water of crystallisation (yes/no) yes no yes
Salt
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C...............................670 8220 copper(II) sulphate pentahydrate ..........................672 9630 sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 potatoes or something similar
*) Teacher demonstration experiment
Evaluation
For what reason is copper (II) sulphate suitable as water detection medium?
Warning notes
Soluble heavy metal salts are harmful to health when swallowed! After the experiment, carefully clean the hands! Protect long hair against catching fire! Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! When experimenting with petroleum spirit extinguish all flames!
The colour of copper (II) sulphate changes to white after the water of crystallisation is removed. (The heating destroys the correspondingly coloured aqua complexes.) When water is present the colour of copper (II) sulphate changes back to blue. Dehydrated cobalt (II) chloride is coloured pink when water is present.
SEI 409
Notes on procedure
The test tubes must be heated very gently. For detecting water only the dehydrated copper (II) sulphate can be used because sodium chloride does not change colour. In addition the colour change of cobalt (II) chloride may be demonstrated by the teacher. (Warning: Do not inhale the dust! Cobalt (II) chloride is harmful to health and can lead to cancer when breathed in!) Approximate time requirement: 20 min.
CK 1.3.1.2
Importance of air for combustion processes

To investigate the importance of air for combustion.
Setup

- Fill the crucible to approx. 1/5 with methylated spirit. Re-
move the storage bottle from the experimentation table. Place the crucible at the centre of a polystyrene foam tile and light up the methylated spirit. Cautiously cover with the upside-down beaker and gently press down. - Place the tea light at the centre of a second polystyrene foam plate and again cover with the upside-down beaker. Press the beaker gently down on the tile.
Observations
In both cases the flames extinguish after a short time. In order to maintain a combustion process, a sufficient amount of air is required.
Apparatus
1 candle........................................................from 459 32 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 crucible ...............................................................664 003 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 2 polystyrene foam boards (approx. 15 x 15 cm) 1 towel or leather gloves
Evaluation
What is required for the combustion? A flammable substance and air are required.
Chemicals
methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990
Notes on procedure
Press the beakers a bit firmer onto the polystyrene foam base so that no air can enter through the spout.
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames when decanting! Protect hands against burns!
Notes on this task

This experiment serves as a direct preparation for the next experiment. For this reason it is initially investigated what the importance of air for combustion is. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
SEI 409
CK 1.3.1.3 Investigation of the air

To find out if all the air is required for burning substances.
Setup

- Fill approx. half a plastic tank with water. Lay the two glass
tubes on the floor of the plastic tank in such a way that the beaker can stand on them. - Place the floating candle (tea light) on the water surface and light it. - Carefully place the beaker upside-down over the burning candle so that it rests on the glass tubes.
Observations
Note down the result of the experiment in the form of a drawing and describe it.
Apparatus
1 candle........................................................from 459 32 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 plastic tank, approx. 2 l.......................................664 194 2 glass tubes, 80 x 8 mm ......................................665 201
After the candle has extinguished, the water level in the beaker rises.
Evaluation
What happens to the air during combustion? A part of the air is consumed during combustion.
Notes on procedure
This experiment can, after appropriate modification, be used (e.g. mark 5 equal parts on the beaker using a felt tip pen) for the air analysis. However, this experiment then does not give quite correct results because during the combustion carbon dioxide is formed and the corresponding water displacement by the candle has to be taken into account. SEI 409
Notes on this task

Air is involved in all combustion processes. The student should find out if all parts of the air are involved in these processes. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
CK 1.3.2.1
Oxygen - isolation, detection and properties

To produce oxygen from hydrogen peroxide and identify it. To investigate several properties of oxygen.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand setup II. Clamp the Erlenmeyer flask
Apparatus
3 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm ......................301 28 1 wooden splint ............................................from 661 083 3 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 plastic tank, approx. 2 l.......................................664 194 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 dropper funnel, 75 ml .........................................665 073 1 gas delivery tube, hook-shaped..........................665 230 1 angled tube, 50/50 mm.......................................665 232 3 universal clamps.................................................666 555 2 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm ......................666 609 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 rubber tubing ......................................................667 180 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
to one of the stand rods in such a way that it stands on the worktop. To the second rod attach two universal clamps at right angles to each other. Place 2 spatula tips of manganese dioxide in the flask. Carefully insert the dropper funnel and the angled tube into the rubber stopper. Close the flask with the stopper and connect the angled tube with the gas delivery tube. Fill the tank up to 2/3 with water and the test tubes to the top. Cover the test tubes with a thumb and place them with the opening downwards into the tank so that no water flows out. Close the cock on the dropper funnel and fill 40 ml of hydrogen peroxide solution into the funnel. Then carefully allow the hydrogen peroxide to drop onto the manganese dioxide. Place the delivery tube in the tank and pneumatically catch the rising gas in the test tubes. Then insert a glowing splint into the first test tube. (glowing splint test) Then clamp the second test tube with the opening upwards and the third with the opening downwards to the stand. Carry out the glowing splint test after approx 1 min.
Enter the observations and results in a description: Description: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties: oxygen O2 gaseous colourless makes a glowing splint burn brightly, heavier than air, odourless welding gas, filling of breathing protection devices, iron and steel production
Applications:
Chemicals
SEI 409 hydrogen[0] peroxide, 5% .............................from 675 3500 manganese(IV) oxide ............................................673 2205
Notes on procedure
The specified quantities do not need to be adhered to precisely. If the oxygen production (gas production) stops, gently shake the Erlenmeyer flask. A part of the description must be developed in the course of the discussion with the students. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
Warning notes
Hydrogen peroxide solution is corrosive! Use protective goggles! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints using water! When inserting the glass tubes protect the hands with leather gloves or something similar!
CK 1.3.2.2
Carbon dioxide - isolation, detection and properties

To produce carbon dioxide from calcium carbonate by means of dilute hydrochloric acid. To detect carbon dioxide by means of calcium hydroxide solution and to investigate some of its properties.
Setup
Warning notes
Dilute hydrochloric acid and calcium hydroxide solution are corrosive! Use protective goggles! Wash off any splashes on the skin with plenty of water! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol. When inserting the glass parts protect the hands with leather gloves or something similar!

- Set up basic stand I and attach the Erlenmeyer flask in such -
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 4 candles ......................................................from 459 32 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 plastic tank .........................................................664 194 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 dropper funnel ....................................................665 073 1 angled tube, 50/50 mm.......................................665 232 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 rubber tubing ......................................................667 180 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 working gloves e.g..............................................663 609
a way that it stands on the experimentation table. Fill the flask with 5 spoonfuls of calcium carbonate. Carefully insert the dropper funnel and the angled tube into the rubber stopper. Close the flask with a stopper. Connect the rubber hose to the angle tube. Close the cock on the dropper funnel and fill with 60 ml dilute hydrochloric acid. Fill the 100 ml beaker up to half with calcium hydroxide solution. Allow some hydrochloric acid to drip onto the calcium carbonate. Feed the developing gas into the lime water. Stop the gas generation after approx. 10 sec and clean the rubber tubing. Attach the three candles on the floor of the plastic tank by means of wax drops. Place the rubber tubing on the floor of the basin and start gas development. After approx. 10 min. stop the part experiment. Fill a 250 ml beaker with carbon dioxide. Place a small burning candle into the 400 ml beaker. Carefully decant the carbon dioxide into the beaker with the candle.
Enter the observations and results in a description. Description: Symbol: Carbon dioxide CO2
State of aggregation: gaseous Colour: Properties: colourless reacts with calcium hydroxide solution and forms a white deposit (detection), is heavier than air, will extinguish a flame, can be decanted like a liquid, people and animals are suffocated in carbon dioxide
SEI 409
Chemicals
calcium carbonate ............................................... calcium hydroxide solution, saturated, .........from glycerine.............................................................. hydrochloric acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l) ............ 671 2310 671 2910 672 1210 674 6920
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the gas development does not stop. The partial experiment with the three burning candles can be terminated as soon as all the candles have been extinguished. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 1.3.2.3
Carbon dioxide applications (fire extinguisher)

To investigate and explain the functioning of a foam fire extinguisher.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Fill the flask with 75 ml of sodium carbonate solution and
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 plastic tank .........................................................664 194 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 evaporating dish .................................................664 441 1 angled tube, 250/50 mm.....................................665 231 1 angled tube, 50/50 mm.......................................665 232 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 2 droppers ....................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs ..............................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 rubber tube, 1 m ................................................667 180 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 working gloves............................................ e.g. 663 609
-
add some hair shampoo. Mix the two substances by gently swivelling around. Attach the Erlenmeyer flask to the stand in such a way that it stands on the experimentation table. Insert the long side of the angled tube carefully into one of the holes in the rubber stopper. Then close the flask with the stopper and lower the angled tube until it nearly touches the bottom of the flask. Then connect the long angled tube to the short tube in such a way that the opening of the free end points downwards. Place the evaporating dish into the tank under the opening of the angle tube. Fit the bulbs on the droppers. Fill approx. 1 ml of petroleum spirit into the evaporating dish. Use the second dropper to suck up 2 to 3 ml of hydrochloric acid. Insert the dropper carefully through the second hole in the stopper without squeezing out any of the hydrochloric acid. Light the petroleum spirit and empty the dropper by firmly squeezing the rubber bulb. Firmly hold the stopper.
Observations
After the hydrochloric acid has been added, carbon dioxide and foam immediately develop strongly.
Evaluation
Formulate the appropriate reaction in words and as a reaction equation: sodium carbonate carbon dioxide + dilute hydrochloric acid + sodium chloride + water
Na2CO3 + 2 HCl CO2 + 2 NaCl + H2O Complete the corresponding description:
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C............................. glycerine.............................................................. sodium carbonate solution 10 % ..................from dilute hydrochloric acid, approx. 2 mol/l .............. hair shampoo 670 8220 672 1210 673 5590 674 6920
Possible applications:
extinguishant, coolant, artificial mineral waters
What is the purpose of the hair shampoo in this experiment? The purpose of the hair shampoo is to generate foam.
SEI 409
Notes on procedure Warning notes

Hydrochloric acid is corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! Immediately close the bottle after taking petroleum spirit out and remove from the area where the experiment is carried out! Improve sliding of rubberglass joints by means of propanetriol. Protect hands when inserting the glass tubes! Protect long hair against catching fire! The stopper of the "fire extinguisher" must be held firmly! Ensure that the extinguisher opening does not point towards other students. After this extinguishing experiment, if possible the handling of an actual carbon dioxide extinguisher should be practised so that the students know in an emergency how to handle such a device. Approximate time requirement: 20 min.
CK 1.3.2.4 Hydrogen isolation and properties

To produce hydrogen by dissociation of water and to investigate its properties.
Setup

- Set up basic stand setup II. Attach two universal clamps to
Apparatus
3 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 bossheads ........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................301 28 splint ........................................................from 661 083 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 test tube, Supremax..........................................664 048 plastic tank........................................................664 194 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 gas delivery tube, hook-shaped ........................665 230 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
the second stand rod in such a way that they are at right angles to each other. Mix 3 4 spoonfuls of sea-sand with the same quantity of iron powder in the evaporating dish. Pour the mixture into a test tube with a high melting point and carefully dampen with water. Warning! The wall of the test tube must not become wet! Then clamp the test tube horizontally at approximately the centre of the first stand rod. In front of the dampened mixture pile up an approx. 5 cm long layer of iron powder. Fit the silicon stopper with the gas delivery tube. Insert some iron wool in one end of the tube as flash-back protection. Then close the test tube with the stopper. Fill the tank up to 2/3 with water and dip in the gas delivery tube. Fill the three test tubes to the top with water and place them with the opening downwards into the tank. Then carefully heat first the iron powder and then the ironsand mixture. As soon as gas generation increases move the burner from side to side. Pneumatically collect the escaping gas in the three test tubes. Then extinguish the burner flame and immediately remove the gas delivery tube from the tank! Then re-light the burner. Take the first test tube from the tank and hold its opening in the burner flame. Then clamp the second test tube with the opening downwards and the third with the opening upwards on the second stand rod. After approx. 1 min hold a burning splint inside.
Write an appropriate description: Description: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties: Hydrogen H2 gaseous colourless can be demonstrated by means of the oxyhydrogen test, flammable, forms explosive mixtures with air, lighter than air rocket fuel, welding gas, component of syntheses gas, was used as balloon gas for a long time (point out corresponding catastrophies)
Chemicals
iron powder, coarse............................................. iron, wool ............................................................. glycerine.............................................................. sea-sand, cleaned ............................................... SEI 409 671 8270 671 8400 672 1210 674 8211
Applications:

Use protective goggles! Hydrogen can form explosive mixtures with air! Improve sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of glycerine! Protect long hair against catching fire! Ensure that the iron-sand mixture is only heated gently and not too much. At the end of the experiment remove the gas delivery tube from the tank straight away so that during cooling or slowing of the gas generation no cold water can enter into the hot apparatus (danger of explosion!). Approximate time requirement: 20 min.
CK 1.4.1.1
Production of detection agents for acids and bases

To produce several plant-based indicators.
Setup

- Assembly basic stand I and clamp the funnel onto it. - Cut the red cabbage into very thin and small slices. Fill the
mortar up to 1/3 with the plant material and add 4 spoonfuls of quartz-sand and approx. 10 ml methylated spirit. Carefully grind the red cabbage in the mortar for approx. 10 min. Then add approx. 5 ml of methylated spirit and continue grinding for a further 2 min. Filter the contents of the mortar into a test tube. If necessary repeat the experiment in order to produce more indicator solution. Then carry out the experiment in a similar way using petals. Keep the indicator in the dark for subsequent experiments.
Observations
Violet-red, violet-blue and reddish plant-colour solutions are formed.
Notes on procedure Apparatus

1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 funnel, 75 mm , plastic ...................................665 009 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 laboratory knife .................................................667 018 pestle ................................................................667 091 mortar ...............................................................667 092 rubber stoppers.................................................667 253 These solutions are required among other purposes for e.g. experiment 1.4.2.2. In order to obtain as many plant-based indicators as possible, this experiment should be carried out by job sharing e.g. using various types of plants. Further suitable plants or plant-based substances are: - black currants, - black elderberries, - blackberries, - dark fruit juice (baby food).
Notes on this task

Many acids often cause serious chemical burns. Some are poisonous. For this reason tasting must not be used for the identification of acids and similar substances. The chemist utilises coloured indicators which can e.g. be obtained by extraction from plants. This experiment at the same time demonstrates the extraction procedure introduced in experiment 1.1.3.6.
Chemicals
SEI 409 sea-sand, cleaned ............................................... 674 8211 methylated spirit (denatured ethanol) .................. 670 9990 red cabbage petals (no yellow ones)
Notes on disposal
Place the pressed-out plant material under the extractor and allow the solvent to evaporate. Any residues can be disposed of with the normal rubbish. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Ventilate the room well!
CK 1.4.1.2 Effect of indicators on acids

To investigate the effect of various indicators on acids.
Carrying out the experiment Setup

- Fit the bulbs onto the droppers. - Fill the test tubes as follows:
test tube 1: to 5 cm with dilute sulfuric acid, test tube 2: to 5 cm with dilute hydrochloric acid, test tube 3: to 5 cm with dilute nitric acid, test tube 4: to 5 cm with distilled water. - Then add to each of the test tubes 3 drops of the red cabbage solution. - Then pour the acid solutions into the container kept available for this on the teacher's table. - Carefully clean the apparatus and rinse with distilled water. Repeat the experiments with the other indicators.
Note the observations in a table:
Indicator Red cabbage solution Petal colorant solution Litmus paper Phenolphthalein solution Universal indicator solution Universal indicator paper Sulfuric acid red red red colourless red red Nitric acid, dilute red red red colourless red red Hydrochloric acid red red red colourless red red
Apparatus
1 4 4 4 1 1 1 universal pH indicator paper .............................661 070 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 waste container for acids
Indicator Red cabbage solution Petal colorant solution Litmus paper Phenolphthalein solution Universal indicator solution Universal indicator paper
Distilled water violet violet-red violet colourless yellow-green yellow-green
Chemicals
phenolphthalein solution, 1% .............................. universal indicator liquid ...................................... litmus solution...................................................... nitric acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l)........................ sulfuric acid, approx. 5% ..............................from hydrochloric acid, approx. 5% ......................from red cabbage solution petal colorant solution 674 2500 675 2570 672 9950 674 6650 674 7920 674 6800
Draw conclusions from the observations. Which indicator is not suitable for the detection of acids? Phenolphthalein solution cannot be used to detect acids because it remains colourless.
SEI 409
Notes on procedure
Dilute acids are irritants. In order not to confuse the students initially, the term corrosive has continued to be used. The specified quantities do not need to be adhered to precisely. Phenolphthalein was selected in order to demonstrate to the students that there are indicators in chemistry which do not react to acids. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
Warning notes
Acids are corrosive! Use protective goggles!
CK 1.4.1.3 Carbonic acid

To produce a carbonic acid solution and investigate some of its properties.
Setup
Warning notes:
Hydrochloric acid is corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Wash off any splashes on the skin with plenty of water! Improve the sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol. When inserting the glass tubes, protect the hands with leather gloves or something similar! Protect long hair against catching fire!

- Assemble basic stand I and attach the Erlenmeyer flask in -
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 1 stand base..........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 burner.................................................................656 017 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 dropper funnel ....................................................665 073 1 angled tube, 50/50 mm.......................................665 232 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 dropper .....................................................from 665 953 1 rubber bulb ...............................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 rubber tube, 1 m .................................................667 180 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
such a way that it stands on the experimentation table. Place approx. 3 spoonfuls of calcium carbonate into the flask. Carefully insert the dropper funnel and the angled tube into the rubber stopper. Close the flask with the stopper. Connect the rubber hose to the angled tube. Fill the dropper funnel with 40 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid. Fill the beaker to approx. half with distilled water and add a few drops of universal indicator. Slightly open the cock on the dropper funnel and pass the gas which forms through the coloured water. As soon as the hydrochloric acid is used up terminate the experiment and disassemble the gas generator. Attach the stand ring with the wire gauze to the stand and place the burner below the ring. Then heat the beaker with the carbonic acid solution until it boils.
Observations
When the gas (carbon dioxide CO2) is passed through the water the solution turns red. When it is heated it turns back to yellow.
Evaluation
Enter the observations and results in a description: Name: Symbol: carbonic acid H2CO3
State of aggregation: liquid Colour: colourless Properties: will dye universal indicator paper red, very weak, non-permanent acid, Production of pure carbonic acid is not possible Beverages industry (artificial mineral, Applications: waters, sparkling wine etc.) Formulate the appropriate reaction in words and as a reaction equation:
SEI 409
Chemicals
calcium carbonate .................................................671 2310 glycerine................................................................672 1210 hydrochloric acid, approx. 5% .....................from 674 6800 universal indicator, liquid .......................................675 2570
CO2 + H2O
carbon dioxide + water
H2CO3
carbonic acid
Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 1.4.2.1 Caution when handling bases!

To investigate the effect of concentrated sodium hydroxide solution and of drainpipe cleaner solution on various substances.
Setup
Warning notes
Concentrated bases (and drainpipe cleaner) cause serious chemical burns! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Remove any base splashes etc immediately using a damp rag! Cover the experimentation table with absorbent paper!

- Dampen the rag with water and place it in the plastic tank. - Cut up the material samples and distribute them into the test
tubes as follows: test tubes 1 and 2: pieces of meat, test tubes 3 and 4: some hair, test tubes 5 and 6: several small pieces of string. - Fill the beaker to approx. 1/5 with distilled water and add drainpipe cleaner in batches to make a concentrated solution. - Add to each material sample in tests tubes 1, 3 and 5 approx. 10 drops of concentrated sodium hydroxide solution and to test tubes 2, 4, and 6 the same quantity of drainpipe cleaner solution. - Then mark the material samples with their content and an appropriate warning label and store them until the next day.
Note down the observations:
Apparatus
beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 plastic tank........................................................664 194 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 laboratory knife .................................................667 018 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 labels 1 rag 1 felt tip pen or similar SEI 409 1 6 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
Material sample Meat Hair String (hemp)
After exposure to sodium hydroxide drainpipe cleaner solution solution dissolved dissolved colour change, surface change dissolved dissolved colour change, surface change
Which protective measures are to be taken when working with concentrated bases or similar substances? Use protective goggles! Wear protective gloves! Wash away any base splashes with plenty of water, carefully rinse eyes by means of an eye douche or with fresh tap water, then immediately contact a physician!
Notes on procedure
Keep an eye douche ready. If applicable, leave water taps running so that splashes can immediately be wiped away with plenty of water. When handling concentrated acids and bases, cover the experimentation table with white paper or something similar, so that splashes can be identified and removed immediately. Select the sample sizes so that they fit well into the test tubes and do not need forcing in. After each partial experiment carefully rinse the pipettes with distilled water. Collect rinsing water in a beaker or something similar and neutralise before pouring out, or pour into the waste container for acids, bases etc.
Chemicals
sodium hydroxide solution, approx. 10%............. 673 8440 drainpipe cleaner solution (containing sodium hydroxide ) meat hair string (hemp or similar)
CK 1.4.2.2 Effect of indicators on bases

To investigate the effect of various indicators on bases.
Setup

- Fill the test tubes as follows:
test tube 1: to 5 cm with distilled water, test tube 2: to 5 cm with dilute sodium hydroxide solution, test tube 3: to 5 cm with soap solution, test tube 4: to 5 cm with lime water - Then drip in each of the test tubes 5 drops of red cabbage solution. - Pour the coloured solutions into the container kept ready on the teacher's table and clean the test tubes carefully. Rinse with distilled water and repeat the experiment with the other indicators in a similar way.
Enter the observations.
Indicator Red cabbage solution Flower colorant solution Litmus paper Phenolphthalein solution Universal indicator solution Universal indicator paper Distilled water violet violet-red violet colourless yellow-green yellow-green Sodium hydroxide solution yellow-green green-blue blue red (intensive) blue blue
Apparatus
1 4 3 3 1 1 pH-universal indicator paper .............................661 070 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
Soap solution green green-blue blue red (intensive) blue blue
Lime water green green-blue blue red (intensive) blue blue
Chemicals
litmus solution...................................................... universal indicator, liquid ..................................... phenolphthalein solution, 1% .............................. calcium hydroxide solution, saturated. .........from diluted sodium hydroxide solution ...................... soap solution red cabbage extract from experiment 1.4.1.1 flower colorant extract from experiment 1.4.1.1 672 9950 675 2570 674 2500 671 2900 673 8440
Compare the observations with those from experiment 1.4.1.2.
Notes on procedure
1% alkaline solutions are an irritant. In order not to confuse the students, initially the term corrosive was continued to be used. The specified quantities do not need to be adhered to precisely. This is the continuation of experiments 1.4.1.1 and 1.4.1.2. Afterwards, the students should examine substances in their environment (mineral water, toothpaste etc.) by means of indicators and classify them accordingly.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Bases are corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Wash off any splashes on the skin with plenty of water!
CK 1.4.2.3
Sodium hydroxide solution and its properties

To make sodium hydroxide solution from sodium hydroxide pellets and distilled water. To investigate several properties of oxygen.
Setup

- Fill the beaker with 100 ml distilled water. While constantly
stirring with the thermometer add 4 g sodium hydroxide pellets. Measure the temperature from time to time. Note down the measured values. - Fill the first test tube to about 5 cm with the base produced in this way and add 5 drops of universal indicator. - Fill the second test tube to 1/3 with the base and add some aluminium swarf. Then gently heat the test tube until the reaction starts. Place the test tube into the test tube rack. - Fill the third test tube with carbon dioxide and place with the opening downwards into the beaker with the base.
Enter the observations and results in a description:
Description: Symbol:
sodium hydroxide solution NaOH
Apparatus
1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 safety gloves.....................................................667 609 weighing scales
State of aggregation: liquid Colour: Properties: colourless colours universal indicator blue, reacts with aluminium to form sodium aluminate (used in paper, textile and glass industry), absorbs carbon dioxide soap manufacture, cellulose production
Applications:
Notes on this task and on procedure

Here one way of making a base is introduced. At the same time the term heat of solution can be introduced.
Chemicals
aluminium, swarf or powder ............................... 670 2600 sodium hydroxide, pellets.................................... 673 6800 universal indicator, liquid ..................................... 675 2570 carbon dioxide
When the sodium hydroxide pellets are added immediately a noticeable temperature increase occurs. This is the heat of solution. It is 42.85 kJ/mol for NaOH. The aluminium reacts with the sodium hydroxide solution to form sodium aluminate. 2 AI + 2 NaOH + 6 H2O 2 Na(Al(OH)4) + 3 H2 If the reaction with aluminium starts immediately the heating can be omitted. Sodium hydroxide solution absorbs carbon dioxide and slowly rises up in the test tube. Several points of the description have to be developed in the course of the lesson. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide pellets (caustic soda) cause severe chemical burns! Do not touch with the fingers! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Pick up spilled pellets using tweezers or something similar!
CK 1.4.2.4
Production of bases by the reaction of metals with water

To produce a magnesium hydroxide solution by the reaction of magnesium with water.
Setup

- Place a spatula tip of magnesium powder into the test tube
and fill to 1/4 with distilled water.

- Gently heat the contents of the test tube until the reaction
becomes more intense.

- Then add several drops of universal indicator.
A gas is formed, the universal indicator colours blue.
Base Magnesium hydroxide solution Apparatus

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Colours universal indicator blue (pH value = 10) blue (pH value > 12)
Calcium hydroxide solution
Methods of production (equation in words and formula)

magnesium + water magnesium hydroxide solution + hydr. Mg(OH)2 + H2 Mg + H2O calcium Ca + water calcium hydroxide solution Ca(OH)2 + H2O + hydr. + H2
Chemicals
magnesium, powder ............................................ 673 1100 universal indicator, liquid ..................................... 675 2570
Notes on procedure
If available, the experiment can, in addition, also be carried out with calcium (granulated). Heating is then not necessary. The hydrogen produced can be collected in a further test tube placed upside-down over the experiment. Then the gas can be identified by means of the oxyhydrogen test.
Notes on this task Warning notes

SEI 409 Magnesium powder is highly flammable! Protect long hair against catching fire! There are various ways of making bases. In this experiment the students are shown the first option for producing alkaline earth metal hydroxide solutions. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
CK 1.5.1.1 Salt formation by neutralisation

To make sodium hydroxide solution by neutralisation of sodium chloride with hydrochloric acid.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. In place of the universal clamp
attach the stand ring with a wire gauze to the stand rod. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly over to one side. Place the wire triangle on the wire gauze. - Measure 10 ml of sodium hydroxide solution into the 250 ml beaker by means of the 10 ml graduated pipette. Add 15 ml of hydrochloric acid while stirring. - Then add further hydrochloric acid drop by drop. Between drops stir well and determine the pH value. As soon as a pH value of 6 8 has been reached stop adding further acid. - Place approx. 10 drops of the solution produced in this way onto a watch glass dish. Place the watch glass dish on the wire triangle and heat gently over a low flame until the water has evaporated.
Observations
After evaporating the solution a white residue remains. This is sodium chloride.
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 pH-universal indicator paper ...................from 661 070 1 beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 1 watch glass dish ...............................................664 153 1 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 2 droppers...................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 burner
Evaluation
Summarise the results in an overview. Formulate the equation in words and as a reaction equation.
Method for making salt Reaction of bases with acids
Example (reaction equation) NaOH + HCl NaCl + H2O
Notes on procedure Chemicals

SEI 409 sodium hydroxide solution, 10% ......................... 673 8440 hydrochloric acid, approx. 2 mol/l ........................ 674 6920 If the pH value of 6 is fallen below it can be corrected by adding a few drop of dilute sodium hydroxide solution. Warning! Do not allow tasting tests!
Notes on this task

This experiment may at the same time be used to explain the neutralisation process. In addition at this point in time it should be pointed out that not only neutral (or normal) salts exist. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide solution and hydrochloric acid are corrosive! Wear protective goggles! During concentration by evaporation there is the danger of splashing! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.5.1.2
Salt formation by reaction of base metals with dilute acids

To allow reaction of hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid with reactive metals. To investigate which gas forms during these reactions.
Setup
Warning notes
Hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid are corrosive! Use protective goggles! Caution when carrying out the oxyhydrogen test! Do not do it close to the test tube rack! Protect long hair against catching fire! During concentration by evaporation there is the danger of splashing!

- Assemble basic stand setup I. In place of the universal
Apparatus
1 2 1 6 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
clamp attach the stand ring with a wire gauze to the stand. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly over to one side and place the triangle on the wire gauze. - Fill the four test tubes as follows: test tube 1: with one spatula tip of iron powder, test tube 2: with 3 pieces of zinc, test tube 3: with a spatula tip of magnesium powder, test tube 4: with a spatula tip of aluminium powder. - Into the first two test tubes add in addition 6 ml of dilute sulfuric acid and in the two last test tubes the same quantity of dilute hydrochloric acid. Collect the released gases in a test tube placed upside-down over the reaction tube and carry out the oxyhydrogen test. Carry out the partial experiments one after the other! - Transfer 10 drops of each the solutions produced on watch glass dishes and concentrate by evaporation.
Complete the overview in experiment 1.5.1.1:
Methods for making salt 1 2 Reaction of bases with acids Reaction of reactive metals with dilute acids
1 2
Example (reaction equation) NaOH + HCl NaCl + H2O Fe + H2SO4 FeSO4 + H2 Zn + H2SO4 ZnSO4 + H2 Mg + 2 HCl MgCl2 + H2 2 Al + 6 HCl 2 AlCl3 + 3 H2
SEI 409
Chemicals
aluminium, swarf or powder ................................ iron powder, coarse............................................. magnesium, powder ............................................ hydrochloric acid, 10% ........................................ sulfuric acid, dilute............................................... zinc, granulated ................................................... 670 2600 671 8270 673 1100 674 6800 674 7920 675 4800
Notes on procedure
These experiments are suitable for work sharing. The oxyhydrogen test must not be carried out close to the test tube rack in order to prevent the remaining hydrogen from igniting. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 1.5.1.3
Salt formation by reaction of metal oxides with dilute acids

To react metal oxides with acids.
Setup
Warning notes
Hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid cause chemical burns! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire! During concentration by evaporation there is the danger of splashing!

clamp attach the stand ring with a wire gauze to the stand. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the 3 protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly over to one side and place the triangle on the wire gauze. Place a spatula tip of iron(III) oxide into a test tube and add 5 to 6 ml dilute hydrochloric acid. Briefly warm the test tube. As soon as the reaction has come to an end, transfer 10 drops to a watch glass dish and concentrate by evaporation. Place a spatula tip of magnesium oxide or copper(II) oxide into a test tube and add 4 to 5 ml of dilute sulfuric acid. Continue the partial experiments as described above.
Apparatus
1 2 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SEI 409 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Complete the overview in experiments 1.5.1.1 and 1.5.1.2:
Methods for making salt 1 2 3 Reaction of bases with acids Reaction of reactive metals with dilute acids Reaction of metal oxides with dilute acids
Example (reaction equation)

1 2
NaOH + HCl Fe + H2SO4 Zn + H2SO4 Mg + 2 HCl
NaCl + H2O FeSO4 + H2 ZnSO4 + H2 MgCl2 + H2 2 FeCl3 + 3 H2O
2 Al + 6 HCl 2 AlCl3 + 3 H2
3
Fe2O3 + 6 HCl
Chemicals
iron(III) oxide ....................................................... copper(II) oxide, powder...................................... magnesium oxide .........................................from hydrochloric acid, 10% ........................................ sulfuric acid, dilute............................................... 671 9000 672 9500 673 1100 674 6800 674 7920
MgO + H2SO4 MgSO4 + H2O CuO + H2SO4 CuSO4 + H2O

Notes on procedure
The warming must be kept very brief. A side product of the reaction is water. Magnesium oxide can be produced by the burning (oxidising) of magnesium powder. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 1.5.1.4
Formation of salts by precipitation reactions

To produce salt by precipitation reactions.
Setup

- Fill all the test tubes to 1/3 with distilled water. - In the first test tube dissolve a small spatula tip of copper(II)
sulphate and in the second dissolve the same quantity of iron(II) sulphate. To both solutions add several drops of barium chloride solution. - In the third and the forth test tubes dissolve the same quantity of sodium chloride or manganese(II) chloride. Add a few drops of silver nitrate solution to these solutions.
Methods for making salts 1 2 3 4 Reaction of bases with acids Reaction of reactive metals with dilute acids Reaction of metal oxides with dilute acids Precipitation reaction

Apparatus
4 2 2 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
1 2
NaOH + HCl Fe + H2SO4 Zn + H2SO4 Mg + 2 HCl
NaCl + H2O FeSO4 + H2 ZnSO4 + H2 MgCl2 + H2 2 FeCl3 + 3 H2O
2 Al + 6 HCl 2 AlCl3 + 3 H2
3
Fe2O3 + 6 HCl
MgO + H2SO4 MgSO4 + H2O

Chemicals 4
barium chloride solutions, 10%.....................from iron(II) sulphate ................................................... manganese(II) chloride........................................ copper(II) sulphate .............................................. sodium chloride ................................................... silver nitrate solution, 5% .................................... SEI 409 670 7200 671 9110 672 2100 672 9630 673 5710 674 8710
CuO + H2SO4 CuSO4 + H2O CuSO4 + BaCl2 FeSO4 + BaCl2 NaCl + AgNO3 BaSO4 + CuCl2 BaSO4 + FeCl2 AgCl + NaNO3
MnCl2 + 2 AgNO3 2 AgCl +Mn(NO3)2

What can barium chloride and silver nitrate solutions be used for in chemistry? Barium chloride for the detection of sulphates, silver nitrate for the detection chlorides.
Warning notes
Barium chloride and manganese(II) chloride are harmful to health when swallowed! Silver nitrate causes chemical burns! Wear protective goggles!
Notes on procedure
If the dissolved salts are to be detected, the solutions have to be filtered. Afterwards the filtrate is evaporated (see experiment 1.5.1.3). In all partial experiments a white precipitate forms. In the first two cases it is barium sulphate, in the latter two it is silver chloride. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
CK 1.5.1.5
Determination of the heat of neutralisation

To determine the heat of neutralisation for hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide solution.
Setup

- Place the beaker into the insulating container. Using the
measuring cylinder 50 ml of sodium hydroxide solution and pour it into the beaker. Close the insulating container and insert the thermometer through the large opening. Measure the temperature every minute until it is constant. At the same time gently swill the insulated container with the beaker and stir with the thermometer. Note down the constant starting temperature. Use the measuring cylinder to measure 50 ml of hydrochloric acid. Also insert the funnel in addition through the large opening in the lid of the insulated container and pour in the hydrochloric acid. Remove the funnel carefully (without dripping any adhering liquid onto the insulating container). Again move the container and stir with the thermometer. Read off the temperature. Continue to measure the temperature every 0.5 min until it has stopped increasing. Note down the final temperature.
Starting temperature: 23.0 C 38.5 C
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 thermometer -10 ... +150 C .............................382 33 heat insulating container ...................................384 51 beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 funnel ................................................................665 009 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966
Final temperature:
Temperature difference: 15.5 K Formulate the reaction equation and calculate the heat of neutralisation in J and J/mol. The specific heat capacity of water is 4.19 J/(g K).
or
NaOH + HCl NaCl + H2O OH + H+ H2O
Chemicals
hydrochloric acid, 10 % (~2.8 mol/l) .................... 674 6800 sodium hydroxide solution, 10% (~2.8 mol/l)....... 673 8440
Q = m c T Q = 100 g 4.19 J/(g K) 15.5 K = 6495 J = 6.50 kJ The substance quantity used with 50 ml acid or base with a concentration of 2.8 mol/l is 2.8 mol/l 0.05 l = 0.14 mol This results in a molar enthalpy of neutralisation of 6.50 kJ / 0.14 mol = 46.4 kJ/mol
SEI 409

Sodium hydroxide solution and hydrochloric acid are corrosive! Avoid contact with the skin! Wear protective goggles! The solutions used should preferably be at room temperature. The experiment can also be carried out by sharing the work using different acids and bases. When cleaning the calorimeter container, first of all carefully remove the thermometer (ensure that no residual liquid drips onto the insulating container), then remove the upper part of the insulating container by twisting slightly. Remove the beaker with the solution and pour the solution in a collection container for acids and bases. For further notes see 1.0.0.2. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 1.5.2.1 Growing crystals

To produce seed crystals and to grow salt crystals.
Setup

Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 beakers, 400 ml ................................................664 131 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 incubator ................................................... e.g. 666 804 burner paper clips pipe cleaner thread non-water-soluble glue
-
clamp attach the stand ring with a wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Fill the 100 ml beaker half with water. Heat the water to 60 C and produce a saturated copper (II) sulphate solution. Decant the solution from the sediment and keep it in a dustfree place for 3 days. As soon as several larger crystals have formed (see crystals) remove them carefully with tweezers and dry them on a round filter. Place the sediment and the seed crystal solution into a 400 ml beaker and top up with water to 150 ml. Heat the solution to 60 C and produce a saturated salt solution by the addition of copper(II) sulphate. Attach a seed crystal to a piece of thin string by means of glue. Tie the string to the middle of a glass rod or wooden rod and suspend the crystal in the solution. Keep the solution at approx. 35 C in an incubator for several days. Make a small "coral structure" from pipe cleaners and weigh its feet with paper clips. Place 200 ml of water into a 400 ml beaker, heat to 60 C and produce a saturated copper (II) sulphate solution. Decant carefully from the sediment and place the "structure" into the solution. Keep the solution at approx. 80 C in an incubator for two hours. Then carefully stir the solution with a glass rod without touching the structure.
Carefully look at the crystals that have formed. Explain the results. By suspending a so-called seed crystal, usually one large crystal is obtained because the seed crystal forms a centre for the crystallisation. With rapid concentration by evaopration and without a seed crystal many small crystals form which may settle on the structure (pipe cleaner) when the solution is stirred and finally completely cover the structure. "Crystal coral" is formed in this way.
Chemicals
SEI 409 copper(II) sulphate pentahydrate ........................ 672 9630
Notes on procedure
Plan for each solution approx. 10 min. If no incubator is available the concentration by evaporation will take longer. The beakers must not be moved during the growth period of the crystals. The "coral structure" must be completely immersed in the solution. If necessary trim the pipe cleaners. Instead of copper (II) sulphate for this experiment, potassium aluminium sulphate [KAl(SO4)2 12 H2O] or potassium chromium sulphate [KCr(SO4)2 12 H2O] can also be used. Approximate time requirement: several days
Warning notes
Heavy metal salts are harmful to health when swallowed! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.5.2.3 Freezing mixtures

To produce freezing mixtures by dissolving various salts in water
Setup

- Fill the beaker with 25 ml of water and measure the water
temperature.
- Add 62.5 g of calcium chloride while stirring. - As
soon as the salt has dissolved determine the temperature of the solution. - Fill the second beaker also with 25 ml of water. Dissolve in it 8.3 g of ammonium chloride and the same quantity of potassium nitrate. Then measure the temperature of this "freezing mixture".
Water temperature Composition of the freezing mixture 1 part water + 2.5 parts calcium chloride Temperature of the freezing mixture - 6 ... - 8 C
Apparatus
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 weighing scales
approx. 20 C
approx. 20 C
3 parts water + 1 part ammonium chloride + 1 part potassium nitrate
- 9 ... - 12 C

ammonium chloride ............................................. 670 4010 calcium chloride................................................... 671 2400 potassium nitrate ................................................ 672 6800 Even lower temperature can be obtained by using crushed ice instead of water because heat energy is not only required for dissolving the salt but also for melting the ice. Briefly rinse the thermometer with water between the individual partial experiments. The stated temperatures are only for guidance. Enter in the table the precise measured values.

Potassium nitrate is a fire hazard when making contact with flammable substances. Ammonium chloride and calcium chloride are harmful to health if swallowed and irritate the eyes. Do not inhale the dust! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles! SEI 409 Salt crystals are formed from ion lattices. When dissolving the crystals in water (or a different solvent) first of all the ion lattice must be destroyed which requires energy. Because the heat energy of the environment is available this is used. The solution cools down.
Notes on disposal
Recover the salts by evaporation and reuse for similar experiments. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 1.5.2.4
Determination of the heat of solution of salts

To determine the heat of solution of ammonium chloride.
Setup

- Insert the aluminium beaker into the insulating container. -
Pour in 100 ml of water by means of the graduated cylinder. Close the insulating container with the lid and insert the thermometer through the large opening. Measure the temperature until it is constant. Occasionally stir lightly with the thermometer. Note down the starting temperature. In the 100 ml beaker weigh out 10.0 g ammonium chloride. Remove the thermometer and take off the cover of the insulating container. Add the 10.0 g of ammonium chloride to the water and dissolve it by carefully stirring with the thermometer for approx. half a minute. Close the insulating container again. Continue measuring the temperature with the thermometer until it stops dropping any further. During this time occasionally stir lightly and swirl the container. Note down the lowest temperature of the salt solution.
Observations/evaluation Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 heat insulating container ...................................384 51 aluminium calorimeter.......................................384 52 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 thermometer -10 ... +150 C .............................382 33 weighing scales Water temperature: Temperature difference: 21 C 6K
Temperature of the salt solution: 15 C
Calculate the heat of solution in J and J/mol. (specific heat capacity of water: c = 4.19 J/(g K); 1 mol ammonium chloride = 53.5 g/mol) Q = m c T Q = 100 g 4.19 J/(g K) 6 K = 2514 J = 2.5 kJ The molar heat of solution is then
1 2.5 kJ 53.5 g mol /10 g = 13.4 kJ/mol
Chemicals
ammonium chloride ............................................. 670 4010
Notes on procedure
The solutions used should preferably be at room temperature. The experiment can also be carried out using other salts such as potassium nitrate, calcium chloride, potassium iodide or sodium chloride by sharing the work. When cleaning the calorimeter container, first of all carefully remove the thermometer (ensure that no residual liquid drips onto the insulating container), then remove the upper part of the insulating container by twisting slightly. Remove the aluminium beaker with the solution. Pour the solution into a collection container for acids, bases and salts or recover the salts by evaporation and reuse for similar experiments. For further notes see 1.0.0.2. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Ammonium chloride is harmful to health if swallowed and irritates the eyes. Do not inhale the dust! Wear protective goggles!
CK 1.6.1.1
The behaviour of metals when they are heated

To find differentiating features for metals. To research how metals behave when they are heated.
Setup

- Carefully look at all the metals and then describe their
colour.
- Place
a spatula tip of aluminium powder into the conflagration spoon and heat strongly in the burner flame. - Pour the residue into the evaporating dish and repeat the experiment with the other metals. Carefully clean the conflagration spoon between the experiments. - Hold a piece of aluminium sheet using the crucible tongs and heat strongly in the hot part of the burner flame. - Repeat this part experiment in a similar way with the other metal sheets. Cool hot metals on the work plate and allow the melting metals to drop on the plate
Colour after heating white Melts in the burner flame yes (Mp approx. 600 C) no (Mp 1535 C) just about (Mp 1083 C) yes (Mp 420 C)
Metal Aluminium Iron
Symbol
Colour whitegrey grey
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 conflagration spoon ..........................................666 984 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667100
Al
Fe
black-grey
Copper
Cu
red
black
Zinc
Zn
grey
white
Chemicals Notes on procedure

aluminium, sheets ............................................... aluminium, powder .............................................. iron, powder ........................................................ copper, sheet ...................................................... copper, powder.................................................... zinc, powder ........................................................ 670 2390 670 2600 671 8300 672 8610 672 8800 675 4900 Make absolutely sure that no molten metal can drip into the burner.
Notes on this task

Already in ancient times metals were processed into jewellery and useful objects. Even today metals belong to the most important materials used by people. The students should find out what the differences are between the most familiar metals. These experiments are suitable, among other purposes, as an introduction to the topic.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! Wear protective goggles!
Notes on disposal
Place remaining metals and metal oxides into small plastic bags or old jars. Label appropriately and place into the collection container for solid substances. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 1.6.1.2
The causes of the changes to metals when they are heated

To show experimentally what is(are) the cause(s) for the chemical changes to metals when they are heated.
Setup

- Cut out a piece of copper sheet 7 x 7 cm and fold it in the
middle. Fold the open edges over and tap them tight with the hammer to make a kind of small envelope. Hold the copper envelope with the crucible tongs and heat strongly in the burner flame. After cooling, open the envelope and look at its outside and inside. Place a small piece of copper sheet into a test tube and heat strongly. Fill the second test tube to approx. 2 cm with paraffin and also place a small piece of copper in it. Then carefully heat until the paraffin boils.
Copper envelope Outside Colour/appearance before heating after heating bright black bright (unchanged)
Apparatus
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 test tube holder .................................................667 031 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner ruler hammer cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667 100
Inside
bright
Compare the results of the part experiments and interpret them. When heated in air the copper sheet is changed, it becomes black. When heated with the exclusion of air, e.g. on the inside of the copper envelope or in the paraffin, the copper sheet does not change. The air or the oxygen in the air causes the change to the metal when it is heated.
Chemicals
copper sheet, thin................................................ 672 8610 paraffin, viscous .................................................. 674 0820
Notes on procedure
The surfaces of the copper envelope must be pressed together firmly. The second part of the experiment is for confirmation.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! When heating up paraffin highly flammable vapours form! Warning! Danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles!
Notes on this task

The student should see here how chemical facts can be researched and proven experimentally.
Notes on disposal
Make the metals bright again with abrasive paper and collect the paraffin in labelled containers and reuse for similar experiments. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
CK 1.6.1.3 Even metals will burn

To burn various metal powders in the burner flame and to draw conclusions from the intensity of the reactions.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Connect the bellows with the glass tube. - Carefully fill the tube with a little iron powder and clamp
horizontally to the stand. Place the burner on the work table and light it. Open the air supply slightly. - Blow the metal powder into the not very visible part of the burner flame by means of the bellows. - Clean the glass tube and repeat the experiment with other metal powders.
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 glass tube, 80 x 8 mm.......................................665 201 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 rubber bellows ..................................................667 241 burner sun glasses cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667 100 Enter the metal powder in order of strength of reaction into the table: Metal powder Aluminium Flame colour bright white Reaction equation 4 Al + 3 O2 2 Mg + 2 Zn + O2 O2 2 Al2O3 2 MgO 2 ZnO 2 Fe2O3 2 CuO
Magnesium bright white Zinc Iron Copper bluish-green yellowishred greenish
4 Fe + 3 O2 2 Cu + O2
Chemicals
aluminium, powder .............................................. iron, powder ........................................................ copper, powder.................................................... magnesium, powder ............................................ zinc, powder ........................................................ 670 2600 671 8300 672 8800 673 1100 675 4900
Draw conclusions from the filled-in table. The more noble a metal the lower its inclination to bind with oxygen. Where can a similar combustion of metal powders be observed in our environment? Flashes, flares, rockets in fireworks etc.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Caution when burning metal powders! Protect the eyes with sun glasses against excessively bright light! Set up the experiment in such a way that other students are not endangered by flying sparks! Protect long hair against catching fire! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints using water!
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the warning notes are observed! Metal powder must not be allowed to get into the burner.
Notes on this task

In this experiment the inclination of various metals to bind with oxygen is investigated. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
CK 1.6.1.4
Rusting (rusting as an oxidation process)

To investigate what happens during rusting.
Setup

- Insert some iron wool into a test tube and push down as far
as possible with the glass rod. Warning! Do not compact firmly! - Slightly dampen the iron wool. - Fill the beaker approx. half with water and place the test tube with the opening pointing downwards. Then store for a week. - Close the test tube with the thumb and remove it from the beaker. Then hold a burning wooden splint in it.
Observations
The water level has risen in the test tube. The wooden splint held in the test tube extinguishes.
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 burner
Evaluation
Draw conclusions from the observations. Which part of the air is consumed during rusting? Rusting consumes the oxygen in the air and for this reason the water rises in the test tube. The remaining gas is mainly nitrogen which causes the burning splint to extinguish.
Chemicals
iron, wool............................................................. 671 8400
Notes on procedure
The rusting process is only possible after moistening the iron wool. A condition for the formation of rust is the simultaneous effect of oxygen and water. The rust is iron(III) hydoxide which forms according to the following reaction equation: 4 Fe + 2 H2O + 3 O2 4 FeO(OH)
Warning notes
SEI 409
Notes on this task

In this experiment the students learn about a so-called silent oxidation. Approximate time requirement: 5 min. / 1 week
CK 1.6.1.5
Protection against rusting by hot-dip tin plating and dip-galvanizing

To protect iron objects against corrosion by hot dip tin plating and hot dip galvanising.
Setup

clamp the stand ring with a wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Degrease two iron nails with a cotton-wool ball soaked in petroleum spirit and place them in the Petri dish. Add dilute hydrochloric acid until the nails are covered. Allow the acid to work for several minutes. Fill approx. half a crucible with tin foil. Place the crucible onto the wire triangle and melt the content. Take an iron nail from the acid bath using tweezers and briefly dip into the tin melt. Allow the tin-coated nail to cool down briefly and then place it on the work top. Repeat the experiment in a similar way using zinc. Fill the cover of the Petri dish with some water and place the three nails inside. Leave for several days.
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 crucible .............................................................664 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 iron nails, bright burner cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667 100 On the surface of the nails a thin tin or zinc layer has formed. While the untreated nail has rusted after one week, the tincoated and the galvanised nails have remained unchanged.
Evaluation
Interpret the results. What is the relevance of the tin layer or the zinc layer? The tin layer and the zinc layer protect the iron against corrosion (compare car advertising).
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C............................. hydrochloric acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l) ............ cotton wool .......................................................... zinc, rod............................................................... tin, foil.................................................................. 670 8220 674 6920 675 3550 675 5000 675 5700
Notes on procedure
Preferably heat in such a way that no oxide layer (skin) forms.
Notes on this task

Iron objects and devices which are left outside without protection soon become covered with a rust layer (corrosion). In order to protect iron against corrosion, it can be covered with a corrosion-resistant metal. This can be done in a number of different ways, e.g. by hot dip tin plating and dip galvanising. Approximate time requirement: 20 min. / 1 week
SEI 409
Warning notes
Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! During degreasing extinguish all flames! Afterwards immediately remove the storage bottle from the experimentation table! Wear protective goggles! Hydrochloric acid is corrosive! Protect long hair against catching fire! Caution when handling liquid metal!
CK 1.6.1.6
Changes to the properties of steel on heat treatment

To find out how the properties of steel change on soft annealing, hardening and tempering. To precisely observe and record the tempering colours.
Observations Setup
Heat treatment of steel Steel, untreated Soft annealing Hardening Tempering Elasticity very elastic (flexible) bendable, soft hard, brittle, breaks very elastic (flexible)
Evaluation
Interpret the results. Note down the tempering colours and estimate the associated temperatures.
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 3 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 burner razor blades, blunt abrasive paper
The tempering colours come from interference effects in the light which are caused by the oxide skins which form when the metal surface is heated. The values below should be a guide for the teacher: Tempering colour: Temp. (C): bright up to 200 dark blue up to 295 dark yellow up to 230 brown up to 255 red up to 275 violet up to 285 metallic grey up to 330
Warning notes
Tempering colour: Temp. (C):
light blue up to 310
grey-blue up to 325

- Heat a razor blade held in the crucible tongs for several
Notes on procedure
In order to be able to see the tempering colours well the blades must be inserted into the flame very slowly. It is quite likely that the students will not see all the colours listed. The experiment may be repeated using a new blade.
SEI 409
minutes in the hot part of the burner flame. Then reduce the air supply and allow the blade to slowly cool down in the flame. For the final cooling place the blade onto the wire gauze. Then check the elasticity and compare it to an untreated blade. Fill the beaker with water. Heat the second razor blade until it glows. Dip into the cold water while glowing. Then again test the elasticity. Adjust the burner flame so that it is just not glowing and slowly enter the third razor blade into the flame from above. At the same time carefully observe the surface. Clean the second (hardened) razor blade with abrasive paper and enter it into the flame in a similar way. Heat until the violet tempering colour appears. After cooling check the elasticity again.
Notes on this task

Steel is a iron carbon compound with a carbon content of less than 1.7 %. It can be rolled or forged, for example, without any post-treatment. By means of the heat treatment of the finished steel certain properties can be obtained or modified. Approximate time requirement: 20 min.
CK 1.6.1.7 Soldering

To make a soldered joint between copper sheets. To find out what the chemical function of the flux is.
Setup

- Cut out six pieces of copper sheet (approx. 2 x 6 cm). Place
pairs of sheets on top of each other so that they overlap. Fasten the overlaps with the paperclips. - Hold the first of the sheets to be soldered with the crucible tongs and heat them in a horizontal position in the burner flame. Place some solder onto the joint with the pincers and continue heating until the solder melts. Then allow the sheets to cool down on the work top. - Heat the next two sheets in the burner flame and sprinkle some borax onto the overlap. As soon as the borax has melted place some solder on the joint and melt. Then allow the sheets to cool down. - Repeat the experiment. Instead of borax use ammonium chloride.
Check the soldered joints. What happens when the flux is applied (here borax or ammonium chloride)? Without flux no durable soldered joint can be made with copper because a condition for a stable soldered joint is oxidefree metal. The flux frees the copper sheets from the adhering copper(II) oxide which allows the solder to adhere better. A suitable flux is e.g. borax and ammonium chloride. Borax forms copper(II) metaborate with copper(II) oxide: Na2B4O7 10 H2O + 2 CuO 2 NaOH + 2 Cu(BO2)2 + 9 H2O
B
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667 100 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner paperclips
The copper(II) metaborate is in the melt together with the sodium hydroxide. Ammonium chloride dissociates when heated to NH3 and HCl. The hydrogen chloride reacts with the copper(II) oxide. Copper(II) chloride forms which is volatile at high temperatures: 2 HCl + CuO CuCl2 + H2O
Chemicals
ammonium chloride ............................................. 670 4010 copper, sheet ...................................................... 672 8610 sodium tetraborate (borax) .................................. 673 7910 solder
Notes on procedure
SEI 409 Molten flux and solder must not be allowed to drip into the burner. Do not breathe in the vapour! Ventilate the room well!
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! Ventilate the room well! Wear pair of protective goggles! Do not breathe in vapour!
Notes on this task

Soldering permanently joins two workpieces made from the same metal or from different metals usually by heating a solder alloy. A flux (here borax or ammonium chloride) is applied to the joint, which enhances the connection between workpiece and alloy. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 1.6.1.8 Silver mirror

To make a silver mirror.
Setup

- Degrease the two test tubes using propanone. - Place a large spatula tip of glucose into a test tube and
dissolve in approx. 5 ml distilled water.

- Pour 5 ml of silver nitrate solution into the second test tube
and add sufficient ammonia solution to cause the precipitation that has just formed to dissolve again. - Fill the beaker with hot water. - Pour the ammoniacal silver nitrate solution into the glucose solution. Mix well by shaking gently. Place the mixture into the hot water bath. - As soon as the reaction has come to an end pour the excess solution into a container kept ready for this purpose.
Explain the observations. What is the purpose of the glucose? On the wall of the test tube a silver mirror forms. The ammoniacal silver nitrate solution is reduced by the glucose to form silver.
Apparatus Notes on procedure

2 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 The two test tubes must be grease free! The ammoniacal silver nitrate solution must not be stored! Always start from scratch!
Notes on this task

Silver belongs to the semi-noble metals. It is used among other things for the production of jewellery and surgical instruments. In addition it is the most important mirror metal besides aluminium. A silver mirror can e.g. be created chemically by a mild reduction of an ammoniacal silver nitrate solution on a glass wall. Glucose is used as a mild reducing agent. (A strong reduction agent or concentrations that are too high would lead to a rapid reaction forming fine silver grains which would look dark brown.)
Chemicals
acetone (2-propanone)........................................ ammonia solution, dilute...............................from D(+) glucose........................................................ silver nitrate solution, 5% .................................... hot water 670 0410 670 3600 672 1100 674 8710
SEI 409
Notes on disposal:
Pour the 2-propanone (acetone) used for rinsing and the other solvents into the appropriate collection container and have them collected in the special waste. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Silver nitrate causes chemical burns! Ammonia liquor irritates the eyes, breathing organs and the skin! Ventilate the room well! Wear protective goggles!
CK 1.6.2.1 Production of charcoal

To char wood.
Setup
combustible gases (such as wood gas)
- Assemble basic stand setup I. - Fill 1/3 of the test tube with pieces of wood and clamp hori-
charcoal
zontally to the stand. - Insert the glass nozzle carefully into the stopper and close the test tube with the silicone stopper in such a way that the opening of the nozzle points upwards. - Carefully heat the wood pieces and try to light the escaping gases with a burning wooden splint. - After approx. 5 minutes stop the heating and allow the test tube to cool down. Then investigate the contents of the test tube.
wood tar
Label the experimental setup illustrated on the left appropriately. What might one alternatively call this wood charring process?
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 test tube, Supremax..........................................664 048 glass nozzle, angled 90 ...................................665 238 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole .........................667 286 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Wood distillation. The yield for large industrial applications of the process is: 36-38 % charcoal 24-28 % water 14-16 % gases 4-7 % acetic acid (wood vinegar) approx. 2 % methanol
Notes on procedure
Preferably light the escaping gases immediately. As soon as the gas development has come to an end the experiment can be terminated early.
Chemicals
glycerine, 99%, 250 ml ........................................ 672 1210
Notes on this task

Charcoal has been used in the extraction of metals since ancient times. In the past it was made by charring wood in charcoal piles. Today it is mainly used for grilling. It is usually produced in wood charring plants in iron retorts. 80 90 % of it is pure carbon.
SEI 409
Notes on disposal Warning notes

Harmful gases are formed! Do not breathe in the vapour! Ventilate the room well! Improve sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire! Rinse the test tubes and the angled tube with petroleum spirit. During this cleaning ensure that protective googles and gloves are worn, because wood tar contains carcinogenic components. Extinguish all flames! Pour the rinsing liquid (petroleum spirit) in the corresponding waste container for organic solvents. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
CK 1.6.2.2 Activated charcoal

To make activated charcoal from normal charcoal. To investigate the special properties of activated charcoal.
Setup

- Set up basic stand I and attach the stand ring with a wire
triangle in place of the universal clamp. Place the burner below the ring. Fill the crucible to 2/3 with small pieces of charcoal and place it onto the wire triangle. Close the crucible and strongly heat the contents of the crucible for approx. 10 min until no further gas is developed. Then allow to cool down and crush the activated charcoal produced in this way in the mortar. Fill the first test tube to approx. half way with water, add a tiny drop of perfume and two spatulas full of activated charcoal. Close the test tube and shake firmly. Then check the smell of the solution. Then fill the second test tube also with water and colour with a drop of litmus solution. Add 2 spatulas full of activated charcoal and gently warm for approx. 3 min. Allow the charcoal to settle.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 crucible .............................................................664 003 lid for crucible....................................................664 008 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pestle ................................................................667 091 mortar ...............................................................667 092 rubber stopper ..................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Compare the results and draw conclusions. The surface of the activated charcoal is very porous. The heating drives off the substances (e.g. air) already adsorbed and makes the charcoal more adsorbent. Activated charcoal adsorbs e.g. colouring or smelly substances. It is for this reason also suitable as a filter material.
Notes on procedure
The activated charcoal produced in this way has a medium effectiveness. For this reason it is necessary to add only a tiny quantity of perfume or litmus solution to the water.
Notes on this task

This is the continuation and consolidation of experiment 1.6.2.1. At the same time the most important properties of activated charcoal are introduced.
SEI 409
Chemicals
litmus solution...................................................... 672 9950 charcoal pieces from experiment 1.6.2.1 perfume
Notes on disposal
Place the "contaminated" activated charcoal into the waste container for solid substances. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
Warning notes
CK 1.6.2.4 Sulfur properties (allotropes)

To investigate how sulfur changes when it is heated.
Setup

- Fill both the beakers half full with water. - Fill the test tube to approx. 5 cm with sulfur powder. Gently
heat the sulfur until it melts. To avoid overheating occasionally shake the test tube. Observe the melt. Then continue heating until the sulfur starts boiling. Observe the melt carefully. Pour part of the highly heated sulfur into a beaker with water. Investigate the material formed by this method. Continue heating until the sulfur boils. Fill the crucible to 2/3 with sulfur powder and carefully heat using the crucible tongs in the burner flame until a honey yellow melt has formed. Allow the melt to cool down slowly. As soon as a thin crust has formed, perforate it with the glass rod and pour the melt below into the second beaker. Look at the contents of the crucible with a magnifying glass.
Note the observations in a flow diagram:
Colour State of matter
yellow yellow
solid
heating
liquid
heating Colour
Apparatus
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beakers, 100 ml ................................................602 022 crucible .............................................................664 003 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube holder .................................................667 031 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 magnifier ........................................................ . 667 127 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner cover plate................................................. e.g. 667 100 brown dark red red
viscous
heating
brown
quenching
liquid
heating
gaseous
plastic
State of matter
When the solidified sulfur skin is perforated and the melt below is poured out long crystal needles are obtained monoclinic sulfur. This needle-shaped allotrope is only stable above 96.5 C. Below this temperature it changes into rhombic sulfur, after some time the crystal needles become opaque.
Chemicals
SEI 409 sulfur powder....................................................... 674 7610
Notes on procedure
The test tube must initially be heated very cautiously. Remind the students to make careful observations. Ensure that the crucible is not overheated.

Protect long hair against catching fire! Wear protective goggles! Make sure that sulfur vapour is not lit! Adjust the burner flame appropriately! The changes in colour and state of the sulfur melt are introduced. In addition, various sulfur allotropes are produced. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 1.6.2.5 Iodine and its properties

To investigate the solubility of iodine. To find out how iodine can be identified. To demonstrate how iodine reacts with metals.
Setup

- Fill three test tubes as follows:
test tube 1: half with distilled water, test tube 2: half with methylated spirit, test tube 3: half with petroleum spirit. - Then place a piece of iodine into each test tube using the pincers. Firmly close the test tubes and shake gently. - Add to the contents of test tube 1 several drops of starch solution. - Cut out a piece of copper sheet (approx. 5 x 5 cm) and place it in the Petri dish. Place a piece of iodine onto the sheet by means of the pincers and close the Petri dish immediately with the cover. Look at the copper sheet after approx. 30 min.
Observations/evaluation Apparatus Solvent

3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 Petri dish...........................................................664 183 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stoppers.................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
Solubility of iodine very bad good quite good
Colour of the solution weak yellow brown dark yellow
Distilled water Methylated spirit Petroleum spirit
The iodine forms an addition compound with the solvent. The starch solution colours blue (detection of iodine). On the copper sheet coloured rings form around the iodine. Iodine reacts with metals. It forms the corresponding iodides.
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C............................. methylated spirit (denatured ethanol) .................. iodine................................................................... copper, sheet ...................................................... starch solution ..............................................from 670 8220 670 9990 672 3700 672 8610 674 9220
Description: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties:
Applications: SEI 409
iodine I2 solid grey/black-violet sublimes, forms different coloured solutions with various solvents, can be detected with starch solution, reacts with metals (forms iodides) Iodine tincture, medical iodine preparations, detection agent in chemistry

Methylated spirit and petroleum spirit are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Iodine is harmful to health if breathed in or in contact with the skin! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Ventilate the room well! The quantities should be approximately the same for the dissolving tests. The solvent dichloromethane was omitted because although iodine dissolves in it very well it is potentially carcinogenic. The iodine pieces should preferably be placed at the centre of the copper sheet. Approximate time requirement: 45 min.
Chemistry Kit Organic Chemistry
CK 2.1.1.1
The common characteristic of all organic substances

To find out by heating what the common characteristic of all organic substances is.
Setup

- Fill the test tubes as follows and label correspondingly:
test tube 1: to 0.5 cm with sugar, test tube 2: to 0.5 cm with starch, test tube 3: to 0.5 cm with sodium chloride, test tube 4: to 0.5 cm with copper(II) sulphate, test tube 5: to 0.5 cm with lithium chloride. - Heat each test tube one after the other for approx. 3 min in the burner flame.
Note down the observations: Colour Organic compounds before heating white white after heating black black
Apparatus
6 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner felt tip pen labels
Sugar Starch Inorganic compounds Sodium chloride Copper (II) sulphate Lithium chloride
white blue white
white white white
Chemicals
copper(II) sulphate pentahydrate ........................ lithium chloride .................................................... sodium chloride ................................................... D(+) saccharose.................................................. starch ................................................................. 672 9630 673 0510 673 5710 674 6050 674 9220
What is the cause for the colour change of the organic compounds? "Organic" substances dissociate, i.e. they char when they are strongly heated. What is the common characteristic of all organic compounds? All organic compounds contains as basic constituent the element carbon.
Notes on procedure
This is the introductory experiment for organic chemistry which is added to and consolidated in experiments 1.1.1.2 and 1.1.1.3. The quantities only need to be adhered to approximately. The partial experiments are suitable for work sharing. While one group investigates e.g. only organic substances, a different group works with the inorganic substances.
SEI 409
Warning notes
When heating organic substances, vapours which are harmful to health can be created. Ventilate the room well! Do not breathe in the vapours! Protect long hair against catching fire! Wear protective goggles!
Notes on this task

Although the division of chemistry into "inorganic" and "organic" has a historical root it has been maintained, particularly since it was recognised in experimental investigations that all organic substances have a common characteristic: they all contain carbon. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 2.1.1.2
The waste gas which forms during the combustion of all organic substances
Investigation to determine the waste gas from combustion.
Setup

- Rinse both beakers with calcium hydroxide solution. - Place approx. 6 drops of methylated spirit into the first
evaporating dish and set alight. Hold a beaker with the opening downwards above the flame. - Repeat the experiment in the same way using petroleum spirit.
Draw conclusions from the observations. With what gas does lime water react? (Formulate the corresponding reaction equation.)
Apparatus
1 1 2 2 2 1 beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 matches working gloves .......................................... e.g. 663 609
The lime water drops on the beaker walls become cloudy. When organic substances burn, carbon dioxide always forms as a waste gas which reacts with lime water and causes a white precipitation: CO2 + Ca(OH)2 CaCO3 + H2O

petroleum spirit, 100 140 C............................. 670 8220 methylated spirit .................................................. 670 9990 calcium hydroxide solution ...........................from 671 2910 Ensure that the number of drops is not significantly exceeded. Because the beakers become hot, terminate the experiments as soon as the result has become visible (clouding of the lime water). If applicable repeat the experiment 1.3.2.2.
Notes on this task

When organic substances burn, in addition to other products carbon dioxide is always formed. (In this context also mention the so-called greenhouse effect.)
Warning notes
Methylated spirit and petroleum spirit are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames during decanting! Immediately close the bottles after taking the liquids out and remove them from the area where the experiment is carried out! Calcium hydroxide solution causes chemical burns! Wear protective goggles! Protect hair and hands against burns!
Notes on disposal
Pour the calcium hydroxide solution (the lime water) into the container for acids, bases and salts. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
SEI 409
CK 2.1.1.3
The classical detection method for carbon

To detect carbon as the basic constituent of urea by means of the so-called "classical" carbon detection method.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Place 2 spatulas of urea into the Supremax test tube
(difficult to melt) and add approx. 6 spatulas of copper(II) oxide. Clamp the glass horizontally onto the stand. - Insert the short side of the angled tube carefully into the silicone stopper. Close the test tube attached to the stand with the stopper in such a way that the opening points downwards. - Fill a clean test tube to 1/3 with calcium hydroxide solution and place it below the angled tube. The tube must dip into the solution. - First of all heat the copper(II) oxide and then the urea. After approx. 5 min. stop the experiment. Before turning off the burner, remove the angled tube from the calcium hydroxide solution.
Observations:
Draw conclusions from the observations. In the lime water a white precipitation forms because the generated carbon dioxide reacts with the calcium hydroxide to form calcium carbonate. The black copper(II) oxide has changed into red copper (reduction). In the angled tube water drops settle.
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 2 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 test tube, Supremax ...........................................664 048 1 angled tube, 250/50 mm.....................................665 231 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole ...........................667 286 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Evaluation:
Which basic constituents of organic compounds were detected simultaneously? The organic compound was oxidised by the copper(II) oxide to form carbon dioxide and water. In addition to carbon, organic compounds also contain hydrogen.

SEI 409 calcium hydroxide solution, saturated ..........from 671 2910 glycerine................................................................672 1210 urea .......................................................................672 1710 copper(II) oxide .....................................................672 9500 Before the carbon detection with this "classical" method is carried out (it was among others already used by Liebig), experiment 2.1.1.1 should be carried out using urea. This will demonstrate to the students how e.g. a refinement of the detection methods is achieved. In order to identify the hydrogen "exactly", dry apparatus and anhydrous samples have to be used. This detection method can also be used for liquid substances. For liquids, initially pour in dry sand, which is then dampened with the sample. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
Warning notes:
Calcium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Improve sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Protect long hair against catching fire! Protect hands against burns when removing the angled tube!
CK 2.2.1.1 Dry distillation of coal

To carry out a dry distillation of anthracite coal.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand setup I. - Fill 1/4 of the test tube with pieces of anthracite coal and
clamp horizontally to the stand.

- Insert the glass nozzle carefully into the stopper and close
the test tube with the silicone stopper in such a way that the opening of the nozzle points upwards. - First of all warm the entire test tube. Then carefully heat the anthracite coal and try to light the escaping gases with a burning wooden splint. - After approx. 5 minutes stop the heating and carefully observe the contents of the test tube.
Observations
A flammable gas develops.
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 wooden splints ........................................from 661 083 1 test tube, Supremax..........................................664 048 1 glass nozzle, 8 mm , angled 90 ....................665 238 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole .........................667 286 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 burner
Evaluation
Write a description: Description: Formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Occurrence/production: methane CH4 gaseous colourless constituent of swamp gas, is formed during the dry distillation (coking) of coal
Notes on procedure
It may happen that the gases formed do not ignite immediately. Adjust the burner temperature appropriately. As soon as the gas development has come to an end the experiment can be terminated early. In addition to gases, tar is also formed which contains carcinogenic constituents!
Chemicals
glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 anthracite pieces, small
Notes on this task

During the dry distillation of coal methane is also formed. It is a constituent of the escaping gases.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Harmful gases are formed! Do not breathe in the vapours! Ventilate the room well! Improve the sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
Notes on disposal
When cleaning the test tubes and the angled tubes, protective goggles and gloves must be worn! Rinse the apparatus with petroleum spirit. Pour the rinsing liquids into the corresponding collection container for solvents. With very contaminated devices, carefully heat thoroughly to a high temperature under an extractor. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
CK 2.2.1.4
Determination of the melting temperature of paraffin

To determine the melting temperature of paraffin.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Fill a test tube to approx. 2 cm with hard paraffin and clamp -
vertically to the stand. Then carefully heat the test tube over a small flame until most of the paraffin has melted. Extinguish the burner flame and immerse the thermometer into the melt and stir carefully until it starts solidifying. Read off the solidification temperature. Then heat up again, remove the thermometer and clean it. Repeat the experiment with soft paraffin.
Enter the measured values into the table and interpret them.
Paraffin type
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner paper tissues
Melting temperature
50 - 60 C 42 - 50 C
Hard paraffin Soft paraffin
The hard paraffin has a higher melting point or melting range because it contains hydrocarbons with longer chains of molecules than soft paraffin.
Notes on procedure
This is a variation of experiment 1.1.1.2. Label the test tubes with the solidified paraffin after the end of the experiment and keep for similar experiments.
Chemicals
paraffin, solid ....................................................... 674 0700 paraffin, soft ........................................................ 674 0750 paraffin, viscous .................................................. 674 0820 SEI 409
Notes on this task

Paraffin is a mixture of hydrocarbons. For this reason the melting point can usually not be determined exactly. For this reason one talks here about a melting range.
Warning notes
Protect long hair against burning!
CK 2.2.2.2 Crude oil distillation

To divide crude oil into its "fractions" by distillation.
Setup
Warning notes:
During the distillation of crude oil highly flammable substances are formed! Extinguish all flames! Wear protective goggles! Ventilate the room well! Add boiling stones to prevent delay in boiling!

- Set up basic stand setup II. Attach to each of the stand
tubes a universal clamp. Grease the joints.

- Fill approx. half of the round-bottom flask with crude oil and
Apparatus
2 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm long .......................................301 28 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C ...........................382 33 1 bath vessel .........................................................607 0721 stopcock grease ........................................from 661 082 boiling stones ............................................from 661 091 1 beaker ................................................................664 130 1 watch glass dish .................................................664 153 1 plastic tank .........................................................664 194 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 round-bottom flask, 100 ml .................................664 300 1 round-bottom flask, 250 ml .................................664 301 1 distillation bridge after Claisen............................665 338 1 joint clip ..............................................................665 397 2 universal clamps.................................................666 555 2 stand rods, 45 cm long .......................................666 609 1 hotplate ..............................................................666 767 2 rubber hoses .............................................from 667 181 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
-
add 5 boiling stones. Place the flask into the heater bath and clamp to the stand. Mount the distillation bridge after Claisen on the roundbottom flask and attach to the stand by means of the universal clamp. Insert the thermometer into the right-hand inlet of the bridge and close the second opening by means of a GL cap. Attach by means of the joint clip on the delivery tube the 100 ml round-bottom flask as the distillation receiver. For better heat insulation wrap the upper part of the flask and the bridge in aluminium foil. Then attach the rubber hosing to the cooler (lower hose to the tap, the upper one to the drain). Then allow the water to flow slowly through the cooler. Fill approx half of the plastic tank with ice pieces and use for cooling the distillation receiver. Heat using the water bath, first gently for 10 min, then more intensively. When the crude oil start to boil, immediately turn down the temperature. When 150 C is reached pour the contents of the distillation receiver into an Erlemeyer flask, switch off the water cooling an empty the cooler. Close the Erlenmeyer flask. Exchange the heater bath with a sand bath. When the distillation receiver reaches 250C, empty the contents into a beaker and cover with a watch glass dish. When approx 310 C is reached, terminate the experiment and switch off the heating. Close the flask containing the last fraction.
Observations:
The boiling temperature of the crude oil continuously rises. This proves that crude oil is a mixture of many organic compounds with various boiling points.
SEI 409
Evaluation:
Correlate the temperature ranges to the products: Temperature range 40 70 C 70 100 C 100 150 C 150 250 C 250 350 C Product petroleum ether light gasoline heavy gasoline kerosine, paraffin oil gas oil, heating oil, diesel oil
Chemicals
crude oil ................................................................674 5820 aluminium foil .......................................e.g. from 661 081 ice cubes

CK 2.2.2.3
Precipitation of bituminous components in crude oil

To precipitate out bituminous crude oil components by means of a suitable solvent and to investigate them.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I and fit the funnel vertically in the
clamp.
- In the Erlenmeyer flask mix 2 ml of crude oil with 40 ml of
n-pentane. Close the flask carefully and shake firmly. Occasionally open the stopper in order to release the excess pressure in the flask. Leave to stand for approx. 5 min. - Place a beaker under the funnel and filter the solution. - Fill 1/3 of the 400 ml beaker with warm water (approx. 55 C). Fill a test tube to 1 cm with crude oil and then add five times the quantity of propanone. Close the test tube and shake. - Remove the stopper and heat the test tube in a water bath to approx. 50 C. Close the test tube again and shake firmly. Occasionally open the stopper. Leave to settle for approx. 15 min. Place the second test tube under the funnel and filter the mixture.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 round filter................................................from 661 035 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml, SB 29.......................664 243 funnel ................................................................665 009 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stopper ..................................................667 253 rubber stopper, SB 29.......................................667 260 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
Investigate the residues and compare them. A blackish-brown substance remains on the paper filters. These are highly-molecular crude oil components, so-called asphaltenes.
Notes on procedure
The filtering can be carried out once the bituminous crude oil components have settled in the Erlenmeyer flask or the test tube. Then the residues can be dried by means of a hair dryer or similar.
Notes on this task

Crude oil contains bituminous compounds (asphaltenes among others) which can be separated e.g. by means of n-pentane and 2-propanone.
Chemicals
acetone .............................................................. 670 0410 n-Pentane............................................................ 674 1110 crude oil............................................................... 674 5820 or residue from the atmospheric distillation warm water SEI 409
Notes on disposal
Carefully rinse the contaminated glass apparatus with petroleum spirit. Pour the rinsing liquids into the collection container for organic solvents. Petroleum spirit, crude oil etc. must not be poured down the drain! Collect crude oil that can no longer be used and any residues in specially labelled containers and dispose of at a used oil collection point. After drying them out, heat flasks and glassware where black residues have formed which can no longer be removed to a high temperature (under an extractor!). At a high temperature the residues will slowly smoulder away in the air. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
Warning notes
Propanone and n-pentane are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles! Ventilate the room well! Wear protective gloves!
CK 2.2.2.4
Properties of individual crude oil fractions

To investigate some properties of examples of crude oil fractions.
Setup

- Investigate the colour of the crude oil fraction. - Fill the measuring pipette with the sample up to the 10 ml
mark. On the teacher's signal, all groups simultaneously empty the content of the pipettes into the storage container (Erlenmeyer flask). The groups report as soon as the the pipette is empty of contents. - Compare in which order the individual crude oil fractions are emptied. If the result is not unambiguous repeat the filling and emptying of the pipettes. - Fill 5 drops of raw petroleum spirit into a watch glass dish. Try to light the raw gasoline by means of a burning match. - Repeat the partial experiment with paraffin oil and gas oil.
Observations/evaluation Crude oil fraction Raw gasoline Kerosene, paraffin oil Gas oil Diesel Crude oil fraction Raw gasoline Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100-140 C................................ 670 8220 petroleum ether, 40-70C .................................... 674 2210 crude oil fractions from experiment 2.2.2.2
Colour colourless yellowish brown
Apparatus
3 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ..................................664 243 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 rubber stopper ..................................................667 260 matches
Sequence of emptying 1 2 3
Viscosity
i n c r e a s e
Flammability
i n c r e a s e
Applications
Fuel, organic solvent, cleaning agent Aviation fuel, paraffin lamps Diesel engines, heating oil
Kerosene, paraffin oil Gas oil, Diesel Notes on procedure
Warning notes
SEI 409 Be careful when handling crude oil fractions! After having taken out the samples, remove the storage bottles (here Erlenmeyer flasks) immediately from the place where the experiment is being carried out, and do not store them close to open flames! Protect long hair against catching fire! Ventilate the room well!
Subdivide the students into 3 groups and allocate to each group the crude oil fraction to be investigated. The emptying time is a measure of the viscosity of a liquid: The longer the emptying time, the higher the viscosity; the faster the liquid flows out, the lower the viscosity. Alternatively the emptying time can be measured (independently of the groups) with a stopwatch.
Notes on this task

Among other things, simplified methods for determining the (relative) viscosity are introduced. The experiment can be used as an introduction to experiment 2.2.2.6.
Notes on disposal
Fill the lighter fuel into a correspondingly labelled special bottle and keep for similar experiments. The crude oil fractions will be needed for further experiments.

by LD Didactic GmbH
CK 2.2.2.6
Determination of the flash point of crude oil fractions

To determine the flash points of the various crude oil fractions.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand setup I. - Fill the beaker to approx 2 cm below the rim with paraffin oil
and place it on the hotplate.

- Place the cover plate on the beaker. Clamp the thermome-
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 wooden splint....................................e.g. from 661 083 cover disk for determining the flashpoint. .........664 226 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 hotplate
ter to the stand in such a way that it reaches as far as possible into the liquid through the hole in the cover disk. It must not touch the bottom of the beaker. Measure the temperature. Light the burner and slightly throttle the air supply. Light a wooden splint with the burner flame. Carry out the first ignition test of the sample using the burning wooden splint. Control the heating in such a way that the temperature increases by approx. 3 C per minute. With each temperature increase by 2 C carry out further ignition experiments. As soon as on the surface of the paraffin oil a blue flame briefly spreads the flashpoint has been reached. End the heating and extinguish the burner flame. After carefully cleaning the apparatus repeat the experiment with heating oil and diesel fuel.
Fill the table and interpret the results.
Samples Paraffin oil Heating oil EL Diesel fuel
Starting temperature e.g. 20 C e.g. 20 C e.g. 20 C
Flashpoint approx. 21 C 65 - 80 C 56 - 75 C
Chemicals
paraffin oil, pure................................................... 674 2110 heating oil EL[0] diesel fuel
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the heating is done uniformly. The experiment must be carried out at a workplace which must be as draft-free and as open as possible. The experiment can be done though job sharing by allocating only one sample to each of the groups.
SEI 409

Be careful when handling highly flammable liquids! Do not place the burner close to the apparatus for determining the flash point! Immediately after extracting the sample, remove storage bottles away from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Wear protective goggles! Close all windows! The individual crude oil fractions are mixtures of hydrocarbons which are flammable and are therefore suitable as energy sources. Because some of them have very low flashpoints they also represent a particular hazard.
Notes on disposal
After they have cooled down, collect the liquids in separate containers, label appropriately and use for similar experiments. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 2.2.2.7 Petroleum spirit a solvent

To find out which substances can be dissolved in petroleum spirit.
Setup

- Grind up a spoonful of peanuts in the mortar. Then add 3 ml
of petroleum spirit and stir briefly.

- Place several drops of the solution so created onto a round
filter and allow the petroleum spirit to evaporate under the extractor. - Pour 4 ml of petroleum spirit into both the test tubes. Add to the contents of the first test tube 10 drops of vegetable oil, and add a spatula tip of margarine to the second test tube. - Close the test tubes and shake firmly.
A greasy stain is left on the round filter. The fat must have been extracted from the peanuts by the petroleum spirit. Vegetable oil and margarine are also dissolved by petroleum spirit.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pestle ................................................................667 091 mortar ...............................................................667 092 rubber stoppers.................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
What is petroleum spirit use for among other uses? Petroleum spirit is a solvent for fat. It can e.g. be used for the extraction of vegetable fats and as cleaning agent (dry cleaning of clothes).
Notes on procedure
This experiment can also be used with the topic "fats". In this context also mention the so-called grease spot test.
Notes on this task

Here a use for petrol is introduced which is becoming increasingly important again because the chlorinated hydrocarbons (which were regarded as "safe" substitutes for petrol as a solvent) have turned out to be carcinogenic or potentially carcinogenic and have had to be replaced by different solvents.
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100-140 C................................ 670 8220 vegetable oil margarine peanuts SEI 409
Notes on disposal
Petroleum spirit must never be poured into waste water! Pour any residues into the collection container for organic solvents.
Warning notes
Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Ventilate the room well! Wear protective goggles when shaking!
CK 2.2.3.4 Deparaffination

To deparaffinate the lube oil fraction by means of a suitable solvent.
Setup

- Assemble the basic stand I and clamp the funnel vertically. - Fill approx. half of the plastic tank with crushed ice pieces
and while stirring add a large quantity of sodium chloride until the freezing mixture reaches a temperature of below 10 C. Pour 20 ml of the lube oil fraction into an Erlenmeyer flask and mix with the same quantity of propanone. Close the flask and shake firmly. Remove the stopper and place the flask into the freezing mixture. Filter the cooled solution into the 250 ml beaker. Carefully scrape the residue off the filter and place into a test tube. Fill the 400 ml beaker to 2/3 with hot water and place the test tube in it. After the contents have melted allow the test tube to cool down in the test tube rack.
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 round filter................................................from 661 035 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 plastic tank........................................................664 194 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ..................................664 243 funnel ................................................................665 004 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stopper ..................................................667 260 pair of protective goggles .................................667 601 When it is cooled, the lube fraction becomes cloudy, because at low temperatures the paraffins solidify and precipitate. A brownish substance remains in the filter. After melting, whitebrown paraffin is formed.
Notes on procedure
The lube oil fraction must have been produced by means of vacuum distillation (teacher's demonstration experiment). During the filtration, part of the paraffin will dissolve again on account of the warming. For this reason the filtrate should be cooled again in the freezing mixture and the filtration be repeated several times.
Notes on this task

Lube oil fractions can contain up to 30 % higher molecular n-alkanes (paraffin). These must be removed because even at room temperature the lube oils may solidify to a jelly if the paraffin content is above 1 %. Lube oil can be deparaffinated by means of oil-dissolving solvents such as chlorinated hydrocarbons or 2-propanone (acetone).
Chemicals
SEI 409 acetone ............................................................... 670 0410 sodium chloride ................................................... 673 5710 lube oil fraction from a vacuum distillation ice cubes hot water
Notes on disposal
Carefully rinse the contaminated glass apparatus with petroleum spirit. Pour the rinsing liquid into the collection container for organic solvents. Petroleum spirit, crude oil etc. must not be poured down the drain! Collect crude oil that can no longer be used and any residues in specially labelled containers and dispose of them at a used oil collection point. Approximate time requirement: 35 min.
Warning notes
2-propanone is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles!
CK 2.2.3.5
Deparaffination by extractive crystallisation by means of urea

To remove higher-molecular n-alkanes from a lube oil fraction by means of urea.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I and clamp on the funnel. - Pour approx. 20 ml of methylated spirit into the beaker and
while stirring add sufficient urea to produce a saturated solution. Pour approx. 1.5 ml of the lube oil fraction into a test tube and add 20 ml of the saturated urea solution. Close the test tube and shake firmly. Leave the mixed liquids for approx. 1 day. Then filter into a second test tube. Place the residue into the third test tube and mix with double the quantity of water. Close the test tube with a stopper and shake briefly.
Note down your observations and explain the principle of deparaffination. A crystalline precipitate is formed. This comprises inclusion compounds that urea forms with paraffin. When these compounds are mixed with (distilled) water they dissociate. The urea is dissolved and the paraffins float as an oily layer on the water surface. With this type of deparaffination of lube oils not only are the costs of cooling that occur with the older methods (see above) saved but also those n-alkanes which are not affected by the normal low temperature treatment are removed.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 SEI 409 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 100 ml [0] .............................................664 101 funnel, 75 mm ...............................................665 009 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stopper ..................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
Notes on procedure
The lube oil fraction must have been produced or isolated by means of vacuum distillation (teacher's demonstration experiment). For storage, label the test tubes appropriately and attach the appropriate warning symbols.
Notes on this task

Today the higher-molecular n-alkanes (paraffins) are removed from crude oil and its fractions also by means of urea because it forms crystalline adducts with paraffins, while iso-alkanes, cycloalkanes and aromatic compounds are not able to do this.
Chemicals
urea ..................................................................... 672 1710 methanol ............................................................. 673 2700 lube oil fraction from a vacuum distillation
Notes on disposal
Carefully rinse the glass apparatus contaminated with crude oil using petroleum spirit. Pour the rinsing liquid into the collection container for organic solvents. Petroleum spirit, crude oil etc. must not be allowed to flow down the drain! Collect crude oil that can no longer be used and any residues in specially labelled containers and dispose of them at a used oil collection point. Approximate time requirement: 10 min / 1 d
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Methanol is toxic when breathed in or swallowed! Ventilate the room well! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles and gloves!
CK 2.3.1.1 Production of "wood spirit"

To produce "wood spirit" (methanol) by dry distillation.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. Fill the Supremax test tube to 2/3
with wood chips and attach to the stand horizontally.

- Insert the short side of the angled tube into the silicone
Apparatus
2 bossheads ........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 wooden splints .........................................from 661 083 3 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 1 test tube, Supremax..........................................664 048 1 test tube with side tap .......................................664 058 1 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 1 watch glass dish ...............................................664 153 1 angled tube, 250/50 mm ...................................665 231 1 glass nozzle, 8 mm , angled 90 ....................665 238 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 2 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 1 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 1 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 256 1 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole .........................667 286 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 1 burner 1 piece of rubber hose .........................e.g. from 667 181
-
stopper and close the glass with the stopper in such a way that the opening of the tube points downwards. Use the test tube with side tap as a distillation receiver. Fit the test tube with a perforated rubber stopper. Connect the two test tubes by inserting the long side of the angled tube so far into the hole that it ends 3 cm above the bottom of the test tube. Fill the beaker to 2/3 with a freezing mixture (ice, water, sodium chloride) and use as cooling for the distillation receiver. Fit the glass nozzle with a flash-back arrester (wire wool) and connect with the opening pointing upwards to the side opening of the test tube. First of all warm the entire Supremax test tube. Then heat the wood strongly. Light the escaping gases. End the heating as soon as no further distillate forms. Extinguish the burner flame. After cooling down, remove the distillation receiver and draw off the lighter coloured layer of the distillate by means of the pipette. Place several drops onto a watch glass dish and test if it is flammable.
Observations
The distillate is composed of tar and a brownish-yellow liquid. The vapours are highly flammable.
Evaluation
Write a description for methanol: Description: Empirical formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Substance group: Properties: methanol (methyl alcohol) CH3OH liquid colourless alkanols (alcohols) flammable, highly toxic consumption of small quantities leads to blindness by dry distillation of wood (wood spirit), catalytic hydrogenation of carbon monoxide motor fuel (additive), fuel, solvent
Chemicals
glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 sodium chloride ................................................... 673 5710 iron wool.............................................................. 671 8400 ice cubes SEI 409 Occurrence/ Production: Applications:
Warning notes
Harmful substances are formed! Ventilate the room well! Do not breathe in the vapours! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Protect long hair against catching fire! Improve the sliding of silicon-glass joints and rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol. Only light the escaping gas after a negative oxyhydrogen test!
by LD Didactic GmbH
For further notes

see 1.0.0.2 Approximate time requirement: 40 min.
CK 2.3.1.2 Alcoholic fermentation

To ferment a solution containing sugar.
Setup

- Fill the Erlenmeyer flask with 120 ml of grape juice and
while stirring add 3 spoonfuls of dextrose. Stir until the sugar has dissolved. Mix the solution with 5 g of crumbled-up yeast and shake slightly. Carefully insert the rubber stopper and fit the flask with the fermentation tube. Fill half the fermentation tube with calcium hydroxide solution and loosely close with cotton wool. Store the Erlenmeyer flask for approx. 1 week in a warm place.
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ..................................664 243 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 safety tube (fermentation tube) .........................665 643 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 261 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
Observations
The lime water in the fermentation tube becomes cloudy. A white precipitate has formed (detection of carbon dioxide).
Evaluation
Test and compare the smell of the starting product and the end product. Formulate the equation in words and/or as a reaction equation. Draw up the description for ethanol.
Chemicals
calcium hydroxide solution ...........................from D(+) glucose........................................................ glycerine.............................................................. cotton wool .......................................................... yeast grape juice (natural) 671 2910 672 1100 672 1210 675 3550
C6H12O6
glucose
Yeast, enzymes 2 C2H5OH + 2 CO2

alcohol (ethanol) ethanol (ethyl alcohol) C2H5OH liquid colourless alkanols (alcohols) consumable, ... alcoholic fermentation, ... stimulant, ... Carbon dioxide
Description: Empirical formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Substance group: Properties: Occurrence/production: Application:
Warning notes
Improve the sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Calcium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Use protective goggles! SEI 409
Notes on procedure
Leave the flask close to a radiator or somewhere warm. Preferably, several flasks should be started because for the subsequent experiments a larger quantity of alcoholic solution is required.
Notes on this task

The ethanol produced for human consumption may only be produced by alcoholic fermentation. Approximate time requirement: 10 min. / 1 2 weeks.
CK 2.3.1.3
Production of pure alcohol by distillation

To distil an alcohol-containing solution. To test the flammability of ethanol.
Setup

- Set up basic stand setup II. Attach a universal clamp to
each of both stand tubes. Grease the joints.

- Fill the round bottom flask to approx. half way with the fil-
distillation top
Liebig condenser
-
distilling flask (round bottom flask)
delivery tube
-
heated bath
Apparatus
2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 bossheads ........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................301 28 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 stopcock grease................................................661 082 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 round-bottom flask, 100 ml ...............................664 300 round-bottom flask, 250 ml ...............................664 301 distillation bridge after Claisen ..........................665 338 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................666 609 rubber tubing............................................from 667 181 pair of protective goggles................................ 667 601 heated bath matches
tered ethanol-water mixture (or wine) and add 4 boiling stones. Place the flask into the heated bath and clamp to the stand. Fit the bulbs to the droppers. Take approx. 8 drops of the mixture of liquids as a sample and place it on the watch glass dish. Mount the Claisen distillation bridge on the round-bottom flask and attach to the stand by means of the universal clamp. By means of the second universal clamp, connect the 100 ml round-bottom flask to the distillation tube as the distillation receiver. Insert the thermometer and close the second opening with a screw cap. Connect the rubber hoses to the cooler. The lower hose serves as the water supply, the upper one as drainage. Carefully heat the contents of the flask. Check the temperature. Terminate the distillation when 90 C is reached. Take approx. 8 drops of the distillate from the distillation receiver and place onto the second watch glass dish and try to light it by means of a match. Do the same with a sample of the starting mixture.
Observations
The liquid boils at approx. 80 C and vapour escapes which condenses in the cooler. The condensate is flammable (pure alcohol).
Evaluation
Label the experimental setup illustrated on the left appropriately. Which property is utilised for distillation? The different boiling points of ethanol and water (78 C and 100 C). Complete the description from experiment 2.3.1.2: Occurrence/production: alcoholic fermentation, ... distillation
Notes on procedure
Please ensure that the glass joints are well greased. Check that the hoses are firmly attached. While the flammability is being checked remove the distillation apparatus from the experimentation table. Repeat the experiment with alcoholcontaining drinks (e.g. wine) or carry that experiment out in parallel.
SEI 409
Chemicals
ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... 671 9720 and/or alcoholic drinks or ethanol/water mixture from experiment 2.3.1.2
Warning notes
Ethanol is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! After removing the samples, take away the storage bottles (including the beaker with the distillate) from the place where the experiment is carried out! Ventilate the room well! In order to prevent delay to the boiling, add a few fresh boiling stones to the flask! Wear protective goggles!
by LD Didactic GmbH
Notes on this task

Distillation allows pure alcohol to be produced from an alcohol-containing solution. Approximate time requirement: 30 min.
CK 2.3.2.1
Identification of alcohols by means of the escape tube test

To detect alcohol in an alcoholic solution by means of the escape tube test.
Setup

- Set up basic stand I. - Filter the ethanol-water mixture into a beaker. - Fill approx. half of the round-bottomed flask with the filtrate
and add 3 to 4 boiling stones. - Place the flask into the heated bath and clamp to the stand rod. - Insert a bit of steel wool loosely into the glass tube and insert the tube into the rubber stopper so that it ends a little below the stopper. Close the round-bottomed flask with the stopper. - Heat the heated bath. As soon as the ethanol-water mixture starts boiling, reduce the temperature and try to light the escaping vapour with the burning splint.
Explain the observations and complete the description. The escaping vapour can be lit. It is an ethanol-water gas mixture.
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 28 1 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 1 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 1 round-bottomed flask, 250 ml ...........................664 301 1 funnel, 75 mm ...............................................665 009 1 glass tube, 300 x 8 mm.....................................665 204 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 256 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 heated bath
Description: Empirical formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Substance group: Properties:
Production: Applications:
ethanol (ethyl alcohol) C2H5OH liquid colourless alkanols (alcohols) consumable, ... can be detected in alcoholic solutions by means of the escape tube test alcoholic fermentation, distillation stimulant
Chemicals
ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... 671 9720 alcoholic drinks (e.g. wine) ethanol-water mixture from experiment 2.3.1.2 steel wool ............................................................ 671 8400 glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 SEI 409
Notes on procedure
The experiment can be terminated when the first ethanol vapour is able to be ignited. Allow the flask to cool down in the heater. Repeat the experiment with alcohol-containing drinks or carry that experiment out in parallel.

Ethanol vapours are highly flammable! Do not place any burners close to the apparatus! Improve the sliding of rubberglass joints by means of propanetriol. Add boiling stones to prevent delayed boiling. Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire! For detecting alcohol in liquids, the so-called "escape tube test" is suitable. For this the different boiling points of alcohols and water are utilised (also see experiment 1.1.1.3).
CK 2.3.2.2 Distinguishing methanol and ethanol

To perform the borax test.
Setup

- Place into the first evaporating dish 2 ml of methanol and
into the second dish 2 ml of ethanol.

- Then add to each a spatula tip of borax and stir well. - Ignite the mixtures by means of a burning splint.
Observations
When ignited, only the dish filled with methanol shows a flame coloured green.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 burner By hydrolysis, borax forms boric acid which with methanol easily forms trimethyl borate: H3BO3 + 3 CH3OH (CH3O)3B + 3 H2O
This substance is volatile and causes the flame colouring. For forming trimethyl borate, a catalyst is required (e.g. concentrated sulfuric acid). Complete the corresponding descriptions (experiment 2.3.1.1 and 2.3.1.2): Description: methanol (methyl alcohol) forms trimethyl borate (green flame) with borax ethanol (ethyl alcohol) without a catalyst it cannot form esters with borax (flame yellow-bluish)
Chemicals
ethanol ................................................................ 671 9720 methanol ............................................................. 673 2700 sodium tetraborate (borax) .................................. 673 7910
Properties:
Description: Properties:
Warning notes
Ethanol and methanol vapours are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames while decanting! Immediately after taking the sample, remove the storage bottles from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Methanol is toxic when breathed in or swallowed! Ventilate the room well! Preferably carry out the experiment under an extractor! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Protect long hair against catching fire!
Notes on procedure
The specified quantities only need to be approximately adhered to. The mixtures should however not contain too much borax.
SEI 409
Notes on this task

The smell and taste of methanol and ethanol are very similar. Because methanol is very toxic and consumption of even small quantities leads to blindness, reliable distinguishing between these alkanols is essential. Among other methods, the borax test is suitable for this. Approximate time requirement: 5 min.
Notes on disposal
Place the solid residues into a plastic bag or similar and then into the collection container for solid substances.
CK 2.3.2.3 Iodoform test

To carry out the iodoform test

- Fill the beaker to 2/3 with hot water. - Fill the first test tube with approx. 1 ml of methanol and the
Setup
second test tube with the same quantity of ethanol.

- Add to each of the test tubes 2 ml of dilute sodium
hydroxide solution.
- Add iodine potassium iodide solution drop by drop to both
solutions until a weak brown coloration appears.

- Then place the test tubes into the hot water bath for approx.
3 min.
While in the solution containing ethanol a yellow precipitate of triiodomethane (iodoform) appears (can be identified by its smell) no reaction occurs with the solution containing methanol: CH3CH2OH + 4I2 + 6NaOH CHI3 + HCOONa + NaI + 5H2O Explanation: Methanol does not contain the - CH2 - CO - group and under these reaction conditions it cannot form.
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 Complete the appropriate description: Description: Properties: Description: Properties: methanol (methyl alcohol) iodoform test gives negative result ethanol (ethyl alcohol) iodoform test gives positive result

ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... methanol ............................................................. sodium hydroxide solution, dilute ........................ iodine-potassium iodide solution, conc. from potassium iodide .............................................. iodine................................................................ hot water SEI 409 671 9720 673 2700 673 8440 672 6620 672 3700 Production of the concentrated iodine potassium iodide solution: Dissolve 20 g of potassium iodide and 10 g of iodine in 100 ml of distilled water. As soon as a yellow precipitate forms in the ethanol-containing solution, the experiment can be terminated early. Test the smell very cautiously! The Beilstein test provides evidence that the product of the reaction is a halogen-containing organic compound.

Ethanol and methanol vapours are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! After taking the sample, remove the storage bottles immediately from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Methanol is toxic when breathed in or swallowed! Ventilate the room well! Preferably carry out the experiment under an extractor! Avoid contact with the skin! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Sodium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Methanol and ethanol can also be distinguished by means of the iodoform test. This test is only positive for compounds containing the - CH2 - CO - group or if it can be formed under the given reaction conditions. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
CK 2.3.3.1 Ethanol a solvent

To find out which substances are dissolved in ethanol.
Setup

- Cut up some orange peel or similar. Fill 1/3 of the mortar
with the peel. Add 3 spoonfuls of quartz sand and approx. 10 ml of ethanol. Carefully grind the peel in the mortar for approx. 5 min. - Then add approx. 5 ml of ethanol and continue grinding for a further 2 min. Decant the liquid produced into a test tube. - Cut up some grass or a leaf and pour into a test tube to approx. 2 cm. Add approx. 6 ml of ethanol. Fill 2/3 of the beaker with hot water and place the test tube with the plant material in it for 5 min. - Fill the third test tube to approx. 4 cm with ethanol and add 10 drops of vegetable oil. Then place the test tube into the hot water bath for a few minutes.
Ethanol dissolves the ethereal oils from the citrus fruit peel. The solutions are coloured orange or yellow and smell of the corresponding plants. Ethanol extracts the chlorophyll from the corresponding plant parts. Vegetable oil dissolves in hot ethanol.
Apparatus
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from beaker, 400 ml ................................................ dropper ....................................................from rubber bulb...............................................from graduated pipette, 10 ml ................................. pipetting ball.................................................... spatula, with spoon end, plastic ...................... laboratory knife ............................................... test tube rack .................................................. pestle .............................................................. mortar ............................................................. pair of protective goggles................................ 664 042 664 131 665 953 665 954 665 997 666 003 666 966 667 018 667 050 667 091 667 092 667 6012
Evaluation
Complete the corresponding description: Description: Properties: ethanol (ethyl alcohol) solvent for ethereal oils (production of perfume), for chlorophyll and vegetable oils and iodine (iodine tincture)

ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... 671 9720 sea-sand, cleaned ............................................... 674 8211 grass or leaves peel of citrus fruit vegetable oil Ensure that the decanting is done very carefully.
SEI 409
Notes on this task

Ethanol is used as a solvent in the chemical industry, among others.

Ethanol is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! During grinding there is the danger of splashing! Use protective goggles! Ventilate the room well! Pour any solutions into the collection container for organic solvents.
CK 2.3.3.2 Production of hard spirit

To make hard spirit from methylated spirit.
Setup

- Fill the first 100 ml beaker with 10 ml of distilled water and
while stirring add approx. 3 g of calcium acetate until a saturated solution has formed. - Then add 2 drops of dilute sodium hydroxide solution and pour the mixture into the 400 ml beaker. - Fill the second 100 ml beaker with 75 ml of methylated spirit and 0.5 ml of phenolphthalein solution. Stir well and pour quickly into the big beaker. - Hold a burning splint to the surface of the mixture. Darken the room. After some time extinguish the flame by means of the wire gauze.
The mixture a colloidal solution solidifies into a gel. It becomes pink coloured. The gel can be ignited.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner weighing scales
Notes on procedure
After approx. 1 min of burning, extinguish the flame by covering the beaker.
Notes on this task

Methylated spirit (ethanol) is denatured ethanol! By adding certain substances (e.g. soap or others) it can be made into hard spirit. This experiment is also suitable as a magic performance trick (e.g. "flaming pudding").
Chemicals
methylated spirit .................................................. calcium acetate ................................................... sodium hydroxide solution, 10%.......................... phenolphthalein solution, 1% .............................. SEI 409 670 9990 671 2050 673 8440 674 2500
Notes on disposal
Keep the hard spirit in a closed, appropriately labelled container and use for lighting charcoal or similar purposes.
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames when producing hard spirit! Immediately after taking the sample remove the storage bottle from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Sodium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 2.3.3.3
Flammability of an ethanol-water mixture

To test the flammability of ethanol-water mixtures.
Setup

- Make up 3 ml each of a 20, 40, 45 and 70% ethanol solution
from ethanol and water.

- Place 10 drops of the 20% ethanol solution on a watch glass
dish and try to set light to the solution.

- Repeat the experiment with the other ethanol solutions.
Copy this table into your notebook. Note down your observations and interpret them:
Ethanol solution Apparatus

4 4 4 4 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 matches
Flammability
not flammable not flammable flammable highly flammable
20% 40% 45% 70%
Chemicals
ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... 671 9720
Ethanol solutions with an ethanol content of 45% and above can be ignited. This flammability limit does, however, depend on the temperature. If the environmental temperature is high, even a 40% solution may be able to burn.
Notes on procedure
The specified quantities do not need to be adhered to precisely.
Warning notes
Ethanol is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Immediately after taking the sample remove the storage bottle from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Protect long hair against catching fire! SEI 409
Notes on this task

Ethanol can be mixed with water in any ratio. This experiment shows that ethanol solutions are only flammable from a certain concentration onwards.
Notes on disposal
Pour any solutions into the collection container for watersoluble organic solvents.
CK 2.3.3.4 Water solubility of various alkanols

To find out about the water solubility of various alkanols.
Setup
Warning notes
Be careful when handling highly flammable liquids! Extinguish all flames! 1-butanol is harmful to health when breathed in! Ventilate the room well! While shaking there is the danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!

- Fill the five test tubes as follows:
test tube 1: with 1 ml of ethanol test tube 2: with 1 ml of 1-propanol test tube 3: with 1 ml of n-butanol test tube 4: with 1 ml of 1-pentanol test tube 5: with 1 spatula tip 1-hexadecanol - Then add 6 ml of distilled water to each of them. - Close the test tubes and shake firmly. - Then place back into the test tube rack and wait for approx. 3 min.
5 1 1 1 1 5 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stoppers.................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 Fill out the table below. Compare the results and draw conclusions.
Notes on procedure
The evaluation of the partial tests should only be started when the insoluble or hardly soluble alkanols have settled out. (The longer the hydrophobic residue the less the water solubility.)
Notes on this task Chemicals

n-butanol ............................................................. cetylalcohol (1-hexadecanol)............................... ethanol ................................................................ 1-pentanol ........................................................... 1-propanol ........................................................... 671 1000 671 4100 671 9720 674 1200 674 4310 Ethanol, the second link in the homologous chain of alkanols is as already mentioned miscible with water at any ratio. This experiment is to find out what the water solubility of alkanols depends on. The purpose of this experiment is to experimentally develop the terms hydrophilic and hydrophobic. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
Name:
SEI 409
methanol ethanol 1-propanol 1-butanol 1-pentanol ... 1-hexadecanol
Structural formulas of constituents hydrophobic hydrophilic residue residue CH3 OH CH3 CH2 OH CH3 CH2 CH2 OH CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 OH CH3 (CH2)3 CH2 OH ... ... CH3 (CH2)14 CH2 OH
Solubility in water very good very good good bad bad ... insoluble
CK 2.3.3.6
Potential applications for glycol and glycerine

To find out what 1,2-ethanediol (glycol) and 1,2,3-propanetriol (glycerine) can be used for.
Setup
Warning notes
Ethanediol is harmful to health when swallowed! Wear protective goggles and gloves!

- Crush 100 g of ice pieces in the mortar and put them into
Apparatus
1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pestle ................................................................667 091 mortar ...............................................................667 092 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 weighing scales
the beaker. Add 33 g of calcium chloride while stirring. Measure the temperature of the freezing mixture. - Fill the three test tubes as follows: test tube 1: with 8 ml of water test tube 2: with 4 ml of water and 4 ml of 1,2-ethanediol, test tube 3: with 4 ml of water and 4 ml of 1,2,3-propanetriol - Mix the contents of the second and the third test tubes well. - Place all the test tubes into the freezing mixture and wait a few minutes.
Note down your observations and fill out the table: The temperature of the freezing mixture falls below -15 C After only a short time the water freezes while the alkanol water mixtures remain liquid (the glycol water mixture will only freeze below -36 C)
Notes on procedure
It is also possible to use different freezing mixtures (see experiment 1.5.2.3).
Chemicals
1,2-ethanediol (ethylene glycol)........................... 671 9800 1,2,3-propanetriol (glycerine) .............................. 672 1210 sodium chloride ................................................... 673 5710 pieces of ice
Notes on this task

1,2 ethanediol (glycol) and 1,2,3-propanetriol (glycerine) are two examples of multivalent alkanols. Because they lead to a lowing of the freezing point of water, they can, among other uses, be utilised as anti-freeze. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
Name:
SEI 409
Trivial name glycol
Semi-structure formula CH2 OH CH2 CH OH CH2 OH CH2 OH
Applications anti-freeze
1,2-ethanediol
1,2,3-propanetriol
glycerine
OH
anti-freeze, production of creams
CK 2.4.1.1 Production of methane acid

To produce methane acid from oxalic acid.
Setup

- Attach basic stand II. Attach to each of the two stand tubes
a universal clamp. Grease the ground joint on the flask.

- Fill the round-bottom flask with 40 ml of propanetriol
Apparatus
2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 bossheads ........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................301 28 thermometer, -10 to + 150C C......................382 33 pH-universal indicator paper ....................from 661 070 stopcock grease................................................661 082 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 round-bottom flask, 250 ml ...............................664 301 distillation bridge after Claisen ..........................665 338 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 heated bath weighing scales rubber tubing
(anhydrous). Add 10 g of oxalic acid and 4 boiling stones. Place the flask into the heated bath and clamp to the stand. Mount the Claisen distillation bridge onto the round-bottom flask and attach to the stand by means of the universal clamp. Insert the thermometer into the left-hand opening in such a way that it dips into the reaction mixture. Close the second, right-hand opening with the GL cover. Use the second universal clamp to attach the distillation bridge to the cooler. Then attach the rubber hosing to the cooler (lower hose to the tap, the upper one to the drain). Fill a beaker to with calcium hydroxide solution and use as the distillation receiver. The delivery tube must dip into the solution. Allow the water to flow slowly through the cooler and heat the reaction mixture to 110 C. Then interrupt the heating, allow to cool down a bit and remove the screw connection with the thermometer. Add with the spatula a further 5 g of oxalic acid and close the distillation top again. Place an empty beaker as a distillation receiver under the delivery tube and continue heating to 110 C. As soon as approx. 15 ml of distillate has collected in the distillation receiver terminate the experiment. Check the distillate with indicator paper.
Explain the observations and formulate the corresponding reaction equation. Write a description for methane acid: In the calcium hydroxide solution a white precipitate forms (detection of carbon dioxide). The universal indicator paper shows red coloration. When heating oxalic acid, methane acid and carbon dioxide are formed: Heat HOOC-COOH HCOOH + CO2 Because the yield of methane acid is low, with this method the propanetriol is dissociated: Initially only an esterification of the formed methane acid takes place with the propanetriol. The result is, among other compounds, propanetriol formiate. The water of crystallisation bound with the oxalic acid then added leads to hydrolysis of this ester and again propanetriol and methane acid are obtained. HOH2C-CHOH-CH2-OOCH + H2O HOH2C-CHOH-CH2OH + HCOOH
Chemicals
calcium hydroxide solution, saturated ..........from 671 2910 glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 oxalic acid 2-hydrate ........................................... 674 0200
SEI 409
Warning notes
Oxalic acid is harmful to health when swallowed and when it makes contact with the skin! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Calcium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Ventilate the room well! In order to prevent delay to the boiling, add a few fresh boiling stones to the flask!
Notes on procedure
The production of methane acid will only work with anhydrous propanetriol! The reaction temperature of 110 C must not be exceeded. Keep the distillate for experiment 2.4.2.1. Approximate time requirement: 25 min.
CK 2.4.1.4
Production of oxalic acid from rhubarb leaves

To isolate oxalic acid from rhubarb leaves.

- Assemble basic stand II. Clamp the funnel to the first stand
Apparatus
2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bossheads ........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................301 28 beakers, 100 ml ................................................602 022 folded filters, 150 mm ...........................from 661 066 beakers, 250 ml ................................................664 130 beakers, 400 ml ................................................664 131 funnel, 75 mm ...............................................665 009 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamps ...............................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................666 609 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 burner weighing scales piece of linen cloth 30 x 30 slit open pieces of rubber hose
rod and to the second stand rod clamp the stand ring with the wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Line the funnel with the linen cloth. Place approx. 100 ml distilled water into the 400 ml beaker and add 50 g of rhubarb leaves. Boil the leaves for 20 min. Then filter into a beaker. Allow the residue to cool down a bit and then squeeze out firmly. (Wear protective gloves.) Briefly boil the filtrate obtained in this way and filter it hot through a folded filter into a clean beaker. Then acidify with 5 ml of ethane acid and add calcium acetate solution until the calcium salt has been fully precipitated. Allow to settle over night. Then carefully decant the liquid from the precipitate. Slightly warm the precipitate, the precipitated salt. Add dilute hydrochloric acid drop by drop until the entire precipitate has been dissolved. Filter the solution produced in this way into a fresh beaker while hot. Wait for a little while.
Note down your observations and explain the reaction: After the cooling, after approx. 10 min white crystals precipitate out in the filtrate. This is oxalic acid (HOOC-COOH, ethane diacid) which does not dissolve well in cold hydrochloric acid but is easily soluble in hot hydrochloric acid. In plants, oxalic acid most often occurs as potassium oxalate or calcium oxalate. Calcium oxalate (HOOC-COOK HOOCCOOH 2 H2O) is easily soluble in hot water. With the help of calcium acetate, it reacts to form the barely soluble calcium oxalate. HOOC-COOK HOOC-COOH + 2 (CH3COO)2Ca 2 (COO)2Ca + CH3COOK + 3 CH3COOH From the calcium oxalate the oxalic acid can be separated by means of e.g. hydrochloric acid: (COO)2Ca + 2 HCl CaCl2 + HOOC-COOH

calcium acetate solution, 7 % .......................from 671 2050 acetic acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l) ...............from 671 9500 hydrochloric acid, dilute (approx. 5%) ..........from 674 6800 rhubarb leaves (mashed up in a mixer) In order to make pure oxalic acid from a plant extract, the acid must first react with its barely soluble calcium salt. The second part of the experiment does not need to be done on the next day but can also be done after a week.
SEI 409
Notes on this task

Oxalic acid is the first link in the homologue chain of dicarboxylic acids. This acid and its salts are widely available in plants. They are e.g. contained in sorrel, wood sorrel and rhubarb. Approximate time requirement: 40 min. / 24 h / 25 min.
Warning notes
Careful when handling corrosive substances! Wear protective goggles! Oxalic acid and its salts are toxic (harmful to health)! When pouring hot liquids protect the fingers from scalding by using slit-open pieces of rubber hose! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 2.4.1.5 Production of citric acid

To isolate citric acid from lemon juice.
Setup
Warning notes
Wear protective goggles! Hydrochloric acid and calcium hydroxide solution cause chemical burns! When pouring hot liquids protect the fingers from scalding by using slit-open pieces of rubber hose ! Protect long hair against catching fire!

- Assemble basic stand setup II. Clamp the funnel to one the
Apparatus
2 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm long .......................................301 28 1 burner.................................................................656 017 3 folded filters, 150 mm ............................from 661 066 universal pH indicator paper......................from 661 070 1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 evaporating dish .................................................664 441 1 funnel, 75 mm .................................................665 009 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 2 universal clamps.................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 2 stand rods, 45 cm long .......................................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves ............................666 688 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 pair of crucible tongs ..........................................667 035 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 slit open pieces of rubber hose
stand rods and the stand ring with the wire gauze to the other. Place the burner below the ring. Fill 60 to 70 ml of lemon juice into a beaker and neutralise with calcium hydroxide solution (lime water). Monitor the neutralisation process by means of the universal indicator paper. Remove the excess calcium hydroxide by filtration. Heat the filtrate until it starts boiling and filtrate the hot solution through a clean filter. Place the remainder into a beaker and add approx. the same quantity of dilute sulfuric acid. Stir well and filtrate again through a clean filter. Allow the filtrate to flow into an evaporating dish. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle over to one side. Place the wire triangle on the wire gauze (compare with 1.1.3.1). Evaporate most of the filtrate in this "air bath". Then store for a while.
Observations
When the neutralised solution is heated a salt is precipitated which can be removed by filtering. When it is mixed with dilute sulfuric acid the precipitate dissolves. A crystalline substance remains in the evaporating dish.
Evaluation
During the neutralisation the citric acid in the lemon juice is transformed to tricalcium citrate which easily dissolves in cold water. When it is heated it precipitates and can be filtered off. When dilute sulfuric acid is added, the citric acid is displaced from its salt and crystallises.
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the neutralisation is carried out as precisely as possible. The solution must be filtered while hot (caution!) because the calcium citrate barely dissolves in hot water. The remaining solution should be kept until the citric acid has finished crystallising.
SEI 409
Chemicals
calcium hydroxide solution, saturated ..........from 671 2910 sulfuric acid, dilute............................................... 674 7920 lemon juice (preferably freshly squeezed)
Notes on this task

Citric acid is found in many places in nature. Technically it is produced from lemon juice which contains up to 8 % citric acid. Tartaric acid can be produced in a similar way. Approximate time requirement: 45 min.
CK 2.4.2.1
Formic acid (methane acid) a conservation agent

To find out what the effect of formic acid as a conservation agent is.
Setup

- Fill two test tubes to 1/3 with fruit juice. Add to the contents
of the first test tube 3 drops of methane acid (formic acid).

- Cut up grass or clover with the scissors. Fill two test tubes
to approx. 3 cm with the cut-up plant material. Drip a little methane acid (formic acid) onto the contents of one of the test tubes. - Plug all of the test tubes loosely with cotton wool and keep for 1 to 2 weeks at a warm location.
Note down your observations and complete the description for experiment 2.4.1.1. After a few days, the substances which have not been conserved develop a strong and unpleasant smell. Breakdown and decomposition effects become apparent. Formic acid (methane acid) inhibits e.g. the growth of bacteria, fungi etc. and prevents decomposition for a while. Name: Empirical formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Substance group: Properties: methane acid (formic acid) HCOOH liquid colourless alkane acids (carboxylic acids) will dye universal indicator paper red, is corrosive, inhibits among other things the growth of bacteria Occurrence/production: in ants, in stinging nettles, in fir needles, by oxidation of methanol, through thermal breakdown of oxalic acid Applications: for the conserving of food and green fodder
Apparatus
4 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
Chemicals
formic acid (methane acid) .................................. 670 3100 cotton wool .......................................................... 675 3550 grass, clover fruit juice (natural) SEI 409
Notes on procedure
For this experiment 20 % methane acid is required (dilute concentrated acid correspondingly). As soon as decomposition has started with the non-conserved substances the experiment can be evaluated.
Warning notes
Methane acid causes chemical burns! Wear protective goggles and gloves!
Notes on this task

Formic acid and its salts belong to the substances approved for the conservation of foodstuff. Approximate time requirement: 10 min. / 1 2 weeks.
CK 2.4.2.3
Properties of methane acid and ethane acid

To investigate by means of examples whether and how methane acid and ethane acid react with metals.
Setup

- Place a spatula tip of magnesium shavings into a test tube
and add 6 ml of dilute methane acid.

- Collect the released gases in a test tube placed upside-
down over the reaction tube and carry out the oxyhydrogen test. - Repeat the experiment with dilute ethane acid.
Note down your observations: Draw up the corresponding reaction equations in words and/or as summary equations. Methane acid and ethane acid react with reactive metals forming salts:
Methane acid + magnesium magnesium methanate + hydrogen
2 HCOOH + Mg
(HCOO)2Mg + H2
Ethane acid + magnesium magnesium ethanate + hydrogen
2 CH3COOH + Mg (CH3COO)2Mg + H2
Apparatus
4 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Notes on procedure
In order to prevent the remaining hydrogen from igniting, the oxyhydrogen test must not be carried out close to the test tube rack. This experiment can also be carried out using different metals (e.g. iron powder). If the formation of the salt is to be demonstrated, carefully evaporate the solutions.
Chemicals
formic acid, 10 %..........................................from 670 3100 acetic acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l) ...............from 671 9500 magnesium, shavings.......................................... 673 1100
Notes on this task

Investigated here are the effects of dilute methane acid and dilute ethane acid on reactive metals (here: magnesium).
SEI 409

Methane acid and ethane acid are corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Explosive gas air mixtures can form! Do not carry out the oxyhydrogen test close to the test tube rack! Protect long hair against catching fire! Pour the solutions into the waste container for acids, bases and salts.
Approximate time requirement: 10 min. / 1 2 weeks.
CK 2.4.2.4 Formation of verdigris

To find out what the conditions are for verdigris to form.
Setup

- Cut two strips from the copper sheet
(approx. 2.5 cm x 8 cm).

- Fill the test tube to approx. 2 cm with ethane acid. - Place into the first beaker one of the copper sheet strips. - Heat the second sheet strip in the burner flame to glowing
and then place immediately into the second beaker.

- Store both beakers in a ventilated place for approx 2 weeks.
2 1 1 1 1 1 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner Take out the copper sheets with the tweezers and look at them carefully. Compare the results of the two part experiments and interpret them. The copper sheets are covered with a layer of green crystals particularly close to the surface of the liquid. The liquids are coloured green. The immersed half of the sheets have stayed (become) bright. Ethane acid dissolves copper (II) oxide (see also part experiment 2) and verdigris is formed: alkaline copper(II) ethanate: (CH3COO)2Cu Cu(OH)2 . Close to the surface of the liquid new copper(II) oxide is constantly formed under the influence of the oxygen in the air. For this reason particularly high quantities of verdigris form there.
Chemicals
acetic acid, 50% .......................................... from 671 9500 copper, sheet (approx. 1 mm thick) ..................... 672 8610
Notes on procedure
The experiment can be terminated as soon as sufficient verdigris has formed.
Warning notes
Ethane acid is corrosive! Do not breathe in the vapours! Ventilate the room well! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire! Verdigris is toxic!
Notes on this task

Verdigris is a mixture of alkaline copper(II) ethanate (copper(II) acetate) which forms on objects made from copper and brass when they are exposed to ethane acid (acetic acid). Verdigris is only formed when in addition to the ethane acid (acetic acid) oxygen from the air is also present. Because verdigris is poisonous, food containing acetic acid must not be stored in containers made from copper or brass.
SEI 409
Notes on disposal
Place the solid residues into a plastic bag or similar and then into the collection container for toxic substances. Pour the solutions into the waste container for acids, bases and salts.
Approximate time requirement: 10 min. / 1 2 weeks.
CK 2.4.3.1 Ester of methane acid

To react methane acid and ethanol with each other to form an ester.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. Clamp the test tube approximately
in the middle of the stand tube.

- Pour approx. 2 ml of methane acid and ethanol into the test
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 glass tube, 300 x 8 mm.....................................665 204 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 254 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
tube. Add two boiling stones. Carefully add to the mixture approx. 10 drops of concentrated sulfuric acid. Ensure that the edge of the test tube is not wetted. Carefully insert the glass tube into the stopper and close the test tube with the stopper. Fill a beaker to 2/3 with 70 C warm water and place it below the test tube. Carefully lower the test tube with the reaction mixture into the water bath. Allow to boil for approx. 5 to 10 min. Then take the test tube out of the water bath and allow to cool down. Fill half the 100 ml beaker with cold water and pour the cooled-down reaction mixture carefully into it.
Cautiously test the smell. Formulate the corresponding reaction equation. Note down your observations in the table: When methane acid and ethanol react with each other to form an ester a rum aroma occurs. HCOOH + HOC2H5 Name of the ester Ethyl formiate HCOOC2H5 + H2O Formula HCOOC2H5 Smells of rum

formic acid ........................................................... ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... glycerine.............................................................. sulfuric acid, approx. 95-98% .............................. SEI 409 670 3100 671 9720 672 1210 674 7860 The ethanol acid mixture should only boil gently. If necessary pour cold water into the water bath. The ester must not be tasted!
Notes on this task

When methane acid and ethanol react with each other to form an ester an aromatic substance is formed which is e.g. used for baking.
Warning notes
Ethanol is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Concentrated methane acid and concentrated sulfuric acid cause serious chemical burns! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Improve the sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol. Round the edges of glass tube by melting!
Notes on disposal
Neutralise the reaction mixture and pour it into the waste container for organic solvents. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
CK 2.4.3.2 Esters of ethane acid

To produce aromatic substances from ethane acid and butanol or pentanol.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. Clamp one test tube approximately

- Fill approx. 2 ml of ethane acid and 2 ml of 2-butanol into
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 2 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 1 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 1 glass tube, 300 x 8 mm.....................................665 204 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 1 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 254 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
the test tube. Add two boiling stones. Carefully add to the mixture approx. 10 drops of concentrated sulfuric acid. Ensure that the edge of the test tube is not wetted. Carefully insert the glass tube into the stopper and close the test tube with the stopper. Fill half the beaker with hot water and place the test tube into it. Carefully lower the test tube with the reaction mixture into the water bath. Allow to boil for approx. 5 to 10 min. If necessary top up with hot water. Then take the test tube from the water bath and allow it to cool down. Fill approx. half the 100 ml beaker with cold water and pour the cooled-down reaction mixture carefully into it. Repeat the experiment in a similar way using ethane acid and pentanol.
Cautiously test the smell. Formulate the corresponding reaction equation. Fill in the table. Aromatic substances are formed which smell of fruit (apple or pear): CH3COOH + C4H9OH CH3COOH + C5H11OH Name of the ester Ethyl formiate 1-butyl acetate 1-pentyl acetate CH3COOC4H9 + H2O CH3COOC5H11 + H2O Formula HCOOC2H5 CH3COOC4H9 CH3COOC5H11 Smells of rum apple (fruit) pear (fruit)
Chemicals
1-butanol ............................................................. acetic acid, 99 - 100% ......................................... glycerine.............................................................. 1-pentanol ........................................................... sulfuric acid, 95 - 98 % ........................................ 671 1000 671 9500 672 1210 674 1200 674 7860
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the mixtures do not boil too vigorously. Always use fresh boiling stones. For the second partial experiment preferably use boiling water. These experiments are suitable for work sharing. Caution! The produced esters must not be tasted!
SEI 409
Warning notes
Butanol and pentanol are flammable! Extinguish all flames! Butanol and pentanol are harmful to health when breathed in! Ventilate the room well! Concentrated ethane acid and concentrated sulfuric acid cause serious chemical burns! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Improve the sliding of rubberglass joints by means of propanetriol. If necessary round the edges of glass tubes by melting! The produced esters are highly flammable!
Chemistry Kit Analytical Chemistry
CK 3.1.1.1 Flame test

To find out what the reason for the flame coloration is. To use flame coloration as analytical detection method when investigating plant ash.
Setup

- Fit the bulb onto the dropper. Distribute a small quantity (a
Apparatus
5 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 flame test glass.................................................667 081 magnesia rods .........................................from 667 084 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
few crystals) of the various salts onto the watch glass dishes and label accordingly. Moisten each of the samples with one drop of hydrochloric acid. Darken the room a bit. Light the burner and fully open the air supply. Thoroughly heat through a magnesia rod in the burner flame. Dip the still hot end into the barium chloride and pick up a few salt crystals. Hold the magnesia rod in the burner flame. Ensure that no crystals drop into the burner! Note down your observations in the table. Observe the flame coloration through a flame test glass. Repeat the experiments using the other salts. To do this either crack off the contaminated tip of the old magnesia rod or use a new magnesia rod. Adhere to the sequence specified in the table. Always use an absolutely clean magnesia rod! Note the observations in the table! Do not allow any salts to drop into the Bunsen burner because otherwise the flame will never again be usable for spectroscopic experiments. Place some plant ash into a clean watch glass dish and moisten with hydrochloric acid. Heat through a clean magnesia rod and repeat the experiment described above. Observe the process very carefully. Likewise observe the flame through the flame test glass.
Note the flame colorations in the table and compare them with each other. Draw conclusions and interpret the observations!
Salt Barium chloride Calcium chloride Potassium chloride
Colour of the flame green brick red violet carmine red yellow
Chemicals
barium chloride ................................................... calcium chloride................................................... potassium chloride .............................................. lithium chloride .................................................... sodium chloride ................................................... hydrochloric acid, 5% ...................................from plant ash (cigarette ash) 670 7200 671 2400 672 5200 673 0510 673 5710 674 6800
Lithium chloride Sodium chloride
Because all the salts are chlorides, the flame coloration can only be caused by the alkali metal or the alkaline earth metal. Explanation: The energy of the burner flame excites the outer electrons of the metals and they rise to a higher energy level. When returning to their basic level they emit visible light of a specific wavelength which causes the flame colour. The flame coloration with the plant ash indicates the presence of sodium, potassium and calcium ions. Approximate time requirement: 20 min.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Barium chloride is harmful to health when swallowed! After carrying out the experiment always carefully wash your hands with soap! Hydrochloric acid causes chemical burns! Use protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 3.1.1.2 Blowpipe analysis

To carry out a blowpipe analysis.
Setup

- Fit the bulb onto the dropper. In the evaporating dish mix a
spatula tip of copper(II) oxide with double the quantity of sodium carbonate. Moisten the mixture with 1 to 2 drops of water.
- Place
several pieces of charcoal into the second evaporating dish. Using the spatula dig a dip into the charcoal and pour the mixture into it. Light the burner and allow enough air that the flame is just no longer light. hold it at an incline next to the burner flame. Carefully blow through the blowpipe into the burner flame so that the flame cone covers the substance on the charcoal. Heat the mixture of substances for approx. 2 to 3 min by means of the blowpipe flame.
- Lift the dish with the charcoal using the crucible tongs and
- After cooling down investigate the charcoal. Note down the
observations.
- Then
clean the first porcelain dish and repeat the experiment similarly using iron(III) oxide. Check the reaction product with a magnet. Note down the observations.
Apparatus
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 evaporating dishes............................................664 441 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 mouth blowpipe.................................................667 087 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Note down your observations and interpret them. Copper sample: Red-brown metal platelets are formed. Iron sample: Grey metal platelets are formed which are magnetic.

iron(III) oxide ....................................................... charcoal, small pieces ......................................... copper(II) oxide, powder...................................... sodium carbonate (anhydrous)............................ SEI 409 671 9000 672 2490 672 9500 673 5610 Sodium carbonate is used as flux. The mixture of substances is moistened so that it adheres better to the charcoal. The heating can be ended when the changes described below become apparent on the charcoal.
Notes on this task

This test is used in, among other disciplines, mineralogy for the rapid identification of the components of ores. In principle, the reduction of metal compounds to the metal by means of charcoal is being demonstrated here. Some metals are immediately reacted back into their oxide.
Warning notes
CK 3.1.2.1 Borax bead

By means of the borax bead to identify some heavy metals in their compounds. To find out what the difference between the so-called oxidation bead and the reduction bead is.
Setup

- Distribute a small quantity of the heavy metal compounds
Oxidation zone Reduction zone

-
onto the watch glass dishes and label accordingly. Fill approx. 1/3 of the evaporating dish with borax. Place the burner on the aluminium foil. Light the burner and fully open the air supply. Hold the end of a magnesia rod into the burner flame until it glows. Dip the glowing end into the borax so that some of the salt sticks to it. Heat the adhering salt in the burner flame and melt it while constantly rotating until it has become clear. Ensure that no melt drops into the burner! Repeat the process several times until a glass-like bead has formed. Then dip the bead into the iron(II) sulfate. Then hold the magnesia rod into the oxidation zone (see diagram) of the burner. Melt the metal compound into the bead. Then allow it to cool. Note your observations in the table. Make a new borax bead by means of a new magnesia rod as described above, pick up some iron(II) sulfate and melt the bead, this time in the reduction zone. After it has cooled down investigate the bead. Note your observations in the table. Repeat the experiment in a similar way with the other heavy metal compounds. Note the observations in the table!
Caution! This experiment will not work with a butane cartridge burner. Apparatus
5 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 1 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 1 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 10 magnesia rods .........................................from 667 084 1 burner aluminium foil...........................................from 661 081
Complete the table:
Coloration of the borax bead Compound Iron(II) sulfate Iron(III) oxide Copper(II) oxide oxidation bead brown-yellow brown-yellow blue-green blue-green violet brown reduction bead pale green pale green red-brown red-brown colourless grey
Chemicals
iron(III) oxide ....................................................... iron(II) sulfate 7-hydrate ...................................... copper(II) oxide ................................................... copper (II) sulfate ................................................ manganese(IV) oxide .......................................... sodium tetraborate (borax) .................................. nickel(II) sulfate ................................................... 671 9000 671 9110 672 9500 672 9630 673 2205 673 7910 673 9000
SEI 409
Copper (II) sulfate Manganese(IV) oxide Nickel(II) sulfate
The borax splits the heavy metal compound in the heat and forms with the metals borates with a characteristic coloration, e.g.: Na2B4O7 + FeSO4 Fe(BO2)2 + 2 NaBO2 + SO3
B
Warning notes
Manganese dioxide is harmful to health when breathed in or swallowed! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 3.3.2.3 Analysis of felt-tip pen inks

To find out by thin layer chromatographic separation from which colour components various felt-tip pen inks are made up.
Setup

- Produce as the carrier medium a mixture from
12 ml n-butanol 3 ml concentrated acetic acid and 5 ml distilled water.

- Pour the carrier medium mixture into the separation tank.
Close the tank securely with the screw cover.

- Apply the felt-tip ink by means of the application template at
regular intervals directly on the silica gel film. On one film a maximum of 5 samples can be applied. The starting dots must not have a diameter larger than 1 mm!
- Place the film into the prepared tank. Close the separation
tank again securely.

- After 25 min remove the film. Dry the layers under an ex-
tractor or at an open window using a hair dryer. Note down your observations.
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 miniature separation tank..................................665 563 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 application and RF value template....................665 570 hair dryer................................................... e.g. 666 735 felt-tip pen, water-soluble
Note down the observations and stick the chromatograms into your notebook. The ink is separated into several colour components. Black or dark brown inks in particular are composed of several colours. Example: Separation of various felt-tip pen inks
Chemicals
prepared film, silica, 100 x 50 mm................from 661 060 n-butanol ............................................................. 671 1000 acetic acid, 99-100% (glacial acetic acid)............ 671 9500

SEI 409 Butanol is flammable! Extinguish all flames! It is harmful to health when breathed in! Ventilate rooms well! Concentrated acetic acid causes chemical burns! Use protective goggles! Ensure that the silica layer is not touched with the fingers. For the experiment cut one 200 x 50 mm piece of thin-layer film in half with scissors so that 2 films of 100 x 50 mm are obtained. The application of the sample is always made at the uncut end.
Notes on this task

One of the most interesting areas of chromatography is the analysis of paints and inks. The students can see here that many felt-tip pen inks are composed of several colour components (particularly black and dark brown felt-tip pens). Approximate time requirement: 35 min.
CK 3.3.2.4
Thin layer chromatographic separation of colorants

To separate lipophilic (oil-soluble) colorants, some of which are used for colouring foodstuffs, by means of thin layer chromatography.
Setup

- Pour 20 ml of dichloromethane into the separation tank.
Close the tank securely. - By means of the capillary and the application template apply the test colour mixture once, five times and ten times onto the film at 0.5 cm intervals. The drying time between applications should be approx. 5 s. The diameter of the starting dots must not exceed 1 mm! Do not touch the silica layer with the fingers! Place the complete film carefully into the miniature separation chamber. - After the colours have run 5 to 6 cm take out the chromatogram and allow the carrier medium to evaporate under the extractor or at the open window.
Observations
The applied components. colorant separates into various colour
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 miniature separation tank..................................665 563 microcapillary...........................................from 665 568 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 application and RF value template....................665 570 or ruler Stick the chromatogram into your notebook (if necessary circle the dots/stains with a pencil). Correlate the stains with the following coloured substances: artisil blue 2RP, fat orange, fat rot 7B, Sudan blue II, Sudan yellow , Sudan black.
Chemicals
prepared film, silica, 100 x 50 mm................from 661 060 dichloromethane.................................................. 671 6600 test dye mixture ................................................... 675 0450 1. Fat red 7B 2. Fat orange 3. Sudan blue II SEI 409 4. Sudan yellow 5. Artisil blue 2 RP 6. Sudan black
Warning notes
Dichloromethane is harmful to health when breathed in! Ventilate the room well! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles and gloves!
Notes on procedure
This experiment can also be carried out with Easter egg dyes and other food colorants.
Notes on this task

Many foods are today artificially dyed. Because only some of the synthetically produced colours are approved by law for food, chemical investigation offices investigate the colorants, for example custard powders, sweets etc., in order to protect the consumer from health hazards. The most important tool for this is thin layer chromatography.
CK 3.3.2.6 Separation of heavy metal ions

To identify heavy metal ions by means of paper chromatography or thin layer chromatography.
Setup

- Pour 20 ml of the carrier medium into the separation tank
and close it securely with the screw cover.

- Apply five start dots at regular distances by means of a cap-
illary and the application template (the diameter must not exceed 1 mm!): Dot 1: copper(II) chloride solution Dot 2: cobalt chloride solution Dot 3: mixture Dot 4: manganese(II) chloride solution Dot 5: nickel(II) chloride solution
- Place the prepared chromatogram into the separation tank.
Apparatus
1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 miniature separation tank..................................665 563 microcapillaries ........................................from 665 568 graduated cylinder ............................................665 754 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 application and RF value template....................665 570 reagent atomizer...............................................665 578 rubber bellows ..................................................667 241 hair dryer................................................... e.g. 666 735
Securely close the tank. After 15 min remove the chromatogram and carefully dry under the extractor or at the open window by means of a hair dryer. - Fill the reagent atomizer with the rubeanhydrogen solution and finely spray the chromatogram. Then dip the finished film by means of tweezers into the beaker filled by the teacher with an ammonia atmosphere. Remove the chromatogram after approx. 20 s. Note down your observations.
Stick the chromatograms into your notebook and interpret it.
cellulose film
Chemicals
prepared film, cellulose, 100 x 50 mm..........from 661 059 ammonia solution, 25 % ...................................... 670 3600 rubeanhydrogen spray solution .......................... 674 5860 solutions and mixtures of chlorides: cobalt (II) chloride 6-hydrate................................ 672 8000 copper(II) chloride ............................................... 672 9100 manganese(II) chloride........................................ 673 2100 nickel(II) chloride ................................................. 673 8900 carrier medium from acetone, hydrochloric acid and water (distributed by the teacher)
1. Copper(II) chloride 2. Cobalt(II) chloride 3. Mixture
4. Manganese(II) chloride 5. Nickel(II) chloride
SEI 409

Acetone is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Caution! Rubeanhydrogen solution contains ethanol! Hydrochloric acid causes chemical burns! Ammonia solution irritates the eyes, breathing organs and the skin! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Ventilate the room well! Nickel(II) chloride is toxic and cobalt(II) chloride is harmful to health if swallowed. They are sensitising if breathed in or in contact with the skin! Do not allow them to escape into the environment, very toxic for water organisms! Copper(II) chloride and manganese(II) chloride are harmful to health when swallowed! Prepare the carrier medium fresh, it will only last approx. 5 hours: Mix acetone, hydrochloric acid (25 %) and distilled water with ratios of 15 : 3 : 1. For each group 20 ml are needed. In addition, for each 5 groups a 400 to 600 ml beaker is required which is filled with several ml of ammonia solution and is to be left under the extractor. Ensure that the thin layer is only just moistened with the spray reagent because otherwise the dots will run. Approximate time requirement: 35 min.
CK 3.3.2.7 Analysis of alloys

To test what the main components of brass and constantan are.
Setup

- Pour 20 ml of the carrier medium into the separation tank.
Apparatus
1 2 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 miniature separation tank..................................665 563 microcapillaries ........................................from 665 568 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 application and RF value template....................665 570 reagent atomizer...............................................665 578 rubber bellows ..................................................667 241 hair dryer................................................... e.g. 666 735
Securely close the tank. Drip onto each of the watch glass dishes several drops of brass solution and constantan solution. Apply by means of the capillaries and the application template the two solutions being investigated and the pure control solutions (5 starting dots). The diameter of the starting dots must not exceed 1 mm! Place the film into the separation tank. Then close the tank securely again. After 15 min take out the chromatogram and dry thoroughly with a hair dryer under the extractor or at an open window. Fill the reagent sprayer with diphenylcarbazide solution and spray the reagent onto the film. Then dip the prepared chromatogram film by means of tweezers into the beaker filled by the teacher with an ammonia atmosphere. After approx. 15 sec remove the film. Note down your observations.
Note down your observations and stick the chromatogram into your notebook. When the chromatogram is held in the ammonia atmosphere the copper dot appears brown, later white. Outside the NH3 atmosphere the nickel dot turns to violet and the zinc dot to red.
Chemicals
prepared film, cellulose, 100 x 50 mm..........from 661 059 ammonia solution, 25% ....................................... 670 3600 diphenylcarbazide spray reagent..................from 671 7700 solutions of: copper(II) chloride ............................................... 672 9100 nickel(II) chloride ................................................. 673 8900 zinc chloride ........................................................ 675 5100 prepared by the teacher: carrier medium made from 1-butanol, HCl and H2O brass solution, constantan solution 1. Zinc chloride 2. Brass 3. Nickel(II) chloride 4. Constantan 5. Copper(II) chloride
SEI 409
Warning notes
Extinguish all flames! Ammonia solution irritates the eyes, breathing organs and the skin! Ventilate the room well! Nickel(II) chloride is toxic and sensitising if breathed in or in contact with the skin! Copper(II) chloride is harmful to health when swallowed! Do not allow either salt to escape into the environment, because they are very toxic for water organisms! Wear protective goggles and gloves!
Brass contains as its main components copper and zinc, constantan mainly consists of nickel and zinc.
Notes on procedure
The detection reagent should only be applied very thinly! Approximate time requirement: 40 min.
CK 3.4.1.1 Titration

To titrate hydrochloric acid with sodium hydroxide solution.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I and clamp the burette vertically in
the universal clamp.

- Fill the burette with sodium hydroxide solution (c = 1 mol/l)
and adjust the zero marker.

- Fill the Erlenmeyer flask with approx. 100 ml tap water. - Using
the measuring pipette measure out 5 ml of hydrochloric acid (c = 2 mol/l) (use pipetting ball) and also pour into the Erlenmeyer flask. Add several drops of indicator solution (bromothymol blue). Place the flask under the tap of the burette. Cautiously open the tap and allow the alkali in the burette to drip slowly into the flask with the acid. Ensure mixing by gently swilling. When the colour changes from yellow to blue stays longer at the location where the alkali drops in, reduce the speed by further closing the burette tap. When the blue colour constantly remains, close the tap entirely. Read the volume (consumption of alkali) from the burette and note it down.
Indicate the colour changes in the drawing. Interpret your observations.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml, SB 29.......................664 243 burette, 10 ml....................................................665 843 graduated pipette, 10 ml ..................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
The coloured solution with the bromthymol blue indicator changes its colour from yellow to blue, initially only slowly and temporarily but then suddenly and permanently. For the neutralisation of the 5 ml hydrochloric acid (c = 2 mol/l), 9.7 ml sodium hydroxide solution (c = 1 mol/l) is required, approximately twice the quantity (because the alkali chosen was only half the strength of the acid).
Notes on procedure
Demonstrate the handling of the pipetting ball and possibly let the students practise initially using distilled water. Liquid must never be sucked into the ball! Possibly carry out the titration in 2 runs: First of all allow the alkali to drip in quickly in order to determine the approximate consumption. In the second run considerably reduce the dripping speed to 1 to 2 ml just before the approximate consumption in order to determine the colour change point with more precision.
recommended in addition 1 burette filling funnel...........................................665 816
Chemicals
SEI 409 sodium hydroxide solution, c = 1 mol/l .........from 673 6800 hydrochloric acid, 2 mol/l..................................... 674 6920 bromothymol blue solution .................................. 671 0800
Notes on this task

Coloured substances which change their colour as a function of the pH value are used for recognising the equivalence point (identical quantity of acid and alkali). Here this point is (and in general for the titration of strong acids and alkalis) at approx. pH 7 in the neutral zone: Bromothymol blue 6.0 yellow 7.6 blue
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide solution and hydrochloric acid are corrosive! Avoid contact with the skin! Wash splashes of acid or alkaline solution from the skin immediately with plenty of tap water. Wear protective goggles.
CK 3.4.1.2
Determination of the acetic acid contents

To titrate household vinegar and to calculate the concentration of acetic acid in it.
Setup



- Fill the Erlenmeyer flask with approx. 100 ml of tap water. - Using the measuring pipette measure out 10 ml of vinegar
(use the pipetting ball) and also pour into the Erlenmeyer flask. Add several drops of phenolphthalein (indicator) solution. Place the flask under the tap of the burette. Cautiously open the tap and allow the alkaline solution in the burette slowly to drip into the flask with the acid. Ensure mixing by gently swilling. If the colour change to red-violet stays longer at the location where the alkali drops in, reduce the speed by further closing the burette tap. When the red colour remains constant close the tap entirely. Read the volume (consumption of alkali) from the burette.
Note down the observations and the consumption. The colourless solution with the indicator suddenly turns red (violet). For the neutralisation, 8.5 ml of sodium hydroxide solution (c = 1 mol) are used (example). From the consumption calculate the vinegar concentration and compare it with the information given on the bottle. Note: 1 ml sodium hydroxide solution (c = 1 mol/l) corresponds to 0.06 g acetic acid. Example: A consumption of 8.5 ml corresponds in this case to 8.5 x 0.06 = 0.51 g of acetic acid in the 10 ml (which were initially measured with the pipette). 100 ml ( 100 g) therefore contains ten times this quantity 5.1 g corresponding to a concentration of 5.1 %.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml, SB 29.......................664 243 burette, 10 ml....................................................665 843 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
SEI 409
Chemicals
sodium hydroxide solution, c = 1 mol/l .........from 673 6800 phenolphthalein solution...................................... 674 2500 household vinegar, approx. 5 %
Notes on procedure
Demonstrate the handling of the pipetting ball and possibly let the students practise initially using distilled water. Liquids must never be sucked into the ball! If possible use clear vinegar. It may be sensible to carry out the titration in two runs: First of all allow the alkali to drop in quickly in order to determine the approximate consumption. In the second run considerably reduce the dripping speed 1 to 2 ml just before the approximate consumption in order to determine the colour change point with more precision. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Avoid contact with the skin! Wash splashes of the alkaline solution from the skin immediately with plenty of tap water. Wear protective goggles.
Chemistry Kit Physical Chemistry
CK 4.1.1.2
Investigation of the electrical conductivity of liquids and solutions

To distinguish electrolytes and non-electrolytes by means of conductivity measurements.
Setup

- Insert both nickel electrodes into the cell at a distance of
st 50 mm from each other (each held in the 1 glass groove from the outer container wall). Connect the blue experimentation cable to the left-hand electrode by means of a crocodile clip. Insert the incandescent lamp into the socket and screw it tight. Fit the two connections to the socket using the red experimentation cables. Using the second crocodile clip, connect one cable to the right-hand electrode. Fit the pipetting ball to the graduated pipette. Pour 50 ml of de-ionised water into the cell. Connect the electrodes via the cables to the alternating current supply and set a voltage of 12 V. Observe the lamp and note your observations in the table. Then carefully drip 2 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid into the water and carefully stir the solution with the glass stirrer rod. Note down your observations in the table. After the experiment, pour the contents of the cell into the container kept ready on the teacher's table. Carefully rinse the cell, the measuring pipette and the electrodes with deionised water. Dry the cell and the electrodes with absorbent paper and keep them prepared for a new experiment. After ending the individual experiments, either switch off the main switch of the power supply or pull both experimentation cables from their sockets (i.e. always disconnect the power supply from both poles!).
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 2 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 2 crocodile-clips ..........................................from 501 861 1 incandescent lamp 6.0 V, 30 W ...............from 505 15 1 lamp socket on transparent base......................505 72 1 electrolysis cell for electrochem. experiments...591 51 2 nickel plates .............................................from 591 56 1 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 also required 1 low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230
Carry out all partial experiments in the same way and enter the results in the table.
Fill the table and interpret the results. ExperiLiquid/solution ment A 50 ml of de-ionised water drip into the 50 ml of de-ionised water 2 ml of dilute hydrochloric B acid drip into the 50 ml of de-ionised C water 2 ml of dilute sulfuric acid drip into the 50 ml of de-ionised water 2 ml of dilute sodium D hydroxide solution dissolve 1 spatula tip of sodium chloride into 50 ml of de-ionised E water dissolve 1 spatula tip of sugar in F 50 ml of de-ionised water G 50 ml ethanol (methylated spirit) H 50 ml petroleum ether Electrolyte very dilute hydrochloric acid very dilute sulfuric acid very dilute sodium hydrate solution sodium chloride solution Lamp lights up (yes/no) no yes yes yes yes no no no
Chemicals
methylated spirit (ethanol) ................................... sodium chloride .................................................. sodium hydroxide solution, 10%.......................... petroleum ether ................................................... D(+) saccharose (sugar)...................................... hydrochloric acid, 10% ........................................ sulfuric acid, 10% ................................................ 670 9990 673 5710 673 8440 674 2210 674 6050 674 6800 674 7860
SEI 409
Warning notes
Petroleum ether and ethanol are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and sodium hydroxide solution cause chemical burns! Wear protective goggles!
Non-electrolyte de-ionised water sugar solution ethanol (methylated spirit) petroleum ether
CK 4.1.1.3 Conductometry

To carry out and evaluate conductometry.
Setup

- Carefully clamp the burette vertically to stand I. Fit the
pipetting ball to the measuring pipette.

- Insert 2 nickel electrodes into the cell at a distance of
rd 30 mm from each other (each held in the 3 glass groove from the outer container wall). Connect the left-hand electrode, by means of a clamp and cable, to the socket of the alternating current supply. Similarly connect the righthand electrode via the multimeter set to Ampere measurements (alternating current, 200 mA) to the other socket of the alternating current supply. In a beaker mix 25 ml of de-ionised water with 5 ml of 0.1 mol hydrochloric acid. Add a little universal indicator solution and pour the mixture into the glass cell. Close the cock of the burette and fill it with 1.0 mol sodium hydroxide solution to the zero mark. Now place the cell centrally below the tap of the burette. Set the power supply device to 6 V alternating current and read the corresponding current on the multimeter and enter the value into the table. Switch off the current and remove the crocodile clips from the electrodes. Open the cock of the burette and carefully stirring with the glass stirrer rod add exactly 1 ml of sodium hydroxide solution. Observe the colour change of the indicator. Again attach the clip to the electrodes and switch on the current. Read the current from the multimeter and enter the value in the table. Then, in the same way, repeatedly add 1 ml of sodium hydroxide solution and read the corresponding measured values from the ammeter and enter them in the table. As soon as the burette is empty, interrupt the power supply at both poles and carefully clean the electrodes with deionised water. Pour the solution in the container provided on the teacher's table and wash the glass cell with de-ionised water and dry it.
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 2 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 2 crocodile-clips ..........................................from 501 861 1 electrolysis cell for electrochem. experiments...591 51 2 nickel plates .............................................from 591 56 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 1 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 1 burette, 10 ml....................................................665 843 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 multimeter ............................................. LDH GL1035G also required 1 low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230
-
Evaluation
Plot the values recorded in the table on a graph (see next page) with the volume of titrated sodium hydroxide solution (xaxis) as a function of the current (y-axis) (1 cm = 1 ml 0.1 mol NaOH; 1 cm = 10 mA). Connect the points on the graph with two straight lines.
Chemicals
universal indicator solution ................................. . 675 2570 sodium hydroxide solution, 0.1 mol/l ............from 673 6800 hydrochloric acid, 0.1 mol/l...........................from 674 6920
Notes on procedure
Have a glass container prepared. Ensure that the current is switched off before the clips are taken off. A short circuit could result in damage to the multimeter.
SEI 409
Warning notes
Acids and alkaline solutions are corrosive! Use protective goggles!
Notes on this task

The equivalence point during neutralisation can also be determined without an indicator by conductometry. In this experiment the indicator solution only provides optical monitoring.
ml 0.1 mol NaOH mA Indicator colour
0 58 red
1 50 red
2 41 red
3 34
orange
4 25
yellow
5 18
light green
6 24 green
7 30
dark green
8 37 blue
9 41 blue
10 45 blue
70
mA
60 50 40 30 20 10 0
10
ml 0.1 mol NaOH
Questions
At which point do the two straight line cross? At approx. 5.0 ml of 0.1 mol NaOH. At what point of the reaction is this? (Tip: indicator colour) It is the equivalence point where equal (equivalent) quantities of acid and alkaline are present. What is the role of the conductivity in this titration? The conductivity serves as an "electrical indicator". SEI 409 Notes Depending on the actual concentration of the solutions used, the equivalence point will lie slightly above or below the value of 5 ml. When carrying out the experiment with several groups in parallel 1 to 2 groups can also work with an unknown quantity of hydrochloric acid. Your task is then the quantitative determination of the quantities of hydrochloric acid provided.
CK 4.1.1.4 Detection of ion migration

To investigate how the mobile ions of an electrolyte behave when a direct voltage is applied.
Setup

- Insert 2 electrolytic carbon electrodes into the cell at a
st distance of 30 mm apart (each held in the 1 glass groove from the outer container wall). Cut out two 75 mm long universal indicator paper strips and mark them in the middle. Place some potassium nitrate solution into the beaker and carefully moisten the indicator paper. Then drain the strip between two filter papers. Lay the strips over the electrode plates in such a way that they so not touch, do not sag nor are wavy, and that they stick out on both sides approx. 10 mm. Fit the bulbs onto the droppers. Carefully drip a small drop of acid onto the mark on one universal indicator paper strip and on the other a small drop of alkali. Apply a direct current of 12 V. After approx. 5 min. terminate the experiment and interrupt the power supply. Observe the reaction carefully.
bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 crocodile-clips ..........................................from 501 861 electrolysis cell for electrochem. experiments...591 51 carbon plates ...........................................from 591 61 round filters ..............................................from 661 035 universal pH indicator paper ....................from 661 070 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 2 droppers...................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 pencil ................................................................ 1 ruler also required: 1 low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 Mark the observations in the drawing in colour and comment. + + anode + + + blue alkaline solution acid red cathode
When applying the direct current the positively charged ions (here the H3O+ ions) wander in the direction of the cathode and for this reason they are called cations. The negatively charged ions (here: OH ions) migrate towards the anode and are for this reason called anions. The mobility of the oxonium ions (red) is about double that of the hydroxide ions (blue).
Notes on procedure
For making the migration of the colourless oxonium ions and hydroxide ions visible, universal indicator paper is used. The direct current can be increased to 20 V if an appropriate lowvoltage power supply is available. The ion migration is then faster; it mainly depends on the applied voltage, the distance between the electrodes and the type of ion.
Chemicals
SEI 409 potassium nitrate solution.............................from 672 6800 sodium hydroxide solution, dilute (10%).............. 673 8440 hydrochloric acid, dilute (10%) ............................ 674 6800
Notes on this task

The existence of cations and anions is proved experimentally by measuring the electrical conductivity of an electrolyte by means of direct current. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
Warning notes
Hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide corrosive! Wear protective goggles! solution are
CK 4.1.1.5
The electrolytic production of sodium hydroxide solution

To produce sodium hydroxide solution by means of the diaphragm process.
Setup

- Carefully clamp the U-tube into basic stand I in such a way
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 1 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 1 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 1 U-tube with 2 side taps .....................................664 086 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 2 rod electrode, carbon........................................664 433 1 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 1 glass nozzle, 8 mm , angled 90 ....................665 238 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 1 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 also required: 1 low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230 1 burner 1 piece of hose, 3 cm..................................from 667 180
that the openings point upwards. To the left-hand tap of the U-tube connect the glass nozzle in such a way that the nozzle points upwards. Divide the U-tube into 2 chambers by means of a piece of glass wool. Do not touch glass wool with the fingers. Use tweezers and the glass stirrer rod. By means of the beaker pour sufficient sodium chloride solution into the U-tube that the liquid level is located approx. 2 cm below the side taps. Carefully insert the carbon electrodes into the U-tube. Connect the left-hand electrode as the cathode (-) and the righthand one as anode (+). Roll some starch paper in the longitudinal direction, dampen with de-ionised water and insert loosely into the right-hand side tap (anode side). Push a test tube upside-down over the glass nozzle and hold it there. Electrolyse with a direct current of 12 V for approx. 4 min. Light the burner and slightly throttle the air supply. Hold the opening of the test tube into the burner flame. Interrupt the power supply at both sides. Remove the cathode and add some phenolphtalein solution to the cathode side of the U-tube. Note down your observations. Look at the rice paper and note down your observations. Electrodes and U-tube should be cleaned by the teacher under the extractor!
Explain your observations and draw conclusions: What is the purpose of the diaphragm (here: glass wool)? At the cathode hydrogen has formed (oxyhydrogen test). In the cathode chamber there is sodium hydroxide solution (phenolphthalein turns red). In the anode chamber chlorine forms (blue coloration of the potassium iodide starch paper). The following reactions occur at the electrodes: Anode: 2 Cl 2 Cl + 2 e
-
2 Cl Cl2 2H
-
Cathode: 2 H+ + 2 e
2 H
H2
Chemicals
SEI 409 glass wool ........................................................... glycerine.............................................................. sodium chloride solution, saturated ..............from phenolphthalein solution, 1% .............................. potassium iodide starch paper[0] ..................from and 672 1010 672 1210 673 5710 674 2500 672 6620 674 9220
or: 2 H2O + 2 e 2 OH + 2 H 2 H H2 Sodium ions are not discharged during this electrolysis, i.e. under the conditions provided. On account of the electrochemical properties of Na+ and H+, therefore, no elemental sodium forms at any stage of the reaction which then reacts with water to form water and sodium hydroxide solution. Rather the OH ions are the so-called "residue" of the electrolysis of H2O. In the solution in the cathode chamber after electrolysis there + exist Na -and OH ions (sodium hydroxide solution).
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the sides of the U-tube are filled uniformly. Approximate time requirement: 15 min.
Warning notes
The sodium hydroxide solution produced is corrosive. Wear protective goggles!
CK 4.1.1.6
Electrolysis of water (dilute sodium hydroxide solution)

To investigate which reaction products are formed during the electrolysis of water.
Setup

Apparatus
bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 U-tube with 2 side taps .....................................664 086 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 beakers, 250 ml ................................................664 130 rod electrode, carbon........................................664 433 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 gas delivery tube....................................... e.g. 665 230 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230 2 pieces of rubber hose, 3 cm.....................from 667 180 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
that the openings point upwards. To the two side taps of the U-tube connect the gas delivery tubes in such a way that the nozzle points upwards. Divide the U-tube into 2 chambers by means of a piece of glass wool. Do not touch glass wool with the fingers. Use tweezers and the glass stirrer rod. By means of the 250 ml beaker, fill the U-tube up to just beneath the side taps with dilute sodium hydroxide solution. Carefully insert the electrodes. Connect up the left-hand electrode as the cathode (-) and the right-hand one as the anode (+). Electrolyse with a direct current of 9 to 12 V for approx. 1 min. Fill both the 100 ml beakers and the test tubes with water. Close the completely filled test tubes with your thumbs and push them over the gas delivery tubes. Ensure that no water drips out. Then continue electrolysing and capture the produced gases pneumatically. End the electrolysis as soon as one of the two test tubes is completely filled with gas. Compare the gas quantities produced. Note down the observations. Light the burner and open the air supply slightly. Hold the opening of the left-hand test tube (cathode side) into the burner flame. Note down your observations. Close the test tube with the thumb and remove from the beaker. Check the gas produced with a smouldering splint. Note down your observations. Disconnect the power connection from both poles. Carefully remove the cables and the gas delivery tubes. The U-tube and the electrodes should be cleaned by the teacher!
Interpret the observations. At the cathode approximately double the quantity of gas has formed. This gas is hydrogen which is flammable. At the anode oxygen has formed which will cause a smouldering splint to light up. The following processes have occurred at the electrodes: Anode: 4 OH 2 H2O + O2 + 4 e Cathode: 4 H3O+ + 4 e 2 H2 + 4 H2O ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------4 OH + 4 H3O+ 6 H2O + 2 H2 + O2
-
Chemicals
SEI 409 glass wool ........................................................... 672 1010 glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 sodium hydroxide solution, approx. 5%........from 673 8440

Sodium hydroxide solution causes serious chemical burns! Wear protective goggles! Wash off any splashes with plenty of water! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints with glycerine! The gas development should be uniform. If necessary adjust the direct current appropriately. Approximate time requirement: 35 min.
CK 4.1.1.7 Galvanising

To electrolytically copper plate a piece of iron sheet.
Setup

- If necessary rub down the surfaces of the electrodes with
Apparatus
2 pairs of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 2 crocodile-clips............................................from 501 861 1 electrolysis cell for electrochemistry experiments 591 51 1 copper plate ..............................................from 591 53 1 iron plate ...................................................from 591 55 4 round filters ...............................................from 661 035 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 Petri dish ............................................................664 183 1 grindstone ..........................................................664 391 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 pair of tweezers, rounded ...................................667 027 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 multimeter .............................................. LGH GL1035G also required 1 low-voltage power supply ...................................521 230 1 weighing scales 200:0.1 g .......................... e.g. 667 7977 abrasive paper, fine
abrasive paper. Then degrease on both sides with a cotton wool ball dipped petroleum spirit. Afterwards do not touch the electrodes with the fingers again, hold only with the tweezers. Then lay the cleaned electrodes down on the round filters. Fill the Petri dish to approx. 0.5 cm with hydrochloric acid and carefully place the iron electrode in it with the tweezers. Allow it to be pickled for approx. 2 3 min, turn over at half time. In the meantime prepare the galvanising bath: Place 40 ml of de-ionised water into the beaker and dissolve 10 g of copper(II) sulfate in it. Top up the solution with dilute sulfuric acid to 50 ml. Insert the bath into the cell and insert a copper electrode into the 3rd glass groove from the external container wall. Then, using the tweezers, carefully remove the iron electrode from the pickling bath and place it into the 250 ml beaker. Rinse it with the deionised water and then insert it at a distance of 30 mm from the copper electrode (3rd glass groove from the external container wall) in the cell. Do not touch the surface of the prepared iron electrode with the fingers! Connect up to the direct power supply the copper electrode as the anode using the crocodile clip and the cable. Connect the iron electrode as the cathode, via a multimeter set up as an ammeter (direct current), to the power supply. Electrolyse at 3 V with a current of 3.0 A for approx. 5 8 min. After this is completed, disconnect the power supply from both poles and remove the cathode from the galvanising bath. Then rinse with de-ionised water, dry and polish with the finest abrasive cloth until bright and shiny. Note down your observations. Pour the galvanising bath into a labelled storage jar and store it. Rinse the used apparatus with de-ionised water. Pour the pickling bath (the hydrochloric acid) into a container kept ready on the teachers table.
Chemicals
copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate..............................672 9630 petroleum ether, 40-70C ......................................674 2210 hydrochloric acid, 2 mol/l.......................................674 6920 sulfuric acid, 10% ..................................................674 7860 cotton wool ............................................................675 3550
Observations:
A red copper coating forms on the iron sheet.
SEI 409
Evaluation:
What is the purpose of such metal coating produced using this technology? These metal coatings serve for corrosion protection.
Notes on procedure Warning notes:

Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Hydrochloric acid and nitric acid cause chemical burns! Wear protective goggles! Keep ready a labelled storage bottle (for the galvanisation bath) and a large beaker (for the pickling bath). Ensure that the cleaned and pickled electrodes are not touched with the fingers. Approximate time requirement: 40 min.
CK 4.2.1.2 Diffusion

To investigate the diffusion process.
Setup

- Fill the larger of the two beakers to approx. 2/3 with water. - Carefully clamp the upper glass sleeve of the dialysis hose -
vertically in the clamp on basic stand I. Fill approx. 2/3 of the dialysis hose with copper sulfate solution by means of the 100 ml beaker. Place the water-filled 400 ml beaker centrally under the dialysis hose. Carefully lower the hose sufficiently that the glass fitting almost makes contact with the floor of the beaker. Wait for several minutes. Note down your observations. Cut out a piece of paper approx. 4 x 4 cm from the round filter. By means of the spatula tip place some potassium permanganate plus several small stones in the middle. Then wrap the substances in the filter paper and place into the 250 ml beaker filled with water. Wait for a little while. Note down your observations.
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 round filters ...............................................from 661 035 boiling stones ............................................from 661 091 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 pair of scissors ...................................................667 017 1 dialysis hose with glass fitting.............................667 508
Observations:
After some time blue streaks appear in the beakers.
Evaluation:
Draw conclusions from the observations. The copper sulfate diffuses through the dialysis hose (this means that it is made up of very small particles) and it is able, as is demonstrated in the second experiment, to diffuse against the direction of gravity. After 1 day the entire solution is coloured blue. During diffusion a mixing of substances occurs on account of the thermal movement of the particles.
Chemicals
copper (II) sulfate ..................................................672 9630 copper (II) sulfate solution, approx. 5% ........from 672 9630
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the beakers are not moved after the experiment has been started.
SEI 409
Notes on this task

Diffusion is also caused by the thermal movement of the particles.
Approximate time requirement: 30 min. / 1 d.
CK 4.2.1.3 Osmosis

To experimentally "research" the osmotic pressure.
Setup

- Fill the beaker to 1 cm under its rim with water. - Insert the capillary tube into the stopper and attach it to the
stand.
- Colour the household sugar solution with a little eosine. Fill
the dialysis hose (osmosis cell) to the top with the coloured solution and attach the capillary tube. Carefully wipe off any expelled sugar solution and firmly insert the rubber stopper. - Carefully dip the osmosis cell so deep into the beaker filled with water that the lower glass stop nearly touches the bottom of the beaker. Carefully attach the capillary tube to the stand. - Wait for approx. 15 min. Note down your observations. - Fill the Petri dish and fill the cover of the dish with water. Put in some jelly babies, peas and cherries. Store everything for approx. 1 day. Note down your observations.
Observations
The sugar solution rises in the capillary tube. The peas and the jelly babies swell up. The cherries burst.
Apparatus
1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 round filter................................................from 661 035 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 Petri dish...........................................................664 183 capillary tube.....................................................665 205 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 256 dialysis hose with glass fitting ...........................667 508
Evaluation
Explain the observations. A semi-permeable membrane (e.g. the dialysis hose and the cherry skin) separate the solvent water from the solution under observation (e.g. sugar solution). The pore size in the membrane has the effect that only the solvent can move through the membrane but not the dissolved substance. For this reason the volume increases in the cell and the liquid level in the capillary tube rises. The concentration of the solution decreases at the same time. Always when two solutions with different concentrations are separated by a semi-permeable membrane, osmotic pressure will develop. This pressure can rise so that that e.g. the cherries in the experiment burst. The diffusion process through a semi-permeable membrane is called osmosis. These processes are very important e.g. also in medicine: If medicines are intravenously supplied in the form of a solution they must have the same osmotic pressure as the blood in order to prevent the enlargement or shrinking (that can also be demonstrated in the experiment with the cherries: immerse the fruit into concentrated sugar solution) of the blood cells. For this reason e.g. physiological salt solution is injected into the circulation system as a substitute for conserved blood, but not pure water or similar.
Chemicals
glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 water-soluble dye, e.g. eosine, yellowish ................................................. 671 9310 cherries dried peas or similar jelly babies or similar (fruit gum) household sugar solution, 20%
SEI 409
Notes on procedure
Ensure that the stopper with the capillary tube is inserted firmly. Approximate time requirement: 20 min. / 1 d.
Warning notes
Improve the sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of glycerine.
CK 4.2.2.1 Endothermic and exothermic reactions

To check which of the following reactions are exothermic or endothermic reactions.
Setup

- Fill the test tube to approx. 3 cm with copper(II) sulfate. - Light the burner and fully open the air supply. - Hold the test tube with the clamp and heat until the entire
copper(II) sulfate has changed.

- Investigate the contents of the test tube and note down your
observations.
- Allow the test tube to cool down in the test tube rack. - Fit the bulb onto the dropper. Place a thermometer into the
test tube so that the bulb is surrounded with copper(II) sulfate. Note down the temperature. - Add approx. 3 drops of de-ionised water. Wait for several seconds, then note down the temperature.
Complete the drawing, label it and mark it in colour. Blue copper sulfate colours white. At the wall of the test tube water droplets form. Energy must be supplied
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 burner
endothermic reaction
Energy (in this case heat) is released
exothermic reaction
Chemicals
copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate............................ 672 9630
Notes on procedure
As soon as the copper(II) sulfate has become white the heating can be stopped.
Notes on this task

SEI 409
Warning notes
By means of this experiment it is to be shown by means of examples what is meant by an endothermic or exothermic reaction. Depending on the energy absorption or release, the chemical reactions are distinguished accordingly.
Notes on disposal
Reuse the copper sulfate for similar experiments. Approximate time requirement: 10 min.
CK 4.2.2.3 Catalytic reactions

To investigate what the role of catalysts is for chemical reactions.
Setup

- Light the burner and slightly open the air supply. Grip a
sugar cube in the crucible tongs and hold it close to the burner flame. Note down your observations. - Sprinkle a small spatula tip of cigarette ash onto a second sugar cube and also hold it with the crucible tongs close to the flame. Note down your observations. - Fill the beaker to 1 cm with hydrogen peroxide. Wait for approx. 5 min. Then hold a glowing splint into the beaker above the liquid. Note down your observations. - Add to the hydrogen peroxide solution a spatula tip of manganese(IV) oxide and wait for approx. 30 s. Then repeat the glowing splint test. Note down your observations.
Note down your observations and interpret them: The sugar cube melts when it comes close to the burner flame. If cigarette ash has been sprinkle onto it, it burns. The slow dissociation of a hydrogen peroxide solution in the light cannot be detected by means of the glowing splint test. If a catalyst is added oxygen develops relatively rapidly, which can be detected with a glowing splint. Explanations: Reactions which without a catalyst run at an unnoticeable speed only seem to be caused by the catalyst. In reality the catalyst reduces the activation energy and in this way increases the reaction rate.
Apparatus
wooden splints .........................................from 661 083 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
1 1 1 1
Chemicals
manganese(IV) oxide ......................................... 673 2205 hydrogen peroxide, approx. 10%..................from 675 3500 sugar cubes cigarette ash SEI 409
Notes on procedure
For the dissociation of hydrogen peroxide other catalysts are also suitable (e.g. iron(III) oxide, charcoal).
Notes on this task

These reactions are also described as catalytic reactions. Maybe let a definition of the term "catalyst" be developed after the experiments.
Warning notes
Hydrogen peroxide solution is corrosive! Use protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
School experiments with the chemistry kit

Student part (master copies)
CK 1.1.1.1
Density, solubility, susceptibility to magnetisation and colour

The following material properties are to be investigated for sand, iron filings, table salt, sulfur and polystyrene foam pieces: colour, ability to be magnetised, density and water solubility.
Setup

- Place a spoonful of sand into a test tube. Observe it and
specify its colour.

- Slide the magnet up and down the test tube wall. Observe if
the sand can be magnetised.

- Then fill half the test tube with water. Close the test tube
with a rubber stopper and shake briefly. Observe if the ma3 terial sample floats on the surface (density < 1 g/cm ), if it 3 hovers below the surface (density = 1 g/cm ) or if it sinks (density > 1 g/cm3). - Then close the test tube carefully and shake intensively for approx. 5 min. Check, if the material sample has dissolved. - Repeat the experiments using the other material samples.
Apparatus
1 bar magnet .........................................................510 50 5 test tubes from ..664 042 1 spatula with spoon end, plastic...........................666 966 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 5 rubber stoppers ..................................................667 253 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
Observations
Enter the results: Material sample Sand Iron Sulfur Colour Ability to be magnetised Density Solubility in water
Chemicals
iron powder, coarse...............................................671 8270 sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 sulfur .....................................................................674 7610 sea sand................................................................674 8211 polystyrene foam pieces............................... e.g. 674 9520
Table salt Polystyrene foam
Evaluation
Are the investigated properties physical or chemical properties? Give the reason for your answer!
Warning notes:
Caution danger of splashing! Use protective goggles! SEI 409
Which material properties can also be investigated?
CK 1.1.1.2 Boiling temperature

To determine the boiling temperature of water and of methylated spirit (ethanol).
Setup

- Set up basic stand I. In addition, fasten the wire gauze to
the stand ring and place the burner below the ring. Place the Erlenmeyer flask on the stand in such a way that it lies on the wire gauze. Fill the Erlenmeyer flask with water to approx. one third. Add 3 boiling stones and close the flask with a stopper. Insert the thermometer carefully through one hole, so that it is immersed in the liquid. Through the other hole insert the shorter part of the gas delivery tube (here used as a gas venting tube) so that its end is just below the neck of the flask. (Warning! The opening must not point towards other students!) Carefully warm the flask content over a small flame. Measure the temperature when boiling starts and repeat the measurement every 30 sec. Extinguish the burner flame. After cooling down, repeat the experiment using methylated spirit (ethanol).
Observations: Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C ...........................382 33 boiling stones ........................................... from 661 091 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 gas delivery tube, 300/50 mm, 60 .....................665 233 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 burner Measurement 1 2 3 4 Time [sec] 0 30 60 90 Water temperature [C] Ethanol temperature [C]
Evaluation: Chemicals
methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990 glycerine................................................................672 1210
Temperature [C]
Water 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Ethanol
SEI 409
Warning notes:
Protect long hair against catching fire! In order to prevent delay to the boiling, add a few fresh boiling stones! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of glycerine. When inserting the thermometer or glass tube, protect the hands by means of leather gloves or similar. Methylated spirit is highly flammable! As soon as methylated spirit vapour passes through the outlet tube, extinguish the burner flame!
Time [sec]
CK 1.1.1.3 Sublimation

To find out in an experiment what sublimation means.
Setup

- Carefully place several grains of iodine into a test tube. - Hold the test tube with the test tube holder and carefully
warm it over a small burner flame. - Stop heating after approx. 2 min.
Describe in your own words what subliming means.
Apparatus
1 test tube ................................................... from 664 042 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 pair of safety gloves ...........................................667 609 1 burner What might one call the reverse of the sublimation process? Enter the corresponding designations into the diagram.
gaseous
Chemicals
iodine.....................................................................672 3700
solid
liquid
Warning notes:
SEI 409 Iodine is harmful to health if breathed in or in contact with the skin! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Ventilate the room well! Do not breathe in the vapour! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.1.2.1 Heterogeneous mixtures

To make mixtures of substances and investigate them for common properties.
- Fill the fifth test tube to about 5 cm with water and add
Setup
3 spoonfuls of sand. Close the test tube with a stopper and shake firmly. - Fill the sixth test tube to approx. 5 cm with vegetable oil and add the same quantity of water. Close the test tube and shake firmly.
Observations
Note the observations in a table.
No. of the mixture 1 2 3 Material 1 Material 2 State of aggregation material 1 - 2 Designation
Apparatus
6 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 spatula with spoon end, plastic ..........................666 966 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 6 rubber stoppers ..................................................667 253 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
4 5 6
Evaluation
What are the common properties of these six material blends? What could a generic name for these blends be?
Chemicals
iron powder, coarse ..............................................671 8270 iodine.....................................................................672 3700 sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 sulfur .....................................................................674 7610 sand (clay)..................................................... e.g. 674 8211 polystyrene foam pieces ............................... e.g. 674 9520 vegetable oil What material mixtures like this do you know from the environment?
No. of the mixture 1 2 3 4 Designation Example from the environment/nature
Warning notes
When shaking the liquids there is a danger of splashing! Use protective googles!
5 6
SEI 409

- In the first test tube mix 3 spoonfuls of sodium chloride with
the same quantity of sand. Close the test tube with a stopper and shake firmly. - In the second test tube place 3 spoonfuls of sulfur pieces and add the same quantity of sand. After having closed the test tube mix the substances well by shaking. - Fill the third test tube with 3 spoonfuls of iron filings. Add 3 spoonfuls of sand. Close the test tube and shake firmly. - In the fourth test tube mix iron filings and polystyrene foam pieces as described above.
CK 1.1.2.2 Homogeneous mixtures

To make a further type of mixtures of substances and investigate them for common properties.
Setup
Observations
Add to the table from experiment 1.1.2.1 as shown below and enter the observations:
No. of the mixture 7 8 Material 1 Material 2 State of aggregation material 1 - 2 Designation
Evaluation
What are the common properties of these two material blends? What could be a generic name for these mixtures?
Apparatus
2 test tubes..................................................from 664 042 1 spatula with spoon end, plastic ..........................666 966 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 2 rubber stopper ....................................................667 253 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 What material mixtures like that do you know from the environment?
No. of the mixture 7 8 Designation Example from the environment/nature
Chemicals
methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990 sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710
Warning notes
Methylated spirit (ethanol) is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!
SEI 409

- Fill the first test tube to about 5 cm with water and add
1 spoonful of sodium chloride. Close the test tube and shake firmly for approximately 2 min. - Fill the second test tube also to approx. 5 cm with water and add with the same quantity of methylated spirit. Close the test tube with a stopper and shake firmly.
CK 1.1.3.1 Evaporation

To gain salt from salt water. To plan the experiment and carry it out.
Setup

- Set up basic stand I and attach stand ring with wire gauze,
in place of the clamp. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly to one side and place it on the wire gauze. Fit the dropper with the bulb. Drip approximately five drops of salt water onto each of the watch glass dishes. Place a watch glass dish onto the wire triangle and heat carefully over on a low flame. As soon as the water is evaporated extinguish the burner flame and allow the watch glass dish to cool. Leave the second watch glass dish for several days in a dust-free location.
Observations
Compare the observations.
Apparatus
2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 watch glass dishes .............................................664 153 1 dropper ......................................................from 665 953 1 rubber bulb ................................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves ............................666 688 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Evaluation
Which material properties are utilised for this method of separation?
What climatic conditions are required in countries where salt is produced from sea water? How is the salt produced there?
Chemicals
SEI 409 salt water from experiment 1.1.2.2
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! Warning! Danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles!
CK 1.1.3.2 Differential settling and decanting

To demonstrate and explain the principle of differential settling using the example of separating an iron-sand mixture.
Setup

- Pour the iron-sand mixture into the Erlenmeyer flask. - Add approximately 100 ml of water. - Stopper the flask and shake briefly. - Remove the stopper and separate the turbid water from the
deposit by slowly pouring it off (decanting). - Repeat the experiment approximately four times, by pouring another approximately 100 ml of fresh water into the flask.
Observations
Compare the deposits.
Apparatus
1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
Evaluation
Which material property is utilised for this method of separation?
Chemicals
iron-sand mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 What do the characteristics of a mixture of substances need to be in order to be separated even better by differential settling and decanting?
Warning notes
During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles!
SEI 409
CK 1.1.3.3 Melting out and magnet separation

To produce sulfur from "sulfur-containing rock". To remove the iron from an iron-polystyrene foam mixture.
Setup
Observations
Evaluation
Label the drawings appropriately:
Sulfur production
Apparatus
1 bar magnet .........................................................510 50 1 test tube ....................................................from 664 042 1 evaporating dish .................................................664 441 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Waste processing
Chemicals
sulfur-sand mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 iron-polystyrene foam mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 tissue paper or similar Which material properties are relevant for these two separation methods?
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! During heating ventilate the room well and wear protective goggles! SEI 409

- First of all carefully warm up the sulfur-sand mixture in the
test tube. Then heat strongly. - Finally try to pour the molten sulfur into the porcelain dish. - Wrap the magnet with thin tissue paper so that the iron particles can later be removed more easily. - Spread out the iron-polystyrene foam mixture on the wire gauze and hold the magnet above it.
CK 1.1.3.4 Refining of rock salt by boiling

To consider which steps are required to make refined salt from rock salt (here a salt-sand mixture). To carry out the appropriate steps experimentally.
Setup

- Set up basic stand setup II. Attach to one of the stand rods
a funnel and to the other the stand ring with wire gauze. Place the burner under the ring, the 400 ml beaker under the funnel. Fill approx. 2/3 of the 100 ml beaker with water and add the salt-sand mixture while stirring. Form the round filter into a filter cone by folding the filter paper first into a semi-circle and then to a quarter-circle. Place the cone into the funnel, dampen it and press it firmly against the sides. Filter the contents of the 100 ml beaker in small batches. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly all in one direction. Place the wire triangle on the wire gauze. Fit the bulb onto the dropper. Drip approx. 5 drops of the filtrate onto the watch glass dish. Place the watch glass dish on the wire triangle and heat carefully over a low flame until the water has evaporated.
Apparatus
2 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm ......................301 28 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 watch glass dish .................................................664 153 1 funnel, plastic .....................................................665 009 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 dropper ......................................................from 665 953 1 rubber bulb ................................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves ............................666 688 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Observations
Evaluation
Complete the diagram: Rock salt deposit
mining filling in
Sea water
Chemicals
SEI 409 salt-sand mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1
Refined salt Which material properties are utilised for this method of separation?
Warning notes:
Protect long hair against catching fire! Caution: danger of splashing! Use protective goggles! How does the filter work?
CK 1.1.3.5 Separation of non-miscible liquids

To separate an oil-water mixture.
Setup

- Basic stand setup I - Close the cock of the separating funnel and pour the oil-
water mixture into it. Add approximately 20 ml each of vegetable oil and water. - Close the funnel with a stopper and shake firmly. - Clamp the separating funnel to the stand and wait for approx. 5 min. - Place a clean beaker below the funnel outlet and allow the lower liquid layer to flow out. Work precisely!
Observations
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 2 beakers, 100 ml..................................................664 101 1 dropper funnel ....................................................665 073 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
Evaluation
Formulate the result in a short, memorable sentence:
Which material property is utilised for this method of separation?
Chemicals
oil-water mixture from experiment 1.1.2.1 vegetable oil
SEI 409
Warning notes:
During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!
CK 1.1.3.6 Extraction

To extract colorants from grass or leaves.
Setup

- Build up basic stand I and clamp on the funnel. - Crush up some grass or leaves. Place sufficient plant mate-
rial into the mortar so that approximately 1/3 of it is filled.

- Add 1 spoonful of quartz sand and approx. 10 ml methylated
spirit. Grind the plant material for approx. 5 min.

- Then add a further 5 ml of methylated spirit and continue
rubbing for approx. 2 min.

- Made a filtering cone from a round filter, dampen it with me-
thylated spirit and insert it in the funnel. Place the Erlenmeyer flask underneath the outlet of the funnel. - Filter the content of the mortar. - In order to obtain a larger quantity of extract, repeat the experiment with fresh material.
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 round filter, 125 mm , from ..............................661 035 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 funnel, plastic .....................................................665 009 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 spatula, with spoon end......................................666 966 1 pair of scissors ...................................................667 017 1 pestle..................................................................667 091 1 mortar.................................................................667 092 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260
Observations
Evaluation
Which material property is very important for the extraction?
Chemicals
sea-sand, cleaned ................................................674 8211 methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990 grass, spinach or stinging nettle leaves SEI 409
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames!
CK 1.1.3.7 Separation of substances by shaking

To separate leaf colorants by shaking.
Setup

- Basic stand setup I - Close the cock on the separating funnel. Fill the funnel to
approx. 2 cm with leaf colorant extract and add the same quantity of petroleum spirit. - Close the funnel with the stopper and shake firmly. - Then attach the separating funnel to the stand and wait for a few minutes until the liquids have separated. - Place the beaker under the funnel and drain out the lower liquid layer.
Observations
Draw conclusions from the observations.
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 dropper funnel ....................................................665 073 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
Evaluation
Which material property is utilised for separation by shaking?
Chemicals
leaf colorant extract from experiment 1.1.3.5 petroleum spirit, 100 140 C...............................670 8220
SEI 409
Warning notes
Petroleum spirit and the methylated spirit contained in the leaf colorant extract are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Hold the stopper firmly and wear protective goggles!
CK 1.1.3.8 Chromatography

To separate mixtures of colorants by means of paper chromatography.
Setup

- Draw a circle in the centre of the filter paper with the help of
the coin. Place the round filter onto the cover of the Petri dish. Pour some methylated spirit into one beaker and some leaf colorant extract into the other. Fit the bulbs onto the droppers. Drop the leaf colorant extract onto the circular line on the round filter, preferably at uniform distances. Repeat this process four or five times. Between each repetition allow the extract to dry. Then drop methylated spirit into the centre of the circle. Repeat the addition of methylated spirit until the leaf colorant mixture has separated out. Allow the chromatogram to dry. Repeat the experiment with inks from felt tip pens by applying individual colours from the pens.
Apparatus Observations
1 round filter, 125 mm ...............................from 661 035 2 beakers, 100 ml..................................................664 101 1 Petri dish ............................................................664 183 2 droppers ....................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs ..............................................from 665 954 1 felt tip pen 1 pencil 1 coin Explain the observations.
Chemicals
leaf colorant extract from experiment 1.1.3.7 methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990
Evaluation
Which material property is important for chromatography?
What is the purpose of the methylated spirit?
Warning notes:
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Ventilate the room well! SEI 409
CK 1.2.1.1
Detection of dissolved solid substances in various water samples

To consider how substances dissolved in water can be detected. To investigate water samples for dissolved substances.
Setup

clamp the stand ring with a wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle over to one side. Place the wire triangle on the wire gauze. Fit the bulbs onto the droppers. Drip approx. 5 drops of the drinking water on the watch glass dish. Place the glass onto the wire triangle. Then carefully heat over a small flame. As soon as the water is evaporated extinguish the burner flame and allow the watch glass dish to cool down. Repeat the experiment with the other water samples.
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 5 watch glass dishes .............................................664 153 4 droppers ....................................................from 665 953 4 rubber bulbs ..............................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves ............................666 688 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Water sample Drinking water Sea water Mineral water Rain water Distilled water Appearance Contains dissolved substances Appearance of the residue
Evaluation Chemicals
drinking water sea water (salt solution) mineral water rain water distilled water SEI 409 What are the substances dissolved in some of the water samples?
What other substance could also be dissolved in the water?
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! Warning! Caution danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!
CK 1.2.1.2
Detection of dissolved gases in drinking water

To investigate whether there are gases dissolved in drinking water.
Setup

- Basic stand setup I. In place of the universal clamp attach
the stand ring with a wire gauze to the stand rod. Place the burner below the ring. Fill 2/3 of the beaker with tap water. Place the funnel, with the outlet pointing upwards, into the beaker. Fill a test tube to the top with water and place it carefully above the funnel outlet. Place the beaker on the wire gauze and heat carefully over a low flame. Measure the water temperature from time to time. End the experiment at 80 C.
Observations
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C ...........................382 33 1 test tube ....................................................from 664 042 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 funnel, plastic .....................................................665 009 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 burner
Evaluation
Which gas could be dissolved in the drinking water?
Why is the gas that forms not water vapour?
Chemicals
tap water SEI 409
Warning notes
CK 1.2.1.3 Solutions, colloids and suspensions

To mix several solid substances with water and demonstrate by means of the mixtures what the differences are between solutions, colloids and suspensions.
Setup

- Roll the black card into a funnel and stick it together so that
an opening of 1 cm diameter is formed.

- Fill approx. 2/3 of the beakers with tap water. - Add 3 spoonfuls of wallpaper paste to the first glass and stir
well. Leave to stand for approx. 20 min until the glue has completely dissolved. - Add to the second beaker 3 spoonfuls of salt and to the third add the same quantity of clay. Stir well. - Shine the light from the torch through the cardboard funnel. Darken the room and place the three mixtures into the light one after the other.
1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 piece of adhesive table (e.g. Sellotape) 1 torch 1 piece of black card (DIN A 5)
Evaluation
Interpret the observations.
Chemicals
sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 sea sand or clay ........................................... e.g. 674 8211 tap water wallpaper paste
Describe in your own words what a solution, a colloid and a suspension mean.
SEI 409
CK 1.2.1.5 Saturated solutions

To produce a cold saturated and a hot saturated sodium chloride solution. To find out what the properties of a supersaturated solution are.
Setup

- Fill approx. half a test tube with water. Add a spatula tip of
sodium chloride. Close the test tube and shake firmly. As soon as the salt has dissolved, add a further spatula tip of salt and shake again. Repeat this process until a deposit forms. - Then heat the contents of the test tube until it boils. Remove the stopper during heating! - Add a further spatula tip of salt. Protect your fingers against scalding, and proceed as described in 1. - Fill 6 g of sodium thiosulphate into the second test tube. Add 2 ml of water and carefully warm until the salt has dissolved. Fill 2/3 of the beaker with cold water and place the test tube in it. After approx. 5 min add a sodium thiosulphate crystal to the salt solution.
Observations
Apparatus
2 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 253 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 2 slit open pieces of hose, 3 cm ...................from 667 181 1 burner 1 weighing scales
Evaluation
Where can the processes found in the last partial experiment also be observed in our environment?
SEI 409
Chemicals
sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 sodium thiosulphate pentahydrate.........................673 8000
Warning notes
Protect long hair and fingers (with the slit-open rubber hose pieces) against scalding!
CK 1.2.1.6 Determination of solubility

To find out how many grams of salt will be able to dissolve at a particular water temperature in 100 g of water.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. Attach, in addition, the stand ring
with wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Place the beaker on the wire triangle and attach it to the stand. - Fill the beaker with 100 ml of water and dissolve 35 g of sodium chloride while stirring. If applicable heat the solution to 20 C. - Add 0.5 g of sodium chloride and stir. Add the next 0.5 g of salt only after the entire quantity of the previous batch has fully dissolved. When after prolonged stirring a deposit remains, note down the salt quantity. - Now heat the solution to 40 C, then to 60 C and finally to 80 C and repeat the dissolving process in the same way.
Observations Measurement 1 2 3 4 5 Temperature [C] 0 20 40 60 80 100 Salt quantity [g] 35.6
Apparatus
2 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C ...........................382 33 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 2 watch glass dishes .............................................664 153 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 burner 1 weighing scales
39.2
Evaluation
Transfer the measured values to a graph and join the points:
Chemicals
sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 SEI 409
1,2 1
Salt quantity [g]
0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0
Warning notes
Temperature [C]
CK 1.2.3.1
Water dissociation and water synthesis

To provide evidence by water dissociation that water is a compound substance. To identify the basic components of water. Experiments in which water is produced from its basic components.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Fill the high temperature test tube (Supremax) with sea-
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 wooden splint ............................................from 661 083 4 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 test tube, Supremax ...........................................664 048 1 glass nozzle, 8 mm , angled ............................665 238 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole ...........................667 286 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
sand to approx. 3 cm. Carefully dampen the sand with water by means of the pipette. Warning! The walls of the test tube must not become wet! Clamp the glass horizontally onto the stand. In front of the damp sand carefully pour an approx. 6 cm long layer of dry zinc powder. Push a small ball of steel wool into the lower end of the angled glass nozzle. Then carefully push the glass nozzle into the stopper. Close the high temperature test tube with the stopper in such a way that the nozzle opening points upwards. First of all warm the zinc layer with a small flame. Then heat strongly for approx. 1 min. Push a test tube over the nozzle opening and evaporate the water held in the sea-sand. Adjust the heat in such a way that a uniform flow of steam is created. After approx. 20 sec take off the slipped-on test tube and quickly hold it with its opening towards the burner flame. If the so-called "oxyhydrogen test" is negative, light the gas flowing out by means of a splint. Hold a test tube with the holder and hold it over the flame. As soon as the flame extinguishes end the experiment.
Observations
Evaluation
Explain using the example of this experiment the terms analysis and synthesis.
SEI 409
Chemicals
iron, wool...............................................................671 8400 glycerine................................................................672 1210 sea-sand ...............................................................674 8211 zinc, powder ..........................................................675 4900
Which colour changes are observed in the zinc powder after the reaction?
Warning notes
Improve sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Protect long hair against catching fire! Caution! Explosive mixtures could form! Ensure that protective goggles are worn!
What are the properties of the gas streaming out?
CK 1.2.3.2 Media for water detection

To release chemically bound water (water of crystallisation) from salts. To detect water in several substances from our environment.
Setup

- Fill the first test tube to approx. 1.5 cm with copper (II)
Apparatus
-
2 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 2 watch glass dishes .............................................664 153 2 droppers ....................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs ..............................................from 665 954 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 laboratory knife...................................................667 018 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 burner
sulphate and the second with a corresponding quantity of sodium chloride. Gently heat the contents of the test tubes one after the other in the burner flame. During heating, gently shake the test tube. Remove the water of crystallisation produced from the test tubes by gently warming them. Then allow the test tubes to cool down. Extinguish all flames! Fit the droppers onto the bulbs. On one watch glass dish drip some water and on the other drip some petroleum spirit. Add to each a spatula tip of the dehydrated copper (II) sulphate. Cut the potato in half and sprinkle one half also with the dehydrated copper (II) sulphate.
Observations
Colour before after heating Copper (II) sulphate Sodium chloride Contains water of crystallisation (yes/no)
Salt
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C...............................670 8220 copper(II) sulphate pentahydrate ..........................672 9630 sodium chloride .....................................................673 5710 potatoes or something similar
Evaluation
For what reason is copper (II) sulphate suitable as water detection medium?
Warning notes
Soluble heavy metal salts are harmful to health when swallowed! After the experiment, carefully clean the hands! Protect long hair against catching fire! Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! When experimenting with petroleum spirit extinguish all flames!
SEI 409
CK 1.3.1.2
Importance of air for combustion processes

To investigate the importance of air for combustion.
Setup

- Fill the crucible to approx. 1/5 with methylated spirit. Re-
move the storage bottle from the experimentation table. Place the crucible at the centre of a polystyrene foam tile and light up the methylated spirit. Cautiously cover with the upside-down beaker and gently press down. - Place the tea light at the centre of a second polystyrene foam plate and again cover with the upside-down beaker. Press the beaker gently down on the tile.
Observations
Apparatus
1 candle........................................................from 459 32 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 crucible ...............................................................664 003 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 2 polystyrene foam boards (approx. 15 x 15 cm) 1 towel or leather gloves
Evaluation
What is required for the combustion?
Chemicals
methylated spirit ....................................................670 9990
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames when decanting! Protect hands against burns!
SEI 409
CK 1.3.1.3 Investigation of the air

To find out if all the air is required for burning substances.
Setup

- Fill approx. half a plastic tank with water. Lay the two glass
tubes on the floor of the plastic tank in such a way that the beaker can stand on them. - Place the floating candle (tea light) on the water surface and light it. - Carefully place the beaker upside-down over the burning candle so that it rests on the glass tubes.
Observations
Note down the result of the experiment in the form of a drawing and describe it.
Apparatus
1 candle........................................................from 459 32 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 plastic tank, approx. 2 l.......................................664 194 2 glass tubes, 80 x 8 mm ......................................665 201
Evaluation
What happens to the air during combustion?
SEI 409
CK 1.3.2.1
Oxygen - isolation, detection and properties

To produce oxygen from hydrogen peroxide and identify it. To investigate several properties of oxygen.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand setup II. Clamp the Erlenmeyer flask
Apparatus
3 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm ......................301 28 1 wooden splint ............................................from 661 083 3 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 plastic tank, approx. 2 l.......................................664 194 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 dropper funnel, 75 ml .........................................665 073 1 gas delivery tube, hook-shaped..........................665 230 1 angled tube, 50/50 mm.......................................665 232 3 universal clamps.................................................666 555 2 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm ......................666 609 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 rubber tubing ......................................................667 180 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
to one of the stand rods in such a way that it stands on the worktop. To the second rod attach two universal clamps at right angles to each other. Place 2 spatula tips of manganese dioxide in the flask. Carefully insert the dropper funnel and the angled tube into the rubber stopper. Close the flask with the stopper and connect the angled tube with the gas delivery tube. Fill the tank up to 2/3 with water and the test tubes to the top. Cover the test tubes with a thumb and place them with the opening downwards into the tank so that no water flows out. Close the cock on the dropper funnel and fill 40 ml of hydrogen peroxide solution into the funnel. Then carefully allow the hydrogen peroxide to drop onto the manganese dioxide. Place the delivery tube in the tank and pneumatically catch the rising gas in the test tubes. Then insert a glowing splint into the first test tube. (glowing splint test) Then clamp the second test tube with the opening upwards and the third with the opening downwards to the stand. Carry out the glowing splint test after approx 1 min.
Enter the observations and results in a description: Description: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties:
Applications:
Chemicals
SEI 409 hydrogen[0] peroxide, 5% .............................from 675 3500 manganese(IV) oxide ............................................673 2205
Warning notes
Hydrogen peroxide solution is corrosive! Use protective goggles! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints using water! When inserting the glass tubes protect the hands with leather gloves or something similar!
CK 1.3.2.2
Carbon dioxide - isolation, detection and properties

To produce carbon dioxide from calcium carbonate by means of dilute hydrochloric acid. To detect carbon dioxide by means of calcium hydroxide solution and to investigate some of its properties.
Setup
Warning notes
Dilute hydrochloric acid and calcium hydroxide solution are corrosive! Use protective goggles! Wash off any splashes on the skin with plenty of water! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol. When inserting the glass parts protect the hands with leather gloves or something similar!

- Set up basic stand I and attach the Erlenmeyer flask in such -
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 4 candles ......................................................from 459 32 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 plastic tank .........................................................664 194 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 dropper funnel ....................................................665 073 1 angled tube, 50/50 mm.......................................665 232 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 rubber tubing ......................................................667 180 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 working gloves e.g..............................................663 609
a way that it stands on the experimentation table. Fill the flask with 5 spoonfuls of calcium carbonate. Carefully insert the dropper funnel and the angled tube into the rubber stopper. Close the flask with a stopper. Connect the rubber hose to the angle tube. Close the cock on the dropper funnel and fill with 60 ml dilute hydrochloric acid. Fill the 100 ml beaker up to half with calcium hydroxide solution. Allow some hydrochloric acid to drip onto the calcium carbonate. Feed the developing gas into the lime water. Stop the gas generation after approx. 10 sec and clean the rubber tubing. Attach the three candles on the floor of the plastic tank by means of wax drops. Place the rubber tubing on the floor of the basin and start gas development. After approx. 10 min. stop the part experiment. Fill a 250 ml beaker with carbon dioxide. Place a small burning candle into the 400 ml beaker. Carefully decant the carbon dioxide into the beaker with the candle.
Enter the observations and results in a description. Description: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties:
SEI 409
Chemicals
calcium carbonate ............................................... calcium hydroxide solution, saturated, .........from glycerine.............................................................. hydrochloric acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l) ............ 671 2310 671 2910 672 1210 674 6920
CK 1.3.2.3
Carbon dioxide applications (fire extinguisher)

To investigate and explain the functioning of a foam fire extinguisher.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Fill the flask with 75 ml of sodium carbonate solution and
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 plastic tank .........................................................664 194 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 evaporating dish .................................................664 441 1 angled tube, 250/50 mm.....................................665 231 1 angled tube, 50/50 mm.......................................665 232 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 2 droppers ....................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs ..............................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 rubber tube, 1 m ................................................667 180 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 working gloves............................................ e.g. 663 609
-
add some hair shampoo. Mix the two substances by gently swivelling around. Attach the Erlenmeyer flask to the stand in such a way that it stands on the experimentation table. Insert the long side of the angled tube carefully into one of the holes in the rubber stopper. Then close the flask with the stopper and lower the angled tube until it nearly touches the bottom of the flask. Then connect the long angled tube to the short tube in such a way that the opening of the free end points downwards. Place the evaporating dish into the tank under the opening of the angle tube. Fit the bulbs on the droppers. Fill approx. 1 ml of petroleum spirit into the evaporating dish. Use the second dropper to suck up 2 to 3 ml of hydrochloric acid. Insert the dropper carefully through the second hole in the stopper without squeezing out any of the hydrochloric acid. Light the petroleum spirit and empty the dropper by firmly squeezing the rubber bulb. Firmly hold the stopper.
Observations
Evaluation
Formulate the appropriate reaction in words and as a reaction equation:
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C............................. glycerine.............................................................. sodium carbonate solution 10 % ..................from dilute hydrochloric acid, approx. 2 mol/l .............. hair shampoo 670 8220 672 1210 673 5590 674 6920
Complete the corresponding description: Possible applications:
SEI 409
What is the purpose of the hair shampoo in this experiment?
Warning notes
Hydrochloric acid is corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! Immediately close the bottle after taking petroleum spirit out and remove from the area where the experiment is carried out! Improve sliding of rubberglass joints by means of propanetriol. Protect hands when inserting the glass tubes! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.3.2.4 Hydrogen isolation and properties

To produce hydrogen by dissociation of water and to investigate its properties.
Setup

- Set up basic stand setup II. Attach two universal clamps to
Apparatus
3 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 bossheads ........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................301 28 splint ........................................................from 661 083 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 test tube, Supremax..........................................664 048 plastic tank........................................................664 194 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 gas delivery tube, hook-shaped ........................665 230 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
the second stand rod in such a way that they are at right angles to each other. Mix 3 4 spoonfuls of sea-sand with the same quantity of iron powder in the evaporating dish. Pour the mixture into a test tube with a high melting point and carefully dampen with water. Warning! The wall of the test tube must not become wet! Then clamp the test tube horizontally at approximately the centre of the first stand rod. In front of the dampened mixture pile up an approx. 5 cm long layer of iron powder. Fit the silicon stopper with the gas delivery tube. Insert some iron wool in one end of the tube as flash-back protection. Then close the test tube with the stopper. Fill the tank up to 2/3 with water and dip in the gas delivery tube. Fill the three test tubes to the top with water and place them with the opening downwards into the tank. Then carefully heat first the iron powder and then the ironsand mixture. As soon as gas generation increases move the burner from side to side. Pneumatically collect the escaping gas in the three test tubes. Then extinguish the burner flame and immediately remove the gas delivery tube from the tank! Then re-light the burner. Take the first test tube from the tank and hold its opening in the burner flame. Then clamp the second test tube with the opening downwards and the third with the opening upwards on the second stand rod. After approx. 1 min hold a burning splint inside.
Write an appropriate description: Description: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties:
Chemicals
iron powder, coarse............................................. iron, wool ............................................................. glycerine.............................................................. sea-sand, cleaned ............................................... SEI 409 671 8270 671 8400 672 1210 674 8211
Applications:
Warning notes
Use protective goggles! Hydrogen can form explosive mixtures with air! Improve sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of glycerine! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.4.1.1
Production of detection agents for acids and bases

To produce several plant-based indicators.
Setup

- Assembly basic stand I and clamp the funnel onto it. - Cut the red cabbage into very thin and small slices. Fill the
mortar up to 1/3 with the plant material and add 4 spoonfuls of quartz-sand and approx. 10 ml methylated spirit. Carefully grind the red cabbage in the mortar for approx. 10 min. Then add approx. 5 ml of methylated spirit and continue grinding for a further 2 min. Filter the contents of the mortar into a test tube. If necessary repeat the experiment in order to produce more indicator solution. Then carry out the experiment in a similar way using petals. Keep the indicator in the dark for subsequent experiments.
Observations
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 funnel, 75 mm , plastic ...................................665 009 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 laboratory knife .................................................667 018 pestle ................................................................667 091 mortar ...............................................................667 092 rubber stoppers.................................................667 253
Chemicals
SEI 409 sea-sand, cleaned ............................................... 674 8211 methylated spirit (denatured ethanol) .................. 670 9990 red cabbage petals (no yellow ones)
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Ventilate the room well!
CK 1.4.1.2 Effect of indicators on acids

To investigate the effect of various indicators on acids.
Setup

- Fit the bulbs onto the droppers. - Fill the test tubes as follows:
test tube 1: to 5 cm with dilute sulfuric acid, test tube 2: to 5 cm with dilute hydrochloric acid, test tube 3: to 5 cm with dilute nitric acid, test tube 4: to 5 cm with distilled water. - Then add to each of the test tubes 3 drops of the red cabbage solution. - Then pour the acid solutions into the container kept available for this on the teacher's table. - Carefully clean the apparatus and rinse with distilled water. Repeat the experiments with the other indicators.
Note the observations in a table:
Indicator Red cabbage solution Petal colorant solution Litmus paper Phenolphthalein solution Universal indicator solution Universal indicator paper Nitric acid, dilute Sulfuric acid Hydrochloric acid
Apparatus
1 4 4 4 1 1 1 universal pH indicator paper .............................661 070 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 waste container for acids
Distilled water
Chemicals
phenolphthalein solution, 1% .............................. universal indicator liquid ...................................... litmus solution...................................................... nitric acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l)........................ sulfuric acid, approx. 5% ..............................from hydrochloric acid, approx. 5% ......................from red cabbage solution petal colorant solution 674 2500 675 2570 672 9950 674 6650 674 7920 674 6800 Draw conclusions from the observations. Which indicator is not suitable for the detection of acids?
SEI 409
Warning notes
Acids are corrosive! Use protective goggles!
CK 1.4.1.3 Carbonic acid

To produce a carbonic acid solution and investigate some of its properties.
Setup
Warning notes:
Hydrochloric acid is corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Wash off any splashes on the skin with plenty of water! Improve the sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol. When inserting the glass tubes, protect the hands with leather gloves or something similar! Protect long hair against catching fire!

- Assemble basic stand I and attach the Erlenmeyer flask in -
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 1 stand base..........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 burner.................................................................656 017 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 dropper funnel ....................................................665 073 1 angled tube, 50/50 mm.......................................665 232 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 dropper .....................................................from 665 953 1 rubber bulb ...............................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 rubber tube, 1 m .................................................667 180 1 rubber stopper with 2 holes ................................667 262 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
such a way that it stands on the experimentation table. Place approx. 3 spoonfuls of calcium carbonate into the flask. Carefully insert the dropper funnel and the angled tube into the rubber stopper. Close the flask with the stopper. Connect the rubber hose to the angled tube. Fill the dropper funnel with 40 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid. Fill the beaker to approx. half with distilled water and add a few drops of universal indicator. Slightly open the cock on the dropper funnel and pass the gas which forms through the coloured water. As soon as the hydrochloric acid is used up terminate the experiment and disassemble the gas generator. Attach the stand ring with the wire gauze to the stand and place the burner below the ring. Then heat the beaker with the carbonic acid solution until it boils.
Observations
Evaluation
Enter the observations and results in a description: Name: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties:
SEI 409
Applications:
Chemicals
calcium carbonate .................................................671 2310 glycerine................................................................672 1210 hydrochloric acid, approx. 5% .....................from 674 6800 universal indicator, liquid .......................................675 2570 Formulate the appropriate reaction in words and as a reaction equation:
CK 1.4.2.1 Caution when handling bases!

To investigate the effect of concentrated sodium hydroxide solution and of drainpipe cleaner solution on various substances.
Setup
Warning notes
Concentrated bases (and drainpipe cleaner) cause serious chemical burns! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Remove any base splashes etc immediately using a damp rag! Cover the experimentation table with absorbent paper!

- Dampen the rag with water and place it in the plastic tank. - Cut up the material samples and distribute them into the test
tubes as follows: test tubes 1 and 2: pieces of meat, test tubes 3 and 4: some hair, test tubes 5 and 6: several small pieces of string. - Fill the beaker to approx. 1/5 with distilled water and add drainpipe cleaner in batches to make a concentrated solution. - Add to each material sample in tests tubes 1, 3 and 5 approx. 10 drops of concentrated sodium hydroxide solution and to test tubes 2, 4, and 6 the same quantity of drainpipe cleaner solution. - Then mark the material samples with their content and an appropriate warning label and store them until the next day.
Note down the observations:
Apparatus
beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 plastic tank........................................................664 194 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 laboratory knife .................................................667 018 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 labels 1 rag 1 felt tip pen or similar SEI 409 1 6 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
Material sample Meat Hair String (hemp)
After exposure to sodium hydroxide drainpipe cleaner solution solution
Which protective measures are to be taken when working with concentrated bases or similar substances?
Chemicals
sodium hydroxide solution, approx. 10%............. 673 8440 drainpipe cleaner solution (containing sodium hydroxide ) meat hair string (hemp or similar)
CK 1.4.2.2 Effect of indicators on bases

To investigate the effect of various indicators on bases.
Setup

- Fill the test tubes as follows:
test tube 1: to 5 cm with distilled water, test tube 2: to 5 cm with dilute sodium hydroxide solution, test tube 3: to 5 cm with soap solution, test tube 4: to 5 cm with lime water - Then drip in each of the test tubes 5 drops of red cabbage solution. - Pour the coloured solutions into the container kept ready on the teacher's table and clean the test tubes carefully. Rinse with distilled water and repeat the experiment with the other indicators in a similar way.
Enter the observations.
Indicator Red cabbage solution Flower colorant solution Litmus paper Phenolphthalein solution Universal indicator solution Universal indicator paper Distilled water Sodium hydroxide solution
Apparatus
1 4 3 3 1 1 pH-universal indicator paper .............................661 070 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
Soap solution
Lime water
Chemicals
litmus solution...................................................... universal indicator, liquid ..................................... phenolphthalein solution, 1% .............................. calcium hydroxide solution, saturated. .........from diluted sodium hydroxide solution ...................... soap solution red cabbage extract from experiment 1.4.1.1 flower colorant extract from experiment 1.4.1.1 672 9950 675 2570 674 2500 671 2900 673 8440
SEI 409
Warning notes
Bases are corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Wash off any splashes on the skin with plenty of water!
CK 1.4.2.3
Sodium hydroxide solution and its properties

To make sodium hydroxide solution from sodium hydroxide pellets and distilled water. To investigate several properties of oxygen.
Setup

- Fill the beaker with 100 ml distilled water. While constantly
stirring with the thermometer add 4 g sodium hydroxide pellets. Measure the temperature from time to time. Note down the measured values. - Fill the first test tube to about 5 cm with the base produced in this way and add 5 drops of universal indicator. - Fill the second test tube to 1/3 with the base and add some aluminium swarf. Then gently heat the test tube until the reaction starts. Place the test tube into the test tube rack. - Fill the third test tube with carbon dioxide and place with the opening downwards into the beaker with the base.
Enter the observations and results in a description:
Apparatus
1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 safety gloves.....................................................667 609 weighing scales
Description: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties:
Applications:
Chemicals
aluminium, swarf or powder ............................... 670 2600 sodium hydroxide, pellets.................................... 673 6800 universal indicator, liquid ..................................... 675 2570 carbon dioxide
SEI 409
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide pellets (caustic soda) cause severe chemical burns! Do not touch with the fingers! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Pick up spilled pellets using tweezers or something similar!
CK 1.4.2.4
Production of bases by the reaction of metals with water

To produce a magnesium hydroxide solution by the reaction of magnesium with water.
Setup

- Place a spatula tip of magnesium powder into the test tube
and fill to 1/4 with distilled water.

- Gently heat the contents of the test tube until the reaction
becomes more intense.

- Then add several drops of universal indicator.
Base Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Colours universal indicator
Magnesium hydroxide solution
Methods of production (equation in words and formula)

magnesium + + + + + + + +
Chemicals
magnesium, powder ............................................ 673 1100 universal indicator, liquid ..................................... 675 2570
Warning notes
SEI 409 Magnesium powder is highly flammable! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.5.1.1 Salt formation by neutralisation

To make sodium hydroxide solution by neutralisation of sodium chloride with hydrochloric acid.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. In place of the universal clamp
attach the stand ring with a wire gauze to the stand rod. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly over to one side. Place the wire triangle on the wire gauze. - Measure 10 ml of sodium hydroxide solution into the 250 ml beaker by means of the 10 ml graduated pipette. Add 15 ml of hydrochloric acid while stirring. - Then add further hydrochloric acid drop by drop. Between drops stir well and determine the pH value. As soon as a pH value of 6 8 has been reached stop adding further acid. - Place approx. 10 drops of the solution produced in this way onto a watch glass dish. Place the watch glass dish on the wire triangle and heat gently over a low flame until the water has evaporated.
Observations
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 pH-universal indicator paper ...................from 661 070 1 beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 1 watch glass dish ...............................................664 153 1 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 2 droppers...................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 burner
Evaluation
Summarise the results in an overview. Formulate the equation in words and as a reaction equation.
Method for making salt Reaction of
Chemicals
SEI 409 sodium hydroxide solution, 10% ......................... 673 8440 hydrochloric acid, approx. 2 mol/l ........................ 674 6920
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide solution and hydrochloric acid are corrosive! Wear protective goggles! During concentration by evaporation there is the danger of splashing! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.5.1.2
Salt formation by reaction of base metals with dilute acids

To allow reaction of hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid with reactive metals. To investigate which gas forms during these reactions.
Setup
Warning notes
Hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid are corrosive! Use protective goggles! Caution when carrying out the oxyhydrogen test! Do not do it close to the test tube rack! Protect long hair against catching fire! During concentration by evaporation there is the danger of splashing!

Apparatus
1 2 1 6 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
clamp attach the stand ring with a wire gauze to the stand. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly over to one side and place the triangle on the wire gauze. - Fill the four test tubes as follows: test tube 1: with one spatula tip of iron powder, test tube 2: with 3 pieces of zinc, test tube 3: with a spatula tip of magnesium powder, test tube 4: with a spatula tip of aluminium powder. - Into the first two test tubes add in addition 6 ml of dilute sulfuric acid and in the two last test tubes the same quantity of dilute hydrochloric acid. Collect the released gases in a test tube placed upside-down over the reaction tube and carry out the oxyhydrogen test. Carry out the partial experiments one after the other! - Transfer 10 drops of each the solutions produced on watch glass dishes and concentrate by evaporation.
Methods for making salt 1 2 Reaction of Reaction of

1 2
SEI 409
Chemicals
aluminium, swarf or powder ................................ iron powder, coarse............................................. magnesium, powder ............................................ hydrochloric acid, 10% ........................................ sulfuric acid, dilute............................................... zinc, granulated ................................................... 670 2600 671 8270 673 1100 674 6800 674 7920 675 4800
CK 1.5.1.3
Salt formation by reaction of metal oxides with dilute acids

To react metal oxides with acids.
Setup
Warning notes
Hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid cause chemical burns! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire! During concentration by evaporation there is the danger of splashing!

clamp attach the stand ring with a wire gauze to the stand. Place the burner below the ring. Bend the 3 protruding ends of the wire triangle evenly over to one side and place the triangle on the wire gauze. Place a spatula tip of iron(III) oxide into a test tube and add 5 to 6 ml dilute hydrochloric acid. Briefly warm the test tube. As soon as the reaction has come to an end, transfer 10 drops to a watch glass dish and concentrate by evaporation. Place a spatula tip of magnesium oxide or copper(II) oxide into a test tube and add 4 to 5 ml of dilute sulfuric acid. Continue the partial experiments as described above.
Apparatus
1 2 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SEI 409 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Complete the overview in experiments 1.5.1.1 and 1.5.1.2:
Methods for making salt 1 2 3 Reaction of Reaction of Reaction of

1 2
Chemicals
iron(III) oxide ....................................................... copper(II) oxide, powder...................................... magnesium oxide .........................................from hydrochloric acid, 10% ........................................ sulfuric acid, dilute............................................... 671 9000 672 9500 673 1100 674 6800 674 7920
CK 1.5.1.4
Formation of salts by precipitation reactions

To produce salt by precipitation reactions.
Setup

- Fill all the test tubes to 1/3 with distilled water. - In the first test tube dissolve a small spatula tip of copper(II)
sulphate and in the second dissolve the same quantity of iron(II) sulphate. To both solutions add several drops of barium chloride solution. - In the third and the forth test tubes dissolve the same quantity of sodium chloride or manganese(II) chloride. Add a few drops of silver nitrate solution to these solutions.
Methods for making salts 1 2 3 4 Reaction of Reaction of Reaction of

Apparatus
4 2 2 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
1 2
Chemicals 4
barium chloride solutions, 10%.....................from iron(II) sulphate ................................................... manganese(II) chloride........................................ copper(II) sulphate .............................................. sodium chloride ................................................... silver nitrate solution, 5% .................................... SEI 409 670 7200 671 9110 672 2100 672 9630 673 5710 674 8710
What can barium chloride and silver nitrate solutions be used for in chemistry?
Warning notes
Barium chloride and manganese(II) chloride are harmful to health when swallowed! Silver nitrate causes chemical burns! Wear protective goggles!
CK 1.5.1.5
Determination of the heat of neutralisation

To determine the heat of neutralisation for hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide solution.
Setup

- Place the beaker into the insulating container. Using the
measuring cylinder 50 ml of sodium hydroxide solution and pour it into the beaker. Close the insulating container and insert the thermometer through the large opening. Measure the temperature every minute until it is constant. At the same time gently swill the insulated container with the beaker and stir with the thermometer. Note down the constant starting temperature. Use the measuring cylinder to measure 50 ml of hydrochloric acid. Also insert the funnel in addition through the large opening in the lid of the insulated container and pour in the hydrochloric acid. Remove the funnel carefully (without dripping any adhering liquid onto the insulating container). Again move the container and stir with the thermometer. Read off the temperature. Continue to measure the temperature every 0.5 min until it has stopped increasing. Note down the final temperature.
Starting temperature: C C K
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 thermometer -10 ... +150 C .............................382 33 heat insulating container ...................................384 51 beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 funnel ................................................................665 009 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966
Final temperature: Temperature difference:
Formulate the reaction equation and calculate the heat of neutralisation in J and J/mol. The specific heat capacity of water is 4.19 J/(g K).
Chemicals
hydrochloric acid, 10 % (~2.8 mol/l) .................... 674 6800 sodium hydroxide solution, 10% (~2.8 mol/l)....... 673 8440
SEI 409
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide solution and hydrochloric acid are corrosive! Avoid contact with the skin! Wear protective goggles!
CK 1.5.2.1 Growing crystals

To produce seed crystals and to grow salt crystals.
Setup

Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 beakers, 400 ml ................................................664 131 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 incubator ................................................... e.g. 666 804 burner paper clips pipe cleaner thread non-water-soluble glue
-
clamp attach the stand ring with a wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Fill the 100 ml beaker half with water. Heat the water to 60 C and produce a saturated copper (II) sulphate solution. Decant the solution from the sediment and keep it in a dustfree place for 3 days. As soon as several larger crystals have formed (see crystals) remove them carefully with tweezers and dry them on a round filter. Place the sediment and the seed crystal solution into a 400 ml beaker and top up with water to 150 ml. Heat the solution to 60 C and produce a saturated salt solution by the addition of copper(II) sulphate. Attach a seed crystal to a piece of thin string by means of glue. Tie the string to the middle of a glass rod or wooden rod and suspend the crystal in the solution. Keep the solution at approx. 35 C in an incubator for several days. Make a small "coral structure" from pipe cleaners and weigh its feet with paper clips. Place 200 ml of water into a 400 ml beaker, heat to 60 C and produce a saturated copper (II) sulphate solution. Decant carefully from the sediment and place the "structure" into the solution. Keep the solution at approx. 80 C in an incubator for two hours. Then carefully stir the solution with a glass rod without touching the structure.
Carefully look at the crystals that have formed. Explain the results.
Chemicals
SEI 409 copper(II) sulphate pentahydrate ........................ 672 9630
Warning notes
Heavy metal salts are harmful to health when swallowed! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.5.2.3 Freezing mixtures

To produce freezing mixtures by dissolving various salts in water
Setup

- Fill the beaker with 25 ml of water and measure the water
temperature.
- Add 62.5 g of calcium chloride while stirring. - As
soon as the salt has dissolved determine the temperature of the solution. - Fill the second beaker also with 25 ml of water. Dissolve in it 8.3 g of ammonium chloride and the same quantity of potassium nitrate. Then measure the temperature of this "freezing mixture".
Water temperature Composition of the freezing mixture Temperature of the freezing mixture
Apparatus
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 weighing scales
Chemicals
ammonium chloride ............................................. 670 4010 calcium chloride................................................... 671 2400 potassium nitrate ................................................ 672 6800
Warning notes
Potassium nitrate is a fire hazard when making contact with flammable substances. Ammonium chloride and calcium chloride are harmful to health if swallowed and irritate the eyes. Do not inhale the dust! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles! SEI 409
CK 1.5.2.4
Determination of the heat of solution of salts

To determine the heat of solution of ammonium chloride.
Setup

- Insert the aluminium beaker into the insulating container. -
Pour in 100 ml of water by means of the graduated cylinder. Close the insulating container with the lid and insert the thermometer through the large opening. Measure the temperature until it is constant. Occasionally stir lightly with the thermometer. Note down the starting temperature. In the 100 ml beaker weigh out 10.0 g ammonium chloride. Remove the thermometer and take off the cover of the insulating container. Add the 10.0 g of ammonium chloride to the water and dissolve it by carefully stirring with the thermometer for approx. half a minute. Close the insulating container again. Continue measuring the temperature with the thermometer until it stops dropping any further. During this time occasionally stir lightly and swirl the container. Note down the lowest temperature of the salt solution.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 heat insulating container ...................................384 51 aluminium calorimeter.......................................384 52 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 thermometer -10 ... +150 C .............................382 33 weighing scales Water temperature: Temperature difference: C K
Temperature of the salt solution: C
Calculate the heat of solution in J and J/mol. (specific heat capacity of water: c = 4.19 J/(g K); 1 mol ammonium chloride = 53.5 g/mol)
Chemicals
ammonium chloride ............................................. 670 4010
SEI 409
Warning notes
Ammonium chloride is harmful to health if swallowed and irritates the eyes. Do not inhale the dust! Wear protective goggles!
CK 1.6.1.1
The behaviour of metals when they are heated

To find differentiating features for metals. To research how metals behave when they are heated.
Setup

- Carefully look at all the metals and then describe their
colour.
- Place
a spatula tip of aluminium powder into the conflagration spoon and heat strongly in the burner flame. - Pour the residue into the evaporating dish and repeat the experiment with the other metals. Carefully clean the conflagration spoon between the experiments. - Hold a piece of aluminium sheet using the crucible tongs and heat strongly in the hot part of the burner flame. - Repeat this part experiment in a similar way with the other metal sheets. Cool hot metals on the work plate and allow the melting metals to drop on the plate
Colour after heating Melts in the burner flame
Metal Aluminium Iron
Symbol
Colour
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 conflagration spoon ..........................................666 984 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667100
Copper
Zinc
Chemicals
aluminium, sheets ............................................... aluminium, powder .............................................. iron, powder ........................................................ copper, sheet ...................................................... copper, powder.................................................... zinc, powder ........................................................ 670 2390 670 2600 671 8300 672 8610 672 8800 675 4900
SEI 409
Warning notes
CK 1.6.1.2
The causes of the changes to metals when they are heated

To show experimentally what is(are) the cause(s) for the chemical changes to metals when they are heated.
Setup

- Cut out a piece of copper sheet 7 x 7 cm and fold it in the
middle. Fold the open edges over and tap them tight with the hammer to make a kind of small envelope. Hold the copper envelope with the crucible tongs and heat strongly in the burner flame. After cooling, open the envelope and look at its outside and inside. Place a small piece of copper sheet into a test tube and heat strongly. Fill the second test tube to approx. 2 cm with paraffin and also place a small piece of copper in it. Then carefully heat until the paraffin boils.
Copper envelope Outside Colour/appearance before heating after heating
Apparatus
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 test tube holder .................................................667 031 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner ruler hammer cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667 100
Inside
Compare the results of the part experiments and interpret them.
Chemicals
copper sheet, thin................................................ 672 8610 paraffin, viscous .................................................. 674 0820
SEI 409
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! When heating up paraffin highly flammable vapours form! Warning! Danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles!
CK 1.6.1.3 Even metals will burn

To burn various metal powders in the burner flame and to draw conclusions from the intensity of the reactions.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Connect the bellows with the glass tube. - Carefully fill the tube with a little iron powder and clamp
horizontally to the stand. Place the burner on the work table and light it. Open the air supply slightly. - Blow the metal powder into the not very visible part of the burner flame by means of the bellows. - Clean the glass tube and repeat the experiment with other metal powders.
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 glass tube, 80 x 8 mm.......................................665 201 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 rubber bellows ..................................................667 241 burner sun glasses cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667 100 Enter the metal powder in order of strength of reaction into the table: Metal powder Aluminium Magnesium Zinc Iron Copper Draw conclusions from the filled-in table. Flame colour Reaction equation
Chemicals
aluminium, powder .............................................. iron, powder ........................................................ copper, powder.................................................... magnesium, powder ............................................ zinc, powder ........................................................ 670 2600 671 8300 672 8800 673 1100 675 4900
Where can a similar combustion of metal powders be observed in our environment?
SEI 409
Warning notes
Caution when burning metal powders! Protect the eyes with sun glasses against excessively bright light! Set up the experiment in such a way that other students are not endangered by flying sparks! Protect long hair against catching fire! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints using water!
CK 1.6.1.4
Rusting (rusting as an oxidation process)

To investigate what happens during rusting.
Setup

- Insert some iron wool into a test tube and push down as far
as possible with the glass rod. Warning! Do not compact firmly! - Slightly dampen the iron wool. - Fill the beaker approx. half with water and place the test tube with the opening pointing downwards. Then store for a week. - Close the test tube with the thumb and remove it from the beaker. Then hold a burning wooden splint in it.
Observations
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 burner
Evaluation
Draw conclusions from the observations. Which part of the air is consumed during rusting?
Chemicals
iron, wool............................................................. 671 8400
Warning notes
SEI 409
CK 1.6.1.5
Protection against rusting by hot-dip tin plating and dip-galvanizing

To protect iron objects against corrosion by hot dip tin plating and hot dip galvanising.
Setup

clamp the stand ring with a wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Degrease two iron nails with a cotton-wool ball soaked in petroleum spirit and place them in the Petri dish. Add dilute hydrochloric acid until the nails are covered. Allow the acid to work for several minutes. Fill approx. half a crucible with tin foil. Place the crucible onto the wire triangle and melt the content. Take an iron nail from the acid bath using tweezers and briefly dip into the tin melt. Allow the tin-coated nail to cool down briefly and then place it on the work top. Repeat the experiment in a similar way using zinc. Fill the cover of the Petri dish with some water and place the three nails inside. Leave for several days.
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 crucible .............................................................664 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 iron nails, bright burner cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667 100
Evaluation
Interpret the results. What is the relevance of the tin layer or the zinc layer?
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C............................. hydrochloric acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l) ............ cotton wool .......................................................... zinc, rod............................................................... tin, foil.................................................................. 670 8220 674 6920 675 3550 675 5000 675 5700
SEI 409
Warning notes
Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! During degreasing extinguish all flames! Afterwards immediately remove the storage bottle from the experimentation table! Wear protective goggles! Hydrochloric acid is corrosive! Protect long hair against catching fire! Caution when handling liquid metal!
CK 1.6.1.6
Changes to the properties of steel on heat treatment

To find out how the properties of steel change on soft annealing, hardening and tempering. To precisely observe and record the tempering colours. of steel
Setup
Steel, untreated Soft annealing Hardening Tempering
Evaluation
Interpret the results. Note down the tempering colours and estimate the associated temperatures.
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 3 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 burner razor blades, blunt abrasive paper
Tempering colour: Temp. (C): Tempering colour: Temp. (C):
Warning notes

- Heat a razor blade held in the crucible tongs for several
SEI 409
minutes in the hot part of the burner flame. Then reduce the air supply and allow the blade to slowly cool down in the flame. For the final cooling place the blade onto the wire gauze. Then check the elasticity and compare it to an untreated blade. Fill the beaker with water. Heat the second razor blade until it glows. Dip into the cold water while glowing. Then again test the elasticity. Adjust the burner flame so that it is just not glowing and slowly enter the third razor blade into the flame from above. At the same time carefully observe the surface. Clean the second (hardened) razor blade with abrasive paper and enter it into the flame in a similar way. Heat until the violet tempering colour appears. After cooling check the elasticity again.
Observations
Heat treatment Elasticity
CK 1.6.1.7 Soldering

To make a soldered joint between copper sheets. To find out what the chemical function of the flux is.
Setup

- Cut out six pieces of copper sheet (approx. 2 x 6 cm). Place
pairs of sheets on top of each other so that they overlap. Fasten the overlaps with the paperclips. - Hold the first of the sheets to be soldered with the crucible tongs and heat them in a horizontal position in the burner flame. Place some solder onto the joint with the pincers and continue heating until the solder melts. Then allow the sheets to cool down on the work top. - Heat the next two sheets in the burner flame and sprinkle some borax onto the overlap. As soon as the borax has melted place some solder on the joint and melt. Then allow the sheets to cool down. - Repeat the experiment. Instead of borax use ammonium chloride.
Check the soldered joints. What happens when the flux is applied (here borax or ammonium chloride)?
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 cover plate ................................................ e.g. 667 100 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner paperclips
Chemicals
ammonium chloride ............................................. 670 4010 copper, sheet ...................................................... 672 8610 sodium tetraborate (borax) .................................. 673 7910 solder
SEI 409
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! Ventilate the room well! Wear pair of protective goggles! Do not breathe in vapour!
CK 1.6.1.8 Silver mirror

To make a silver mirror.
Setup

- Degrease the two test tubes using propanone. - Place a large spatula tip of glucose into a test tube and
dissolve in approx. 5 ml distilled water.

- Pour 5 ml of silver nitrate solution into the second test tube
and add sufficient ammonia solution to cause the precipitation that has just formed to dissolve again. - Fill the beaker with hot water. - Pour the ammoniacal silver nitrate solution into the glucose solution. Mix well by shaking gently. Place the mixture into the hot water bath. - As soon as the reaction has come to an end pour the excess solution into a container kept ready for this purpose.
Explain the observations. What is the purpose of the glucose?
Apparatus
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
Chemicals
acetone (2-propanone)........................................ ammonia solution, dilute...............................from D(+) glucose........................................................ silver nitrate solution, 5% .................................... hot water 670 0410 670 3600 672 1100 674 8710
SEI 409
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Silver nitrate causes chemical burns! Ammonia liquor irritates the eyes, breathing organs and the skin! Ventilate the room well! Wear protective goggles!
CK 1.6.2.1 Production of charcoal

To char wood.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand setup I. - Fill 1/3 of the test tube with pieces of wood and clamp hori-
zontally to the stand. - Insert the glass nozzle carefully into the stopper and close the test tube with the silicone stopper in such a way that the opening of the nozzle points upwards. - Carefully heat the wood pieces and try to light the escaping gases with a burning wooden splint. - After approx. 5 minutes stop the heating and allow the test tube to cool down. Then investigate the contents of the test tube.
Label the experimental setup illustrated on the left appropriately. What might one alternatively call this wood charring process?
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 test tube, Supremax..........................................664 048 glass nozzle, angled 90 ...................................665 238 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole .........................667 286 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Chemicals
glycerine, 99%, 250 ml ........................................ 672 1210
SEI 409
Warning notes
Harmful gases are formed! Do not breathe in the vapour! Ventilate the room well! Improve sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 1.6.2.2 Activated charcoal

To make activated charcoal from normal charcoal. To investigate the special properties of activated charcoal.
Setup

- Set up basic stand I and attach the stand ring with a wire
triangle in place of the universal clamp. Place the burner below the ring. Fill the crucible to 2/3 with small pieces of charcoal and place it onto the wire triangle. Close the crucible and strongly heat the contents of the crucible for approx. 10 min until no further gas is developed. Then allow to cool down and crush the activated charcoal produced in this way in the mortar. Fill the first test tube to approx. half way with water, add a tiny drop of perfume and two spatulas full of activated charcoal. Close the test tube and shake firmly. Then check the smell of the solution. Then fill the second test tube also with water and colour with a drop of litmus solution. Add 2 spatulas full of activated charcoal and gently warm for approx. 3 min. Allow the charcoal to settle.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 crucible .............................................................664 003 lid for crucible....................................................664 008 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 wire triangle with clay sleeves...........................666 688 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pestle ................................................................667 091 mortar ...............................................................667 092 rubber stopper ..................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Compare the results and draw conclusions.
SEI 409
Chemicals
litmus solution...................................................... 672 9950 charcoal pieces from experiment 1.6.2.1 perfume
Warning notes
CK 1.6.2.4 Sulfur properties (allotropes)

To investigate how sulfur changes when it is heated.
Setup

- Fill both the beakers half full with water. - Fill the test tube to approx. 5 cm with sulfur powder. Gently
heat the sulfur until it melts. To avoid overheating occasionally shake the test tube. Observe the melt. Then continue heating until the sulfur starts boiling. Observe the melt carefully. Pour part of the highly heated sulfur into a beaker with water. Investigate the material formed by this method. Continue heating until the sulfur boils. Fill the crucible to 2/3 with sulfur powder and carefully heat using the crucible tongs in the burner flame until a honey yellow melt has formed. Allow the melt to cool down slowly. As soon as a thin crust has formed, perforate it with the glass rod and pour the melt below into the second beaker. Look at the contents of the crucible with a magnifying glass.
Note the observations in a flow diagram:
Colour State of matter
heating
Apparatus
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beakers, 100 ml ................................................602 022 crucible .............................................................664 003 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube holder .................................................667 031 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 magnifier ........................................................ . 667 127 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner cover plate................................................. e.g. 667 100
heating heating
Colour
quenching heating
State of matter
Chemicals
SEI 409 sulfur powder....................................................... 674 7610
Warning notes
Protect long hair against catching fire! Wear protective goggles! Make sure that sulfur vapour is not lit! Adjust the burner flame appropriately!
CK 1.6.2.5 Iodine and its properties

To investigate the solubility of iodine. To find out how iodine can be identified. To demonstrate how iodine reacts with metals.
Setup

- Fill three test tubes as follows:
test tube 1: half with distilled water, test tube 2: half with methylated spirit, test tube 3: half with petroleum spirit. - Then place a piece of iodine into each test tube using the pincers. Firmly close the test tubes and shake gently. - Add to the contents of test tube 1 several drops of starch solution. - Cut out a piece of copper sheet (approx. 5 x 5 cm) and place it in the Petri dish. Place a piece of iodine onto the sheet by means of the pincers and close the Petri dish immediately with the cover. Look at the copper sheet after approx. 30 min.
Observations/evaluation Apparatus Solvent

3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 Petri dish...........................................................664 183 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stoppers.................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
Solubility of iodine
Colour of the solution
Distilled water Methylated spirit Petroleum spirit
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C............................. methylated spirit (denatured ethanol) .................. iodine................................................................... copper, sheet ...................................................... starch solution ..............................................from 670 8220 670 9990 672 3700 672 8610 674 9220 Description: Symbol: State of aggregation: Colour: Properties:
SEI 409
Applications:
Warning notes
Methylated spirit and petroleum spirit are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Iodine is harmful to health if breathed in or in contact with the skin! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Ventilate the room well!
CK 2.1.1.1
The common characteristic of all organic substances

To find out by heating what the common characteristic of all organic substances is.
Setup

- Fill the test tubes as follows and label correspondingly:
test tube 1: to 0.5 cm with sugar, test tube 2: to 0.5 cm with starch, test tube 3: to 0.5 cm with sodium chloride, test tube 4: to 0.5 cm with copper(II) sulphate, test tube 5: to 0.5 cm with lithium chloride. - Heat each test tube one after the other for approx. 3 min in the burner flame.
Note down the observations: Colour Organic compounds before heating after heating
Apparatus
6 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner felt tip pen labels
Sugar Starch Inorganic compounds Sodium chloride Copper (II) sulphate Lithium chloride What is the cause for the colour change of the organic compounds?
Chemicals
copper(II) sulphate pentahydrate ........................ lithium chloride .................................................... sodium chloride ................................................... D(+) saccharose.................................................. starch ................................................................. 672 9630 673 0510 673 5710 674 6050 674 9220 What is the common characteristic of all organic compounds?
SEI 409
Warning notes
When heating organic substances, vapours which are harmful to health can be created. Ventilate the room well! Do not breathe in the vapours! Protect long hair against catching fire! Wear protective goggles!
CK 2.1.1.2
The waste gas which forms during the combustion of all organic substances
Investigation to determine the waste gas from combustion.
Setup

- Rinse both beakers with calcium hydroxide solution. - Place approx. 6 drops of methylated spirit into the first
evaporating dish and set alight. Hold a beaker with the opening downwards above the flame. - Repeat the experiment in the same way using petroleum spirit.
Draw conclusions from the observations. With what gas does lime water react? (Formulate the corresponding reaction equation.)
Apparatus
1 1 2 2 2 1 beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 matches working gloves .......................................... e.g. 663 609
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100 140 C............................. 670 8220 methylated spirit .................................................. 670 9990 calcium hydroxide solution ...........................from 671 2910
Warning notes
Methylated spirit and petroleum spirit are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames during decanting! Immediately close the bottles after taking the liquids out and remove them from the area where the experiment is carried out! Calcium hydroxide solution causes chemical burns! Wear protective goggles! Protect hair and hands against burns!
SEI 409
CK 2.1.1.3
The classical detection method for carbon

To detect carbon as the basic constituent of urea by means of the so-called "classical" carbon detection method.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Place 2 spatulas of urea into the Supremax test tube
(difficult to melt) and add approx. 6 spatulas of copper(II) oxide. Clamp the glass horizontally onto the stand. - Insert the short side of the angled tube carefully into the silicone stopper. Close the test tube attached to the stand with the stopper in such a way that the opening points downwards. - Fill a clean test tube to 1/3 with calcium hydroxide solution and place it below the angled tube. The tube must dip into the solution. - First of all heat the copper(II) oxide and then the urea. After approx. 5 min. stop the experiment. Before turning off the burner, remove the angled tube from the calcium hydroxide solution.
Observations:
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 2 test tubes...................................................from 664 042 1 test tube, Supremax ...........................................664 048 1 angled tube, 250/50 mm.....................................665 231 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 spatula, double ended ........................................666 962 1 test tube holder...................................................667 031 1 test tube rack......................................................667 050 1 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole ...........................667 286 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 burner
Evaluation:
Which basic constituents of organic compounds were detected simultaneously?
Chemicals
SEI 409 calcium hydroxide solution, saturated ..........from 671 2910 glycerine................................................................672 1210 urea .......................................................................672 1710 copper(II) oxide .....................................................672 9500
Warning notes:
Calcium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Improve sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Protect long hair against catching fire! Protect hands against burns when removing the angled tube!
CK 2.2.1.1 Dry distillation of coal

To carry out a dry distillation of anthracite coal.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand setup I. - Fill 1/4 of the test tube with pieces of anthracite coal and
clamp horizontally to the stand.

- Insert the glass nozzle carefully into the stopper and close
the test tube with the silicone stopper in such a way that the opening of the nozzle points upwards. - First of all warm the entire test tube. Then carefully heat the anthracite coal and try to light the escaping gases with a burning wooden splint. - After approx. 5 minutes stop the heating and carefully observe the contents of the test tube.
Observations
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 wooden splints ........................................from 661 083 1 test tube, Supremax..........................................664 048 1 glass nozzle, 8 mm , angled 90 ....................665 238 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole .........................667 286 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 burner
Evaluation
Write a description: Description: gregation: rence/production: Formula:State of agColour: Occur-
Chemicals
glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 anthracite pieces, small
SEI 409
Warning notes
Harmful gases are formed! Do not breathe in the vapours! Ventilate the room well! Improve the sliding of silicone-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 2.2.1.4
Determination of the melting temperature of paraffin

To determine the melting temperature of paraffin.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. - Fill a test tube to approx. 2 cm with hard paraffin and clamp -
vertically to the stand. Then carefully heat the test tube over a small flame until most of the paraffin has melted. Extinguish the burner flame and immerse the thermometer into the melt and stir carefully until it starts solidifying. Read off the solidification temperature. Then heat up again, remove the thermometer and clean it. Repeat the experiment with soft paraffin.
Enter the measured values into the table and interpret them.
Paraffin type
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner paper tissues
Melting temperature
Hard paraffin Soft paraffin
Chemicals
paraffin, solid ....................................................... 674 0700 paraffin, soft ........................................................ 674 0750 paraffin, viscous .................................................. 674 0820 SEI 409
Warning notes
Protect long hair against burning!
CK 2.2.2.2 Crude oil distillation

To divide crude oil into its "fractions" by distillation.
Setup
Warning notes:
During the distillation of crude oil highly flammable substances are formed! Extinguish all flames! Wear protective goggles! Ventilate the room well! Add boiling stones to prevent delay in boiling!

- Set up basic stand setup II. Attach to each of the stand
tubes a universal clamp. Grease the joints.

- Fill approx. half of the round-bottom flask with crude oil and
Apparatus
2 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm long .......................................301 28 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C ...........................382 33 1 bath vessel .........................................................607 0721 stopcock grease ........................................from 661 082 boiling stones ............................................from 661 091 1 beaker ................................................................664 130 1 watch glass dish .................................................664 153 1 plastic tank .........................................................664 194 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml....................................664 243 1 round-bottom flask, 100 ml .................................664 300 1 round-bottom flask, 250 ml .................................664 301 1 distillation bridge after Claisen............................665 338 1 joint clip ..............................................................665 397 2 universal clamps.................................................666 555 2 stand rods, 45 cm long .......................................666 609 1 hotplate ..............................................................666 767 2 rubber hoses .............................................from 667 181 1 rubber stopper ....................................................667 260 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601
-
add 5 boiling stones. Place the flask into the heater bath and clamp to the stand. Mount the distillation bridge after Claisen on the roundbottom flask and attach to the stand by means of the universal clamp. Insert the thermometer into the right-hand inlet of the bridge and close the second opening by means of a GL cap. Attach by means of the joint clip on the delivery tube the 100 ml round-bottom flask as the distillation receiver. For better heat insulation wrap the upper part of the flask and the bridge in aluminium foil. Then attach the rubber hosing to the cooler (lower hose to the tap, the upper one to the drain). Then allow the water to flow slowly through the cooler. Fill approx half of the plastic tank with ice pieces and use for cooling the distillation receiver. Heat using the water bath, first gently for 10 min, then more intensively. When the crude oil start to boil, immediately turn down the temperature. When 150 C is reached pour the contents of the distillation receiver into an Erlemeyer flask, switch off the water cooling an empty the cooler. Close the Erlenmeyer flask. Exchange the heater bath with a sand bath. When the distillation receiver reaches 250C, empty the contents into a beaker and cover with a watch glass dish. When approx 310 C is reached, terminate the experiment and switch off the heating. Close the flask containing the last fraction.
Observations: Evaluation:
Correlate the temperature ranges to the products: Temperature range Product
SEI 409
Chemicals
crude oil ................................................................674 5820 aluminium foil .......................................e.g. from 661 081 ice cubes
CK 2.2.2.3
Precipitation of bituminous components in crude oil

To precipitate out bituminous crude oil components by means of a suitable solvent and to investigate them.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I and fit the funnel vertically in the
clamp.
- In the Erlenmeyer flask mix 2 ml of crude oil with 40 ml of
n-pentane. Close the flask carefully and shake firmly. Occasionally open the stopper in order to release the excess pressure in the flask. Leave to stand for approx. 5 min. - Place a beaker under the funnel and filter the solution. - Fill 1/3 of the 400 ml beaker with warm water (approx. 55 C). Fill a test tube to 1 cm with crude oil and then add five times the quantity of propanone. Close the test tube and shake. - Remove the stopper and heat the test tube in a water bath to approx. 50 C. Close the test tube again and shake firmly. Occasionally open the stopper. Leave to settle for approx. 15 min. Place the second test tube under the funnel and filter the mixture.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 round filter................................................from 661 035 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml, SB 29.......................664 243 funnel ................................................................665 009 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stopper ..................................................667 253 rubber stopper, SB 29.......................................667 260 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
Investigate the residues and compare them.
Chemicals
acetone .............................................................. 670 0410 n-Pentane............................................................ 674 1110 crude oil............................................................... 674 5820 or residue from the atmospheric distillation warm water SEI 409
Warning notes
Propanone and n-pentane are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles! Ventilate the room well! Wear protective gloves!
CK 2.2.2.4
Properties of individual crude oil fractions

To investigate some properties of examples of crude oil fractions.

- Investigate the colour of the crude oil fraction. - Fill the measuring pipette with the sample up to the 10 ml
mark. On the teacher's signal, all groups simultaneously empty the content of the pipettes into the storage container (Erlenmeyer flask). The groups report as soon as the the pipette is empty of contents. - Compare in which order the individual crude oil fractions are emptied. If the result is not unambiguous repeat the filling and emptying of the pipettes. - Fill 5 drops of raw petroleum spirit into a watch glass dish. Try to light the raw gasoline by means of a burning match. - Repeat the partial experiment with paraffin oil and gas oil.
Observations/evaluation Crude oil fraction Apparatus

3 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ..................................664 243 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 rubber stopper ..................................................667 260 matches
Colour
Sequence of emptying
Viscosity
Raw gasoline Kerosene, paraffin oil Gas oil Diesel Crude oil fraction Raw gasoline Flammability Applications
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100-140 C................................ 670 8220 petroleum ether, 40-70C .................................... 674 2210 crude oil fractions from experiment 2.2.2.2
Kerosene, paraffin oil Gas oil, Diesel
Warning notes
SEI 409 Be careful when handling crude oil fractions! After having taken out the samples, remove the storage bottles (here Erlenmeyer flasks) immediately from the place where the experiment is being carried out, and do not store them close to open flames! Protect long hair against catching fire! Ventilate the room well!
CK 2.2.2.6
Determination of the flash point of crude oil fractions

To determine the flash points of the various crude oil fractions.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand setup I. - Fill the beaker to approx 2 cm below the rim with paraffin oil
and place it on the hotplate.

- Place the cover plate on the beaker. Clamp the thermome-
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 wooden splint....................................e.g. from 661 083 cover disk for determining the flashpoint. .........664 226 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 hotplate
ter to the stand in such a way that it reaches as far as possible into the liquid through the hole in the cover disk. It must not touch the bottom of the beaker. Measure the temperature. Light the burner and slightly throttle the air supply. Light a wooden splint with the burner flame. Carry out the first ignition test of the sample using the burning wooden splint. Control the heating in such a way that the temperature increases by approx. 3 C per minute. With each temperature increase by 2 C carry out further ignition experiments. As soon as on the surface of the paraffin oil a blue flame briefly spreads the flashpoint has been reached. End the heating and extinguish the burner flame. After carefully cleaning the apparatus repeat the experiment with heating oil and diesel fuel.
Fill the table and interpret the results.
Samples Paraffin oil Heating oil EL Diesel fuel
Starting temperature
Flashpoint
Chemicals
paraffin oil, pure................................................... 674 2110 heating oil EL[0] diesel fuel
SEI 409
Warning notes
Be careful when handling highly flammable liquids! Do not place the burner close to the apparatus for determining the flash point! Immediately after extracting the sample, remove storage bottles away from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Wear protective goggles! Close all windows!
CK 2.2.2.7 Petroleum spirit a solvent

To find out which substances can be dissolved in petroleum spirit.
Setup

- Grind up a spoonful of peanuts in the mortar. Then add 3 ml
of petroleum spirit and stir briefly.

- Place several drops of the solution so created onto a round
filter and allow the petroleum spirit to evaporate under the extractor. - Pour 4 ml of petroleum spirit into both the test tubes. Add to the contents of the first test tube 10 drops of vegetable oil, and add a spatula tip of margarine to the second test tube. - Close the test tubes and shake firmly.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pestle ................................................................667 091 mortar ...............................................................667 092 rubber stoppers.................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
What is petroleum spirit use for among other uses?
Chemicals
petroleum spirit, 100-140 C................................ 670 8220 vegetable oil margarine peanuts SEI 409
Warning notes
Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Ventilate the room well! Wear protective goggles when shaking!
CK 2.2.3.4 Deparaffination

To deparaffinate the lube oil fraction by means of a suitable solvent.
Setup

- Assemble the basic stand I and clamp the funnel vertically. - Fill approx. half of the plastic tank with crushed ice pieces
and while stirring add a large quantity of sodium chloride until the freezing mixture reaches a temperature of below 10 C. Pour 20 ml of the lube oil fraction into an Erlenmeyer flask and mix with the same quantity of propanone. Close the flask and shake firmly. Remove the stopper and place the flask into the freezing mixture. Filter the cooled solution into the 250 ml beaker. Carefully scrape the residue off the filter and place into a test tube. Fill the 400 ml beaker to 2/3 with hot water and place the test tube in it. After the contents have melted allow the test tube to cool down in the test tube rack.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 round filter................................................from 661 035 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 plastic tank........................................................664 194 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ..................................664 243 funnel ................................................................665 004 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stopper ..................................................667 260 pair of protective goggles .................................667 601
Chemicals
SEI 409 acetone ............................................................... 670 0410 sodium chloride ................................................... 673 5710 lube oil fraction from a vacuum distillation ice cubes hot water
Warning notes
2-propanone is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! During shaking there is the danger of splashing! Wear protective goggles!
CK 2.2.3.5
Deparaffination by extractive crystallisation by means of urea

To remove higher-molecular n-alkanes from a lube oil fraction by means of urea.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I and clamp on the funnel. - Pour approx. 20 ml of methylated spirit into the beaker and
while stirring add sufficient urea to produce a saturated solution. Pour approx. 1.5 ml of the lube oil fraction into a test tube and add 20 ml of the saturated urea solution. Close the test tube and shake firmly. Leave the mixed liquids for approx. 1 day. Then filter into a second test tube. Place the residue into the third test tube and mix with double the quantity of water. Close the test tube with a stopper and shake briefly.
Note down your observations and explain the principle of deparaffination.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 SEI 409 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 100 ml [0] .............................................664 101 funnel, 75 mm ...............................................665 009 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stopper ..................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
Chemicals
urea ..................................................................... 672 1710 methanol ............................................................. 673 2700 lube oil fraction from a vacuum distillation
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Methanol is toxic when breathed in or swallowed! Ventilate the room well! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles and gloves!
CK 2.3.1.1 Production of "wood spirit"

To produce "wood spirit" (methanol) by dry distillation.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. Fill the Supremax test tube to 2/3
with wood chips and attach to the stand horizontally.

- Insert the short side of the angled tube into the silicone
Apparatus
2 bossheads ........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 wooden splints .........................................from 661 083 3 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 1 test tube, Supremax..........................................664 048 1 test tube with side tap .......................................664 058 1 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 1 watch glass dish ...............................................664 153 1 angled tube, 250/50 mm ...................................665 231 1 glass nozzle, 8 mm , angled 90 ....................665 238 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 2 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 1 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 1 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 256 1 silicone stopper, SB 19, 1 hole .........................667 286 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 1 burner 1 piece of rubber hose .........................e.g. from 667 181
-
stopper and close the glass with the stopper in such a way that the opening of the tube points downwards. Use the test tube with side tap as a distillation receiver. Fit the test tube with a perforated rubber stopper. Connect the two test tubes by inserting the long side of the angled tube so far into the hole that it ends 3 cm above the bottom of the test tube. Fill the beaker to 2/3 with a freezing mixture (ice, water, sodium chloride) and use as cooling for the distillation receiver. Fit the glass nozzle with a flash-back arrester (wire wool) and connect with the opening pointing upwards to the side opening of the test tube. First of all warm the entire Supremax test tube. Then heat the wood strongly. Light the escaping gases. End the heating as soon as no further distillate forms. Extinguish the burner flame. After cooling down, remove the distillation receiver and draw off the lighter coloured layer of the distillate by means of the pipette. Place several drops onto a watch glass dish and test if it is flammable.
Observations
Evaluation
Write a description for methanol: Description: Empirical formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Substance group: Properties: Occurrence/Production: Applications:
Chemicals
glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 sodium chloride ................................................... 673 5710 iron wool.............................................................. 671 8400 ice cubes SEI 409
Warning notes
Harmful substances are formed! Ventilate the room well! Do not breathe in the vapours! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Protect long hair against catching fire! Improve the sliding of silicon-glass joints and rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol. Only light the escaping gas after a negative oxyhydrogen test!
CK 2.3.1.2 Alcoholic fermentation

To ferment a solution containing sugar.
Setup

- Fill the Erlenmeyer flask with 120 ml of grape juice and
while stirring add 3 spoonfuls of dextrose. Stir until the sugar has dissolved. Mix the solution with 5 g of crumbled-up yeast and shake slightly. Carefully insert the rubber stopper and fit the flask with the fermentation tube. Fill half the fermentation tube with calcium hydroxide solution and loosely close with cotton wool. Store the Erlenmeyer flask for approx. 1 week in a warm place.
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ..................................664 243 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 safety tube (fermentation tube) .........................665 643 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 261 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
Observations
Evaluation
Test and compare the smell of the starting product and the end product. Formulate the equation in words and/or as a reaction equation. Draw up the description for ethanol.
Chemicals
calcium hydroxide solution ...........................from D(+) glucose........................................................ glycerine.............................................................. cotton wool .......................................................... yeast grape juice (natural) 671 2910 672 1100 672 1210 675 3550 Description: Empirical formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Substance group: Properties: Occurrence/production: Application:
Warning notes
Improve the sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol! Calcium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Use protective goggles! SEI 409
CK 2.3.1.3
Production of pure alcohol by distillation

To distil an alcohol-containing solution. To test the flammability of ethanol.
Setup

- Set up basic stand setup II. Attach a universal clamp to
each of both stand tubes. Grease the joints.

- Fill the round bottom flask to approx. half way with the fil-
Apparatus
2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 bossheads ........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................301 28 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 stopcock grease................................................661 082 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 round-bottom flask, 100 ml ...............................664 300 round-bottom flask, 250 ml ...............................664 301 distillation bridge after Claisen ..........................665 338 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................666 609 rubber tubing............................................from 667 181 pair of protective goggles................................ 667 601 heated bath matches
tered ethanol-water mixture (or wine) and add 4 boiling stones. Place the flask into the heated bath and clamp to the stand. Fit the bulbs to the droppers. Take approx. 8 drops of the mixture of liquids as a sample and place it on the watch glass dish. Mount the Claisen distillation bridge on the round-bottom flask and attach to the stand by means of the universal clamp. By means of the second universal clamp, connect the 100 ml round-bottom flask to the distillation tube as the distillation receiver. Insert the thermometer and close the second opening with a screw cap. Connect the rubber hoses to the cooler. The lower hose serves as the water supply, the upper one as drainage. Carefully heat the contents of the flask. Check the temperature. Terminate the distillation when 90 C is reached. Take approx. 8 drops of the distillate from the distillation receiver and place onto the second watch glass dish and try to light it by means of a match. Do the same with a sample of the starting mixture.
Observations
Evaluation
Label the experimental setup illustrated on the left appropriately. Which property is utilised for distillation? Complete the description from experiment 2.3.1.2: Occurrence/production:
SEI 409
Chemicals
ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... 671 9720 and/or alcoholic drinks or ethanol/water mixture from experiment 2.3.1.2
Warning notes
Ethanol is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! After removing the samples, take away the storage bottles (including the beaker with the distillate) from the place where the experiment is carried out! Ventilate the room well! In order to prevent delay to the boiling, add a few fresh boiling stones to the flask! Wear protective goggles!
CK 2.3.2.1
Identification of alcohols by means of the escape tube test

To detect alcohol in an alcoholic solution by means of the escape tube test.
Setup

- Set up basic stand I. - Filter the ethanol-water mixture into a beaker. - Fill approx. half of the round-bottomed flask with the filtrate
and add 3 to 4 boiling stones. - Place the flask into the heated bath and clamp to the stand rod. - Insert a bit of steel wool loosely into the glass tube and insert the tube into the rubber stopper so that it ends a little below the stopper. Close the round-bottomed flask with the stopper. - Heat the heated bath. As soon as the ethanol-water mixture starts boiling, reduce the temperature and try to light the escaping vapour with the burning splint.
Explain the observations and complete the description.
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 28 1 round filter, 125 mm .............................from 661 035 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 1 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 1 round-bottomed flask, 250 ml ...........................664 301 1 funnel, 75 mm ...............................................665 009 1 glass tube, 300 x 8 mm.....................................665 204 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 256 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 heated bath Description: Empirical formula: State of aggregation: Colour: Substance group: Properties: Production: Applications:
Chemicals
ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... 671 9720 alcoholic drinks (e.g. wine) ethanol-water mixture from experiment 2.3.1.2 steel wool ............................................................ 671 8400 glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 SEI 409
Warning notes
Ethanol vapours are highly flammable! Do not place any burners close to the apparatus! Improve the sliding of rubberglass joints by means of propanetriol. Add boiling stones to prevent delayed boiling. Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 2.3.2.2 Distinguishing methanol and ethanol

To perform the borax test.
Setup

- Place into the first evaporating dish 2 ml of methanol and
into the second dish 2 ml of ethanol.

- Then add to each a spatula tip of borax and stir well. - Ignite the mixtures by means of a burning splint.
Observations
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 burner Complete the corresponding descriptions (experiment 2.3.1.1 and 2.3.1.2):
Chemicals
ethanol ................................................................ 671 9720 methanol ............................................................. 673 2700 sodium tetraborate (borax) .................................. 673 7910
Description: Properties: Description: Properties:
Warning notes
Ethanol and methanol vapours are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames while decanting! Immediately after taking the sample, remove the storage bottles from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Methanol is toxic when breathed in or swallowed! Ventilate the room well! Preferably carry out the experiment under an extractor! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Protect long hair against catching fire!
SEI 409
CK 2.3.2.3 Iodoform test

To carry out the iodoform test

- Fill the beaker to 2/3 with hot water. - Fill the first test tube with approx. 1 ml of methanol and the
Setup
second test tube with the same quantity of ethanol.

- Add to each of the test tubes 2 ml of dilute sodium
hydroxide solution.
- Add iodine potassium iodide solution drop by drop to both
solutions until a weak brown coloration appears.

- Then place the test tubes into the hot water bath for approx.
3 min.
Apparatus
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
Evaluation
Complete the appropriate description: Description: Properties: Description: Properties:
Chemicals
ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... methanol ............................................................. sodium hydroxide solution, dilute ........................ iodine-potassium iodide solution, conc. from potassium iodide .............................................. iodine................................................................ hot water SEI 409 671 9720 673 2700 673 8440 672 6620 672 3700
Warning notes
Ethanol and methanol vapours are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! After taking the sample, remove the storage bottles immediately from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Methanol is toxic when breathed in or swallowed! Ventilate the room well! Preferably carry out the experiment under an extractor! Avoid contact with the skin! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Sodium hydroxide solution is corrosive!
CK 2.3.3.1 Ethanol a solvent

To find out which substances are dissolved in ethanol.
Setup

- Cut up some orange peel or similar. Fill 1/3 of the mortar
with the peel. Add 3 spoonfuls of quartz sand and approx. 10 ml of ethanol. Carefully grind the peel in the mortar for approx. 5 min. - Then add approx. 5 ml of ethanol and continue grinding for a further 2 min. Decant the liquid produced into a test tube. - Cut up some grass or a leaf and pour into a test tube to approx. 2 cm. Add approx. 6 ml of ethanol. Fill 2/3 of the beaker with hot water and place the test tube with the plant material in it for 5 min. - Fill the third test tube to approx. 4 cm with ethanol and add 10 drops of vegetable oil. Then place the test tube into the hot water bath for a few minutes.
Apparatus
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from beaker, 400 ml ................................................ dropper ....................................................from rubber bulb...............................................from graduated pipette, 10 ml ................................. pipetting ball.................................................... spatula, with spoon end, plastic ...................... laboratory knife ............................................... test tube rack .................................................. pestle .............................................................. mortar ............................................................. pair of protective goggles................................ 664 042 664 131 665 953 665 954 665 997 666 003 666 966 667 018 667 050 667 091 667 092 667 6012
Evaluation
Complete the corresponding description: Description: Properties:
Chemicals
ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... 671 9720 sea-sand, cleaned ............................................... 674 8211 grass or leaves peel of citrus fruit vegetable oil
SEI 409
Warning notes
Ethanol is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! During grinding there is the danger of splashing! Use protective goggles! Ventilate the room well!
CK 2.3.3.2 Production of hard spirit

To make hard spirit from methylated spirit.
Setup

- Fill the first 100 ml beaker with 10 ml of distilled water and
while stirring add approx. 3 g of calcium acetate until a saturated solution has formed. - Then add 2 drops of dilute sodium hydroxide solution and pour the mixture into the 400 ml beaker. - Fill the second 100 ml beaker with 75 ml of methylated spirit and 0.5 ml of phenolphthalein solution. Stir well and pour quickly into the big beaker. - Hold a burning splint to the surface of the mixture. Darken the room. After some time extinguish the flame by means of the wire gauze.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 wooden splint...........................................from 661 083 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner weighing scales
Chemicals
methylated spirit .................................................. calcium acetate ................................................... sodium hydroxide solution, 10%.......................... phenolphthalein solution, 1% .............................. SEI 409 670 9990 671 2050 673 8440 674 2500
Warning notes
Methylated spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames when producing hard spirit! Immediately after taking the sample remove the storage bottle from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Sodium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 2.3.3.3
Flammability of an ethanol-water mixture

To test the flammability of ethanol-water mixtures.
Setup

- Make up 3 ml each of a 20, 40, 45 and 70% ethanol solution
from ethanol and water.

- Place 10 drops of the 20% ethanol solution on a watch glass
dish and try to set light to the solution.

- Repeat the experiment with the other ethanol solutions.
Ethanol solution 20% Apparatus

4 4 4 4 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 matches
Flammability
40% 45% 70%
Chemicals
ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... 671 9720
Warning notes
Ethanol is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Immediately after taking the sample remove the storage bottle from the place where the experiment is being carried out! Protect long hair against catching fire! SEI 409
CK 2.3.3.4 Water solubility of various alkanols

To find out about the water solubility of various alkanols.
Setup
Warning notes
Be careful when handling highly flammable liquids! Extinguish all flames! 1-butanol is harmful to health when breathed in! Ventilate the room well! While shaking there is the danger of splashing! Use protective goggles!

- Fill the five test tubes as follows:
test tube 1: with 1 ml of ethanol test tube 2: with 1 ml of 1-propanol test tube 3: with 1 ml of n-butanol test tube 4: with 1 ml of 1-pentanol test tube 5: with 1 spatula tip 1-hexadecanol - Then add 6 ml of distilled water to each of them. - Close the test tubes and shake firmly. - Then place back into the test tube rack and wait for approx. 3 min.
5 1 1 1 1 5 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stoppers.................................................667 253 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 Fill out the table below. Compare the results and draw conclusions.
Chemicals
n-butanol ............................................................. cetylalcohol (1-hexadecanol)............................... ethanol ................................................................ 1-pentanol ........................................................... 1-propanol ........................................................... 671 1000 671 4100 671 9720 674 1200 674 4310
Name:
SEI 409
methanol ethanol 1-propanol 1-butanol 1-pentanol ... 1-hexadecanol
Structural formulas of constituents hydrophobic hydrophilic residue residue CH3 OH
Solubility in water very good
... ...
...
CK 2.3.3.6
Potential applications for glycol and glycerine

To find out what 1,2-ethanediol (glycol) and 1,2,3-propanetriol (glycerine) can be used for.
Setup
Warning notes
Ethanediol is harmful to health when swallowed! Wear protective goggles and gloves!

- Crush 100 g of ice pieces in the mortar and put them into
Apparatus
1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pestle ................................................................667 091 mortar ...............................................................667 092 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 weighing scales
the beaker. Add 33 g of calcium chloride while stirring. Measure the temperature of the freezing mixture. - Fill the three test tubes as follows: test tube 1: with 8 ml of water test tube 2: with 4 ml of water and 4 ml of 1,2-ethanediol, test tube 3: with 4 ml of water and 4 ml of 1,2,3-propanetriol - Mix the contents of the second and the third test tubes well. - Place all the test tubes into the freezing mixture and wait a few minutes.
Note down your observations and fill out the table:
Chemicals
1,2-ethanediol (ethylene glycol)........................... 671 9800 1,2,3-propanetriol (glycerine) .............................. 672 1210 sodium chloride ................................................... 673 5710 pieces of ice
Name:
SEI 409
Trivial name
Semi-structure formula CH2 OH CH2 CH OH CH2 OH CH2 OH
Applications
1,2-ethanediol
1,2,3-propanetriol
OH
CK 2.4.1.1 Production of methane acid

To produce methane acid from oxalic acid.
Setup

- Attach basic stand II. Attach to each of the two stand tubes
a universal clamp. Grease the ground joint on the flask.

- Fill the round-bottom flask with 40 ml of propanetriol
Apparatus
2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 bossheads ........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................301 28 thermometer, -10 to + 150C C......................382 33 pH-universal indicator paper ....................from 661 070 stopcock grease................................................661 082 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 round-bottom flask, 250 ml ...............................664 301 distillation bridge after Claisen ..........................665 338 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 heated bath weighing scales rubber tubing
(anhydrous). Add 10 g of oxalic acid and 4 boiling stones. Place the flask into the heated bath and clamp to the stand. Mount the Claisen distillation bridge onto the round-bottom flask and attach to the stand by means of the universal clamp. Insert the thermometer into the left-hand opening in such a way that it dips into the reaction mixture. Close the second, right-hand opening with the GL cover. Use the second universal clamp to attach the distillation bridge to the cooler. Then attach the rubber hosing to the cooler (lower hose to the tap, the upper one to the drain). Fill a beaker to with calcium hydroxide solution and use as the distillation receiver. The delivery tube must dip into the solution. Allow the water to flow slowly through the cooler and heat the reaction mixture to 110 C. Then interrupt the heating, allow to cool down a bit and remove the screw connection with the thermometer. Add with the spatula a further 5 g of oxalic acid and close the distillation top again. Place an empty beaker as a distillation receiver under the delivery tube and continue heating to 110 C. As soon as approx. 15 ml of distillate has collected in the distillation receiver terminate the experiment. Check the distillate with indicator paper.
Explain the observations and formulate the corresponding reaction equation. Write a description for methane acid:
Chemicals
calcium hydroxide solution, saturated ..........from 671 2910 glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 oxalic acid 2-hydrate ........................................... 674 0200
SEI 409
Warning notes
Oxalic acid is harmful to health when swallowed and when it makes contact with the skin! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Calcium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Ventilate the room well! In order to prevent delay to the boiling, add a few fresh boiling stones to the flask!
CK 2.4.1.4
Production of oxalic acid from rhubarb leaves

To isolate oxalic acid from rhubarb leaves.

- Assemble basic stand II. Clamp the funnel to the first stand
Apparatus
2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bossheads ........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................301 28 beakers, 100 ml ................................................602 022 folded filters, 150 mm ...........................from 661 066 beakers, 250 ml ................................................664 130 beakers, 400 ml ................................................664 131 funnel, 75 mm ...............................................665 009 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamps ...............................................666 555 stand ring ..........................................................666 573 stand rods, 45 cm long, 10 mm.....................666 609 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 spatula, with spoon end, plastic ........................666 966 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 burner weighing scales piece of linen cloth 30 x 30 slit open pieces of rubber hose
rod and to the second stand rod clamp the stand ring with the wire gauze. Place the burner below the ring. Line the funnel with the linen cloth. Place approx. 100 ml distilled water into the 400 ml beaker and add 50 g of rhubarb leaves. Boil the leaves for 20 min. Then filter into a beaker. Allow the residue to cool down a bit and then squeeze out firmly. (Wear protective gloves.) Briefly boil the filtrate obtained in this way and filter it hot through a folded filter into a clean beaker. Then acidify with 5 ml of ethane acid and add calcium acetate solution until the calcium salt has been fully precipitated. Allow to settle over night. Then carefully decant the liquid from the precipitate. Slightly warm the precipitate, the precipitated salt. Add dilute hydrochloric acid drop by drop until the entire precipitate has been dissolved. Filter the solution produced in this way into a fresh beaker while hot. Wait for a little while.
Note down your observations and explain the reaction:
Chemicals
calcium acetate solution, 7 % .......................from 671 2050 acetic acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l) ...............from 671 9500 hydrochloric acid, dilute (approx. 5%) ..........from 674 6800 rhubarb leaves (mashed up in a mixer)
SEI 409
Warning notes
Careful when handling corrosive substances! Wear protective goggles! Oxalic acid and its salts are toxic (harmful to health)! When pouring hot liquids protect the fingers from scalding by using slit-open pieces of rubber hose! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 2.4.1.5 Production of citric acid

To isolate citric acid from lemon juice.
Setup
Warning notes
Wear protective goggles! Hydrochloric acid and calcium hydroxide solution cause chemical burns! When pouring hot liquids protect the fingers from scalding by using slit-open pieces of rubber hose ! Protect long hair against catching fire!

- Assemble basic stand setup II. Clamp the funnel to one the
Apparatus
2 bossheads ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 2 stand rods, 45 cm long .......................................301 28 1 burner.................................................................656 017 3 folded filters, 150 mm ............................from 661 066 universal pH indicator paper......................from 661 070 1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 evaporating dish .................................................664 441 1 funnel, 75 mm .................................................665 009 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml.....................................665 997 1 pipetting ball .......................................................666 003 2 universal clamps.................................................666 555 1 stand ring ...........................................................666 573 2 stand rods, 45 cm long .......................................666 609 1 wire gauze ..........................................................666 685 1 wire triangle with clay sleeves ............................666 688 1 spatula, with spoon end, plastic..........................666 966 1 pair of crucible tongs ..........................................667 035 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 slit open pieces of rubber hose
stand rods and the stand ring with the wire gauze to the other. Place the burner below the ring. Fill 60 to 70 ml of lemon juice into a beaker and neutralise with calcium hydroxide solution (lime water). Monitor the neutralisation process by means of the universal indicator paper. Remove the excess calcium hydroxide by filtration. Heat the filtrate until it starts boiling and filtrate the hot solution through a clean filter. Place the remainder into a beaker and add approx. the same quantity of dilute sulfuric acid. Stir well and filtrate again through a clean filter. Allow the filtrate to flow into an evaporating dish. Bend the protruding ends of the wire triangle over to one side. Place the wire triangle on the wire gauze (compare with 1.1.3.1). Evaporate most of the filtrate in this "air bath". Then store for a while.
Observations
Evaluation
SEI 409
Chemicals
calcium hydroxide solution, saturated ..........from 671 2910 sulfuric acid, dilute............................................... 674 7920 lemon juice (preferably freshly squeezed)
CK 2.4.2.1
Formic acid (methane acid) a conservation agent

To find out what the effect of formic acid as a conservation agent is.
Setup

- Fill two test tubes to 1/3 with fruit juice. Add to the contents
of the first test tube 3 drops of methane acid (formic acid).

- Cut up grass or clover with the scissors. Fill two test tubes
to approx. 3 cm with the cut-up plant material. Drip a little methane acid (formic acid) onto the contents of one of the test tubes. - Plug all of the test tubes loosely with cotton wool and keep for 1 to 2 weeks at a warm location.
Note down your observations and complete the description for experiment 2.4.1.1.
Apparatus
4 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
Chemicals
formic acid (methane acid) .................................. 670 3100 cotton wool .......................................................... 675 3550 grass, clover fruit juice (natural) SEI 409
Warning notes
Methane acid causes chemical burns! Wear protective goggles and gloves!
CK 2.4.2.3
Properties of methane acid and ethane acid

To investigate by means of examples whether and how methane acid and ethane acid react with metals.
Setup

- Place a spatula tip of magnesium shavings into a test tube
and add 6 ml of dilute methane acid.

- Collect the released gases in a test tube placed upside-
down over the reaction tube and carry out the oxyhydrogen test. - Repeat the experiment with dilute ethane acid.
Note down your observations: Draw up the corresponding reaction equations in words and/or as summary equations.
Apparatus
4 1 1 1 1 1 1 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Chemicals
formic acid, 10 %..........................................from 670 3100 acetic acid, dilute (approx. 2 mol/l) ...............from 671 9500 magnesium, shavings.......................................... 673 1100
SEI 409
Warning notes
Methane acid and ethane acid are corrosive! Wear protective goggles! Explosive gas air mixtures can form! Do not carry out the oxyhydrogen test close to the test tube rack! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 2.4.2.4 Formation of verdigris

To find out what the conditions are for verdigris to form.
Setup

- Cut two strips from the copper sheet
(approx. 2.5 cm x 8 cm).

- Fill the test tube to approx. 2 cm with ethane acid. - Place into the first beaker one of the copper sheet strips. - Heat the second sheet strip in the burner flame to glowing
and then place immediately into the second beaker.

- Store both beakers in a ventilated place for approx 2 weeks.
2 1 1 1 1 1 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 wire gauze ........................................................666 685 pair of scissors..................................................667 017 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner Take out the copper sheets with the tweezers and look at them carefully. Compare the results of the two part experiments and interpret them.
Chemicals
acetic acid, 50% .......................................... from 671 9500 copper, sheet (approx. 1 mm thick) ..................... 672 8610
Warning notes
Ethane acid is corrosive! Do not breathe in the vapours! Ventilate the room well! Wear protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire! Verdigris is toxic!
SEI 409
CK 2.4.3.1 Ester of methane acid

To react methane acid and ethanol with each other to form an ester.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. Clamp the test tube approximately

- Pour approx. 2 ml of methane acid and ethanol into the test
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 glass tube, 300 x 8 mm.....................................665 204 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 254 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609
tube. Add two boiling stones. Carefully add to the mixture approx. 10 drops of concentrated sulfuric acid. Ensure that the edge of the test tube is not wetted. Carefully insert the glass tube into the stopper and close the test tube with the stopper. Fill a beaker to 2/3 with 70 C warm water and place it below the test tube. Carefully lower the test tube with the reaction mixture into the water bath. Allow to boil for approx. 5 to 10 min. Then take the test tube out of the water bath and allow to cool down. Fill half the 100 ml beaker with cold water and pour the cooled-down reaction mixture carefully into it.
Cautiously test the smell. Formulate the corresponding reaction equation. Note down your observations in the table:
Name of the ester
Formula
Smells of
Chemicals
formic acid ........................................................... ethanol, fully denatured ....................................... glycerine.............................................................. sulfuric acid, approx. 95-98% .............................. SEI 409 670 3100 671 9720 672 1210 674 7860
Warning notes
Ethanol is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Concentrated methane acid and concentrated sulfuric acid cause serious chemical burns! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Improve the sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of propanetriol. Round the edges of glass tube by melting!
CK 2.4.3.2 Esters of ethane acid

To produce aromatic substances from ethane acid and butanol or pentanol.
Setup

- Assemble basic stand I. Clamp one test tube approximately

- Fill approx. 2 ml of ethane acid and 2 ml of 2-butanol into
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 boiling stones...........................................from 661 091 2 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 1 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 1 glass tube, 300 x 8 mm.....................................665 204 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 1 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 254 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
the test tube. Add two boiling stones. Carefully add to the mixture approx. 10 drops of concentrated sulfuric acid. Ensure that the edge of the test tube is not wetted. Carefully insert the glass tube into the stopper and close the test tube with the stopper. Fill half the beaker with hot water and place the test tube into it. Carefully lower the test tube with the reaction mixture into the water bath. Allow to boil for approx. 5 to 10 min. If necessary top up with hot water. Then take the test tube from the water bath and allow it to cool down. Fill approx. half the 100 ml beaker with cold water and pour the cooled-down reaction mixture carefully into it. Repeat the experiment in a similar way using ethane acid and pentanol.
Cautiously test the smell. Formulate the corresponding reaction equation. Fill in the table.
Name of the ester
Formula
Smells of
Chemicals
1-butanol ............................................................. acetic acid, 99 - 100% ......................................... glycerine.............................................................. 1-pentanol ........................................................... sulfuric acid, 95 - 98 % ........................................ 671 1000 671 9500 672 1210 674 1200 674 7860
SEI 409
Warning notes
Butanol and pentanol are flammable! Extinguish all flames! Butanol and pentanol are harmful to health when breathed in! Ventilate the room well! Concentrated ethane acid and concentrated sulfuric acid cause serious chemical burns! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Improve the sliding of rubberglass joints by means of propanetriol. If necessary round the edges of glass tubes by melting! The produced esters are highly flammable!
CK 3.1.1.1 Flame test

To find out what the reason for the flame coloration is. To use flame coloration as analytical detection method when investigating plant ash.
Setup

- Fit the bulb onto the dropper. Distribute a small quantity (a
Apparatus
5 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 flame test glass.................................................667 081 magnesia rods .........................................from 667 084 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
few crystals) of the various salts onto the watch glass dishes and label accordingly. Moisten each of the samples with one drop of hydrochloric acid. Darken the room a bit. Light the burner and fully open the air supply. Thoroughly heat through a magnesia rod in the burner flame. Dip the still hot end into the barium chloride and pick up a few salt crystals. Hold the magnesia rod in the burner flame. Ensure that no crystals drop into the burner! Note down your observations in the table. Observe the flame coloration through a flame test glass. Repeat the experiments using the other salts. To do this either crack off the contaminated tip of the old magnesia rod or use a new magnesia rod. Adhere to the sequence specified in the table. Always use an absolutely clean magnesia rod! Note the observations in the table! Do not allow any salts to drop into the Bunsen burner because otherwise the flame will never again be usable for spectroscopic experiments. Place some plant ash into a clean watch glass dish and moisten with hydrochloric acid. Heat through a clean magnesia rod and repeat the experiment described above. Observe the process very carefully. Likewise observe the flame through the flame test glass.
Note the flame colorations in the table and compare them with each other. Draw conclusions and interpret the observations!
Salt Barium chloride Calcium chloride Potassium chloride
Colour of the flame
Chemicals
barium chloride ................................................... calcium chloride................................................... potassium chloride .............................................. lithium chloride .................................................... sodium chloride ................................................... hydrochloric acid, 5% ...................................from plant ash (cigarette ash) 670 7200 671 2400 672 5200 673 0510 673 5710 674 6800
Lithium chloride Sodium chloride
SEI 409
Warning notes
Barium chloride is harmful to health when swallowed! After carrying out the experiment always carefully wash your hands with soap! Hydrochloric acid causes chemical burns! Use protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 3.1.1.2 Blowpipe analysis

To carry out a blowpipe analysis.
Setup

- Fit the bulb onto the dropper. In the evaporating dish mix a
spatula tip of copper(II) oxide with double the quantity of sodium carbonate. Moisten the mixture with 1 to 2 drops of water.
- Place
several pieces of charcoal into the second evaporating dish. Using the spatula dig a dip into the charcoal and pour the mixture into it. Light the burner and allow enough air that the flame is just no longer light. hold it at an incline next to the burner flame. Carefully blow through the blowpipe into the burner flame so that the flame cone covers the substance on the charcoal. Heat the mixture of substances for approx. 2 to 3 min by means of the blowpipe flame.
- Lift the dish with the charcoal using the crucible tongs and
- After cooling down investigate the charcoal. Note down the
observations.
- Then
clean the first porcelain dish and repeat the experiment similarly using iron(III) oxide. Check the reaction product with a magnet. Note down the observations.
Apparatus
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 evaporating dishes............................................664 441 dropper ....................................................from 665 953 rubber bulb...............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 mouth blowpipe.................................................667 087 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
Note down your observations and interpret them.
Chemicals
iron(III) oxide ....................................................... charcoal, small pieces ......................................... copper(II) oxide, powder...................................... sodium carbonate (anhydrous)............................ SEI 409 671 9000 672 2490 672 9500 673 5610
Warning notes
CK 3.1.2.1 Borax bead

By means of the borax bead to identify some heavy metals in their compounds. To find out what the difference between the so-called oxidation bead and the reduction bead is.
Setup

- Distribute a small quantity of the heavy metal compounds
Oxidation zone Reduction zone

-
onto the watch glass dishes and label accordingly. Fill approx. 1/3 of the evaporating dish with borax. Place the burner on the aluminium foil. Light the burner and fully open the air supply. Hold the end of a magnesia rod into the burner flame until it glows. Dip the glowing end into the borax so that some of the salt sticks to it. Heat the adhering salt in the burner flame and melt it while constantly rotating until it has become clear. Ensure that no melt drops into the burner! Repeat the process several times until a glass-like bead has formed. Then dip the bead into the iron(II) sulfate. Then hold the magnesia rod into the oxidation zone (see diagram) of the burner. Melt the metal compound into the bead. Then allow it to cool. Note your observations in the table. Make a new borax bead by means of a new magnesia rod as described above, pick up some iron(II) sulfate and melt the bead, this time in the reduction zone. After it has cooled down investigate the bead. Note your observations in the table. Repeat the experiment in a similar way with the other heavy metal compounds. Note the observations in the table!
Caution! This experiment will not work with a butane cartridge burner. Apparatus
5 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 1 evaporating dish ...............................................664 441 1 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 10 magnesia rods .........................................from 667 084 1 burner aluminium foil...........................................from 661 081
Complete the table:
Coloration of the borax bead Compound Iron(II) sulfate Iron(III) oxide Copper(II) oxide oxidation bead reduction bead
Chemicals
iron(III) oxide ....................................................... iron(II) sulfate 7-hydrate ...................................... copper(II) oxide ................................................... copper (II) sulfate ................................................ manganese(IV) oxide .......................................... sodium tetraborate (borax) .................................. nickel(II) sulfate ................................................... 671 9000 671 9110 672 9500 672 9630 673 2205 673 7910 673 9000
SEI 409
Copper (II) sulfate Manganese(IV) oxide Nickel(II) sulfate
Warning notes
Manganese dioxide is harmful to health when breathed in or swallowed! Protect long hair against catching fire!
CK 3.3.2.3 Analysis of felt-tip pen inks

To find out by thin layer chromatographic separation from which colour components various felt-tip pen inks are made up.
Setup

- Produce as the carrier medium a mixture from
12 ml n-butanol 3 ml concentrated acetic acid and 5 ml distilled water.

- Pour the carrier medium mixture into the separation tank.
Close the tank securely with the screw cover.

- Apply the felt-tip ink by means of the application template at
regular intervals directly on the silica gel film. On one film a maximum of 5 samples can be applied. The starting dots must not have a diameter larger than 1 mm!
- Place the film into the prepared tank. Close the separation
tank again securely.

- After 25 min remove the film. Dry the layers under an ex-
tractor or at an open window using a hair dryer. Note down your observations.
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 miniature separation tank..................................665 563 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 application and RF value template....................665 570 hair dryer................................................... e.g. 666 735 felt-tip pen, water-soluble
Note down the observations and stick the chromatograms into your notebook.
Chemicals
prepared film, silica, 100 x 50 mm................from 661 060 n-butanol ............................................................. 671 1000 acetic acid, 99-100% (glacial acetic acid)............ 671 9500
Warning notes
SEI 409 Butanol is flammable! Extinguish all flames! It is harmful to health when breathed in! Ventilate rooms well! Concentrated acetic acid causes chemical burns! Use protective goggles!
CK 3.3.2.4
Thin layer chromatographic separation of colorants

To separate lipophilic (oil-soluble) colorants, some of which are used for colouring foodstuffs, by means of thin layer chromatography.
Setup

- Pour 20 ml of dichloromethane into the separation tank.
Close the tank securely. - By means of the capillary and the application template apply the test colour mixture once, five times and ten times onto the film at 0.5 cm intervals. The drying time between applications should be approx. 5 s. The diameter of the starting dots must not exceed 1 mm! Do not touch the silica layer with the fingers! Place the complete film carefully into the miniature separation chamber. - After the colours have run 5 to 6 cm take out the chromatogram and allow the carrier medium to evaporate under the extractor or at the open window.
Observations Evaluation
Stick the chromatogram into your notebook (if necessary circle the dots/stains with a pencil). Correlate the stains with the following coloured substances: artisil blue 2RP, fat orange, fat rot 7B, Sudan blue II, Sudan yellow , Sudan black.
Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 miniature separation tank..................................665 563 microcapillary...........................................from 665 568 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 application and RF value template....................665 570 or ruler
Chemicals
prepared film, silica, 100 x 50 mm................from 661 060 dichloromethane.................................................. 671 6600 test dye mixture ................................................... 675 0450
SEI 409
Warning notes
Dichloromethane is harmful to health when breathed in! Ventilate the room well! Avoid contact with the eyes! Wear protective goggles and gloves!
CK 3.3.2.6 Separation of heavy metal ions

To identify heavy metal ions by means of paper chromatography or thin layer chromatography.
Setup

- Pour 20 ml of the carrier medium into the separation tank
and close it securely with the screw cover.

- Apply five start dots at regular distances by means of a cap-
illary and the application template (the diameter must not exceed 1 mm!): Dot 1: copper(II) chloride solution Dot 2: cobalt chloride solution Dot 3: mixture Dot 4: manganese(II) chloride solution Dot 5: nickel(II) chloride solution
- Place the prepared chromatogram into the separation tank.
Apparatus
1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 miniature separation tank..................................665 563 microcapillaries ........................................from 665 568 graduated cylinder ............................................665 754 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 application and RF value template....................665 570 reagent atomizer...............................................665 578 rubber bellows ..................................................667 241 hair dryer................................................... e.g. 666 735
Securely close the tank. After 15 min remove the chromatogram and carefully dry under the extractor or at the open window by means of a hair dryer. - Fill the reagent atomizer with the rubeanhydrogen solution and finely spray the chromatogram. Then dip the finished film by means of tweezers into the beaker filled by the teacher with an ammonia atmosphere. Remove the chromatogram after approx. 20 s. Note down your observations.
Stick the chromatograms into your notebook and interpret it.
cellulose film
Chemicals
prepared film, cellulose, 100 x 50 mm..........from 661 059 ammonia solution, 25 % ...................................... 670 3600 rubeanhydrogen spray solution .......................... 674 5860 solutions and mixtures of chlorides: cobalt (II) chloride 6-hydrate................................ 672 8000 copper(II) chloride ............................................... 672 9100 manganese(II) chloride........................................ 673 2100 nickel(II) chloride ................................................. 673 8900 carrier medium from acetone, hydrochloric acid and water (distributed by the teacher)
SEI 409
Warning notes
Acetone is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Caution! Rubeanhydrogen solution contains ethanol! Hydrochloric acid causes chemical burns! Ammonia solution irritates the eyes, breathing organs and the skin! Wear protective goggles and gloves! Ventilate the room well! Nickel(II) chloride is toxic and cobalt(II) chloride is harmful to health if swallowed. They are sensitising if breathed in or in contact with the skin! Do not allow them to escape into the environment, very toxic for water organisms! Copper(II) chloride and manganese(II) chloride are harmful to health when swallowed!
CK 3.3.2.7 Analysis of alloys

To test what the main components of brass and constantan are.
Setup

- Pour 20 ml of the carrier medium into the separation tank.
Apparatus
1 2 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 watch glass dishes............................................664 153 miniature separation tank..................................665 563 microcapillaries ........................................from 665 568 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 pair of safety gloves ..........................................667 609 application and RF value template....................665 570 reagent atomizer...............................................665 578 rubber bellows ..................................................667 241 hair dryer................................................... e.g. 666 735
Securely close the tank. Drip onto each of the watch glass dishes several drops of brass solution and constantan solution. Apply by means of the capillaries and the application template the two solutions being investigated and the pure control solutions (5 starting dots). The diameter of the starting dots must not exceed 1 mm! Place the film into the separation tank. Then close the tank securely again. After 15 min take out the chromatogram and dry thoroughly with a hair dryer under the extractor or at an open window. Fill the reagent sprayer with diphenylcarbazide solution and spray the reagent onto the film. Then dip the prepared chromatogram film by means of tweezers into the beaker filled by the teacher with an ammonia atmosphere. After approx. 15 sec remove the film. Note down your observations.
Note down your observations and stick the chromatogram into your notebook.
Chemicals
prepared film, cellulose, 100 x 50 mm..........from 661 059 ammonia solution, 25% ....................................... 670 3600 diphenylcarbazide spray reagent..................from 671 7700 solutions of: copper(II) chloride ............................................... 672 9100 nickel(II) chloride ................................................. 673 8900 zinc chloride ........................................................ 675 5100 prepared by the teacher: carrier medium made from 1-butanol, HCl and H2O brass solution, constantan solution
SEI 409
Warning notes
Extinguish all flames! Ammonia solution irritates the eyes, breathing organs and the skin! Ventilate the room well! Nickel(II) chloride is toxic and sensitising if breathed in or in contact with the skin! Copper(II) chloride is harmful to health when swallowed! Do not allow either salt to escape into the environment, because they are very toxic for water organisms! Wear protective goggles and gloves!
CK 3.4.1.1 Titration

To titrate hydrochloric acid with sodium hydroxide solution.
Setup



- Fill the Erlenmeyer flask with approx. 100 ml tap water. - Using
the measuring pipette measure out 5 ml of hydrochloric acid (c = 2 mol/l) (use pipetting ball) and also pour into the Erlenmeyer flask. Add several drops of indicator solution (bromothymol blue). Place the flask under the tap of the burette. Cautiously open the tap and allow the alkali in the burette to drip slowly into the flask with the acid. Ensure mixing by gently swilling. When the colour changes from yellow to blue stays longer at the location where the alkali drops in, reduce the speed by further closing the burette tap. When the blue colour constantly remains, close the tap entirely. Read the volume (consumption of alkali) from the burette and note it down.
Indicate the colour changes in the drawing. Interpret your observations.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml, SB 29.......................664 243 burette, 10 ml....................................................665 843 graduated pipette, 10 ml ..................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
Chemicals
SEI 409 sodium hydroxide solution, c = 1 mol/l .........from 673 6800 hydrochloric acid, 2 mol/l..................................... 674 6920 bromothymol blue solution .................................. 671 0800
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide solution and hydrochloric acid are corrosive! Avoid contact with the skin! Wash splashes of acid or alkaline solution from the skin immediately with plenty of tap water. Wear protective goggles.
CK 3.4.1.2
Determination of the acetic acid contents

To titrate household vinegar and to calculate the concentration of acetic acid in it.
Setup



- Fill the Erlenmeyer flask with approx. 100 ml of tap water. - Using the measuring pipette measure out 10 ml of vinegar
(use the pipetting ball) and also pour into the Erlenmeyer flask. Add several drops of phenolphthalein (indicator) solution. Place the flask under the tap of the burette. Cautiously open the tap and allow the alkaline solution in the burette slowly to drip into the flask with the acid. Ensure mixing by gently swilling. If the colour change to red-violet stays longer at the location where the alkali drops in, reduce the speed by further closing the burette tap. When the red colour remains constant close the tap entirely. Read the volume (consumption of alkali) from the burette.
Note down the observations and the consumption.
Apparatus
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml, SB 29.......................664 243 burette, 10 ml....................................................665 843 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601
From the consumption calculate the vinegar concentration and compare it with the information given on the bottle. Note: 1 ml sodium hydroxide solution (c = 1 mol/l) corresponds to 0.06 g acetic acid.
SEI 409
Chemicals
sodium hydroxide solution, c = 1 mol/l .........from 673 6800 phenolphthalein solution...................................... 674 2500 household vinegar, approx. 5 %
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide solution is corrosive! Avoid contact with the skin! Wash splashes of the alkaline solution from the skin immediately with plenty of tap water. Wear protective goggles.
CK 4.1.1.2
Investigation of the electrical conductivity of liquids and solutions

To distinguish electrolytes and non-electrolytes by means of conductivity measurements.
Setup

- Insert both nickel electrodes into the cell at a distance of
st 50 mm from each other (each held in the 1 glass groove from the outer container wall). Connect the blue experimentation cable to the left-hand electrode by means of a crocodile clip. Insert the incandescent lamp into the socket and screw it tight. Fit the two connections to the socket using the red experimentation cables. Using the second crocodile clip, connect one cable to the right-hand electrode. Fit the pipetting ball to the graduated pipette. Pour 50 ml of de-ionised water into the cell. Connect the electrodes via the cables to the alternating current supply and set a voltage of 12 V. Observe the lamp and note your observations in the table. Then carefully drip 2 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid into the water and carefully stir the solution with the glass stirrer rod. Note down your observations in the table. After the experiment, pour the contents of the cell into the container kept ready on the teacher's table. Carefully rinse the cell, the measuring pipette and the electrodes with deionised water. Dry the cell and the electrodes with absorbent paper and keep them prepared for a new experiment. After ending the individual experiments, either switch off the main switch of the power supply or pull both experimentation cables from their sockets (i.e. always disconnect the power supply from both poles!).
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 2 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 2 crocodile-clips ..........................................from 501 861 1 incandescent lamp 6.0 V, 30 W ...............from 505 15 1 lamp socket on transparent base......................505 72 1 electrolysis cell for electrochem. experiments...591 51 2 nickel plates .............................................from 591 56 1 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 also required 1 low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230
Carry out all partial experiments in the same way and enter the results in the table.
Fill the table and interpret the results. ExperiLiquid/solution ment A 50 ml of de-ionised water drip into the 50 ml of de-ionised water 2 ml of dilute hydrochloric B acid drip into the 50 ml of de-ionised C water 2 ml of dilute sulfuric acid drip into the 50 ml of de-ionised water 2 ml of dilute sodium D hydroxide solution dissolve 1 spatula tip of sodium chloride into 50 ml of de-ionised E water dissolve 1 spatula tip of sugar in F 50 ml of de-ionised water G 50 ml ethanol (methylated spirit) H 50 ml petroleum ether Electrolyte Lamp lights up (yes/no)
Chemicals
methylated spirit (ethanol) ................................... sodium chloride .................................................. sodium hydroxide solution, 10%.......................... petroleum ether ................................................... D(+) saccharose (sugar)...................................... hydrochloric acid, 10% ........................................ sulfuric acid, 10% ................................................ 670 9990 673 5710 673 8440 674 2210 674 6050 674 6800 674 7860
SEI 409
Warning notes
Petroleum ether and ethanol are highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and sodium hydroxide solution cause chemical burns! Wear protective goggles!
Non-electrolyte

To carry out and evaluate conductometry.
Setup

- Carefully clamp the burette vertically to stand I. Fit the
pipetting ball to the measuring pipette.

- Insert 2 nickel electrodes into the cell at a distance of
rd 30 mm from each other (each held in the 3 glass groove from the outer container wall). Connect the left-hand electrode, by means of a clamp and cable, to the socket of the alternating current supply. Similarly connect the righthand electrode via the multimeter set to Ampere measurements (alternating current, 200 mA) to the other socket of the alternating current supply. In a beaker mix 25 ml of de-ionised water with 5 ml of 0.1 mol hydrochloric acid. Add a little universal indicator solution and pour the mixture into the glass cell. Close the cock of the burette and fill it with 1.0 mol sodium hydroxide solution to the zero mark. Now place the cell centrally below the tap of the burette. Set the power supply device to 6 V alternating current and read the corresponding current on the multimeter and enter the value into the table. Switch off the current and remove the crocodile clips from the electrodes. Open the cock of the burette and carefully stirring with the glass stirrer rod add exactly 1 ml of sodium hydroxide solution. Observe the colour change of the indicator. Again attach the clip to the electrodes and switch on the current. Read the current from the multimeter and enter the value in the table. Then, in the same way, repeatedly add 1 ml of sodium hydroxide solution and read the corresponding measured values from the ammeter and enter them in the table. As soon as the burette is empty, interrupt the power supply at both poles and carefully clean the electrodes with deionised water. Pour the solution in the container provided on the teacher's table and wash the glass cell with de-ionised water and dry it.
Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 2 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 2 crocodile-clips ..........................................from 501 861 1 electrolysis cell for electrochem. experiments...591 51 2 nickel plates .............................................from 591 56 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 1 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ...............................665 754 1 burette, 10 ml....................................................665 843 1 graduated pipette, 10 ml ...................................665 997 1 pipetting ball......................................................666 003 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 multimeter ............................................. LDH GL1035G also required 1 low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230
-
Evaluation
Plot the values recorded in the table on a graph (see next page) with the volume of titrated sodium hydroxide solution (xaxis) as a function of the current (y-axis) (1 cm = 1 ml 0.1 mol NaOH; 1 cm = 10 mA). Connect the points on the graph with two straight lines. .
Chemicals
universal indicator solution ................................. . 675 2570 sodium hydroxide solution, 0.1 mol/l ............from 673 6800 hydrochloric acid, 0.1 mol/l...........................from 674 6920
SEI 409
Warning notes
Acids and alkaline solutions are corrosive! Use protective goggles!
ml 0.1 mol NaOH mA Indicator colour
10
1,2
mA
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
10
ml 0.1 mol NaOH
Questions
At which point do the two straight line cross?
At what point of the reaction is this? (Tip: indicator colour)
What is the role of the conductivity in this titration?
SEI 409
CK 4.1.1.4 Detection of ion migration

To investigate how the mobile ions of an electrolyte behave when a direct voltage is applied.
Setup

- Insert 2 electrolytic carbon electrodes into the cell at a
st distance of 30 mm apart (each held in the 1 glass groove from the outer container wall). Cut out two 75 mm long universal indicator paper strips and mark them in the middle. Place some potassium nitrate solution into the beaker and carefully moisten the indicator paper. Then drain the strip between two filter papers. Lay the strips over the electrode plates in such a way that they so not touch, do not sag nor are wavy, and that they stick out on both sides approx. 10 mm. Fit the bulbs onto the droppers. Carefully drip a small drop of acid onto the mark on one universal indicator paper strip and on the other a small drop of alkali. Apply a direct current of 12 V. After approx. 5 min. terminate the experiment and interrupt the power supply. Observe the reaction carefully.
bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 crocodile-clips ..........................................from 501 861 electrolysis cell for electrochem. experiments...591 51 carbon plates ...........................................from 591 61 round filters ..............................................from 661 035 universal pH indicator paper ....................from 661 070 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 2 droppers...................................................from 665 953 2 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 1 pencil ................................................................ 1 ruler also required: 1 low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 Mark the observations in the drawing in colour and comment. + acid -
Chemicals
SEI 409 potassium nitrate solution.............................from 672 6800 sodium hydroxide solution, dilute (10%).............. 673 8440 hydrochloric acid, dilute (10%) ............................ 674 6800
Warning notes
Hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide corrosive! Wear protective goggles! solution are
CK 4.1.1.5
The electrolytic production of sodium hydroxide solution

To produce sodium hydroxide solution by means of the diaphragm process.
Setup

Apparatus
1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 2 stand bases ......................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 1 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 1 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 1 U-tube with 2 side taps .....................................664 086 1 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 2 rod electrode, carbon........................................664 433 1 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 1 glass nozzle, 8 mm , angled 90 ....................665 238 1 universal clamp.................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 1 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 1 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 1 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 also required: 1 low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230 1 burner 1 piece of hose, 3 cm..................................from 667 180
that the openings point upwards. To the left-hand tap of the U-tube connect the glass nozzle in such a way that the nozzle points upwards. Divide the U-tube into 2 chambers by means of a piece of glass wool. Do not touch glass wool with the fingers. Use tweezers and the glass stirrer rod. By means of the beaker pour sufficient sodium chloride solution into the U-tube that the liquid level is located approx. 2 cm below the side taps. Carefully insert the carbon electrodes into the U-tube. Connect the left-hand electrode as the cathode (-) and the righthand one as anode (+). Roll some starch paper in the longitudinal direction, dampen with de-ionised water and insert loosely into the right-hand side tap (anode side). Push a test tube upside-down over the glass nozzle and hold it there. Electrolyse with a direct current of 12 V for approx. 4 min. Light the burner and slightly throttle the air supply. Hold the opening of the test tube into the burner flame. Interrupt the power supply at both sides. Remove the cathode and add some phenolphtalein solution to the cathode side of the U-tube. Note down your observations. Look at the rice paper and note down your observations. Electrodes and U-tube should be cleaned by the teacher under the extractor!
Explain your observations and draw conclusions: What is the purpose of the diaphragm (here: glass wool)?
Chemicals
SEI 409 glass wool ........................................................... glycerine.............................................................. sodium chloride solution, saturated ..............from phenolphthalein solution, 1% .............................. potassium iodide starch paper[0] ..................from and 672 1010 672 1210 673 5710 674 2500 672 6620 674 9220
Warning notes
The sodium hydroxide solution produced is corrosive. Wear protective goggles!
CK 4.1.1.6
Electrolysis of water (dilute sodium hydroxide solution)

To investigate which reaction products are formed during the electrolysis of water.
Setup

Apparatus
bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 pair of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 test tubes .................................................from 664 042 U-tube with 2 side taps .....................................664 086 beakers, 100 ml ................................................664 101 beakers, 250 ml ................................................664 130 rod electrode, carbon........................................664 433 glass stirrer rod .................................................665 212 gas delivery tube....................................... e.g. 665 230 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 pair of tweezers, rounded .................................667 027 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner low-voltage power supply.......................... e.g. 521 230 2 pieces of rubber hose, 3 cm.....................from 667 180 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
that the openings point upwards. To the two side taps of the U-tube connect the gas delivery tubes in such a way that the nozzle points upwards. Divide the U-tube into 2 chambers by means of a piece of glass wool. Do not touch glass wool with the fingers. Use tweezers and the glass stirrer rod. By means of the 250 ml beaker, fill the U-tube up to just beneath the side taps with dilute sodium hydroxide solution. Carefully insert the electrodes. Connect up the left-hand electrode as the cathode (-) and the right-hand one as the anode (+). Electrolyse with a direct current of 9 to 12 V for approx. 1 min. Fill both the 100 ml beakers and the test tubes with water. Close the completely filled test tubes with your thumbs and push them over the gas delivery tubes. Ensure that no water drips out. Then continue electrolysing and capture the produced gases pneumatically. End the electrolysis as soon as one of the two test tubes is completely filled with gas. Compare the gas quantities produced. Note down the observations. Light the burner and open the air supply slightly. Hold the opening of the left-hand test tube (cathode side) into the burner flame. Note down your observations. Close the test tube with the thumb and remove from the beaker. Check the gas produced with a smouldering splint. Note down your observations. Disconnect the power connection from both poles. Carefully remove the cables and the gas delivery tubes. The U-tube and the electrodes should be cleaned by the teacher!
Interpret the observations.
Chemicals
SEI 409 glass wool ........................................................... 672 1010 glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 sodium hydroxide solution, approx. 5%........from 673 8440
Warning notes
Sodium hydroxide solution causes serious chemical burns! Wear protective goggles! Wash off any splashes with plenty of water! Improve sliding of rubber-glass joints with glycerine!
CK 4.1.1.7 Galvanising

To electrolytically copper plate a piece of iron sheet.
Setup

- If necessary rub down the surfaces of the electrodes with
Apparatus
2 pairs of cables, 50 cm, red/blue..........................501 45 2 crocodile-clips............................................from 501 861 1 electrolysis cell for electrochemistry experiments 591 51 1 copper plate ..............................................from 591 53 1 iron plate ...................................................from 591 55 4 round filters ...............................................from 661 035 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 Petri dish ............................................................664 183 1 grindstone ..........................................................664 391 1 glass stirrer rod...................................................665 212 1 measuring cylinder, 100 ml ................................665 754 1 pair of tweezers, rounded ...................................667 027 1 pair of protective goggles ...................................667 601 1 multimeter .............................................. LGH GL1035G also required 1 low-voltage power supply ...................................521 230 1 weighing scales 200:0.1 g .......................... e.g. 667 7977 abrasive paper, fine
abrasive paper. Then degrease on both sides with a cotton wool ball dipped petroleum spirit. Afterwards do not touch the electrodes with the fingers again, hold only with the tweezers. Then lay the cleaned electrodes down on the round filters. Fill the Petri dish to approx. 0.5 cm with hydrochloric acid and carefully place the iron electrode in it with the tweezers. Allow it to be pickled for approx. 2 3 min, turn over at half time. In the meantime prepare the galvanising bath: Place 40 ml of de-ionised water into the beaker and dissolve 10 g of copper(II) sulfate in it. Top up the solution with dilute sulfuric acid to 50 ml. Insert the bath into the cell and insert a copper electrode into the 3rd glass groove from the external container wall. Then, using the tweezers, carefully remove the iron electrode from the pickling bath and place it into the 250 ml beaker. Rinse it with the deionised water and then insert it at a distance of 30 mm from the copper electrode (3rd glass groove from the external container wall) in the cell. Do not touch the surface of the prepared iron electrode with the fingers! Connect up to the direct power supply the copper electrode as the anode using the crocodile clip and the cable. Connect the iron electrode as the cathode, via a multimeter set up as an ammeter (direct current), to the power supply. Electrolyse at 3 V with a current of 3.0 A for approx. 5 8 min. After this is completed, disconnect the power supply from both poles and remove the cathode from the galvanising bath. Then rinse with de-ionised water, dry and polish with the finest abrasive cloth until bright and shiny. Note down your observations. Pour the galvanising bath into a labelled storage jar and store it. Rinse the used apparatus with de-ionised water. Pour the pickling bath (the hydrochloric acid) into a container kept ready on the teachers table.
Chemicals
copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate..............................672 9630 petroleum ether, 40-70C ......................................674 2210 hydrochloric acid, 2 mol/l.......................................674 6920 sulfuric acid, 10% ..................................................674 7860 cotton wool ............................................................675 3550
Observations:
SEI 409
Evaluation:
What is the purpose of such metal coating produced using this technology?
Warning notes:
Petroleum spirit is highly flammable! Extinguish all flames! Hydrochloric acid and nitric acid cause chemical burns! Wear protective goggles!
CK 4.2.1.2 Diffusion

To investigate the diffusion process.
Setup

- Fill the larger of the two beakers to approx. 2/3 with water. - Carefully clamp the upper glass sleeve of the dialysis hose -
vertically in the clamp on basic stand I. Fill approx. 2/3 of the dialysis hose with copper sulfate solution by means of the 100 ml beaker. Place the water-filled 400 ml beaker centrally under the dialysis hose. Carefully lower the hose sufficiently that the glass fitting almost makes contact with the floor of the beaker. Wait for several minutes. Note down your observations. Cut out a piece of paper approx. 4 x 4 cm from the round filter. By means of the spatula tip place some potassium permanganate plus several small stones in the middle. Then wrap the substances in the filter paper and place into the 250 ml beaker filled with water. Wait for a little while. Note down your observations.
Apparatus
1 bosshead............................................................301 09 2 stand bases ........................................................301 21 1 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm ........................301 26 1 round filters ...............................................from 661 035 boiling stones ............................................from 661 091 1 beaker, 100 ml....................................................664 101 1 beaker, 250 ml....................................................664 130 1 beaker, 400 ml....................................................664 131 1 universal clamp ..................................................666 555 1 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm ........................666 609 1 pair of scissors ...................................................667 017 1 dialysis hose with glass fitting.............................667 508
Observations:
Evaluation:
Chemicals
copper (II) sulfate ..................................................672 9630 copper (II) sulfate solution, approx. 5% ........from 672 9630
SEI 409
CK 4.2.1.3 Osmosis

To experimentally "research" the osmotic pressure.
Setup

- Fill the beaker to 1 cm under its rim with water. - Insert the capillary tube into the stopper and attach it to the
stand.
- Colour the household sugar solution with a little eosine. Fill
the dialysis hose (osmosis cell) to the top with the coloured solution and attach the capillary tube. Carefully wipe off any expelled sugar solution and firmly insert the rubber stopper. - Carefully dip the osmosis cell so deep into the beaker filled with water that the lower glass stop nearly touches the bottom of the beaker. Carefully attach the capillary tube to the stand. - Wait for approx. 15 min. Note down your observations. - Fill the Petri dish and fill the cover of the dish with water. Put in some jelly babies, peas and cherries. Store everything for approx. 1 day. Note down your observations.
Observations
Apparatus
1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 bosshead ..........................................................301 09 stand bases ......................................................301 21 stand rod, 25 cm long, 10 mm.......................301 26 round filter................................................from 661 035 beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 Petri dish...........................................................664 183 capillary tube.....................................................665 205 universal clamp.................................................666 555 stand rod, 45 cm long, 10 mm.......................666 609 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 rubber stopper with hole ...................................667 256 dialysis hose with glass fitting ...........................667 508
Evaluation
Explain the observations.
Chemicals
glycerine.............................................................. 672 1210 water-soluble dye, e.g. eosine, yellowish ................................................. 671 9310 cherries dried peas or similar jelly babies or similar (fruit gum) household sugar solution, 20%
SEI 409
Warning notes
Improve the sliding of rubber-glass joints by means of glycerine.
CK 4.2.2.1 Endothermic and exothermic reactions

To check which of the following reactions are exothermic or endothermic reactions.
Setup

- Fill the test tube to approx. 3 cm with copper(II) sulfate. - Light the burner and fully open the air supply. - Hold the test tube with the clamp and heat until the entire
copper(II) sulfate has changed.

- Investigate the contents of the test tube and note down your
observations.
- Allow the test tube to cool down in the test tube rack. - Fit the bulb onto the dropper. Place a thermometer into the
test tube so that the bulb is surrounded with copper(II) sulfate. Note down the temperature. - Add approx. 3 drops of de-ionised water. Wait for several seconds, then note down the temperature.
Complete the drawing, label it and mark it in colour.
Energy
reaction Apparatus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 thermometer, -10 to + 150 C..........................382 33 test tube ...................................................from 664 042 droppers...................................................from 665 953 rubber bulbs.............................................from 665 954 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 test tube holder .................................................667 031 test tube rack ....................................................667 050 burner Energy
reaction
Chemicals
copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate............................ 672 9630
SEI 409
Warning notes
CK 4.2.2.3 Catalytic reactions

To investigate what the role of catalysts is for chemical reactions.
Setup

- Light the burner and slightly open the air supply. Grip a
sugar cube in the crucible tongs and hold it close to the burner flame. Note down your observations. - Sprinkle a small spatula tip of cigarette ash onto a second sugar cube and also hold it with the crucible tongs close to the flame. Note down your observations. - Fill the beaker to 1 cm with hydrogen peroxide. Wait for approx. 5 min. Then hold a glowing splint into the beaker above the liquid. Note down your observations. - Add to the hydrogen peroxide solution a spatula tip of manganese(IV) oxide and wait for approx. 30 s. Then repeat the glowing splint test. Note down your observations.
Note down your observations and interpret them:
Apparatus
wooden splints .........................................from 661 083 beaker, 100 ml ..................................................664 101 spatula, double ended ......................................666 962 pair of crucible tongs.........................................667 035 pair of protective goggles..................................667 601 burner
1 1 1 1
Chemicals
manganese(IV) oxide ......................................... 673 2205 hydrogen peroxide, approx. 10%..................from 675 3500 sugar cubes cigarette ash SEI 409
Warning notes
Hydrogen peroxide solution is corrosive! Use protective goggles! Protect long hair against catching fire!
Control diagrams
204 60 204 60 204 60 Chemistry kit part 1 Chemistry kit part 2a Chemistry kit part 2b
204 60 Chemistry Kit, part 1
Pos. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Quantity Article Cat.-No. 1 Round filter, Type 595, 125 mm , 100 pcs......661 035 1 Pipetting ball......................................................666 003 2 Candles ....................................................from 459 32 1 Magnifier 8 x......................................................667 127 2 Rubber tubing 7 mm , 1 m ..............................667 180 1 Pneumatic tank, 200 x 150 x 75 mm .................664 194 1 Safety goggles...................................................667 601 6 Rubber stopper, 14 x 18 x 20 mm, solid............667 253 1 Universal indicator paper, roll, with colour test scale .........................................MA9 0201 1 Rubber stopper, 14 X 18 X 20 mm, 1 hole 7 mm ...................................................667 254 2 Joint clip, NS 19/26, steel.................................665 397 1 Rubber stopper, 25 x 31 x 30 mm, SB 29, 1 hole 7 mm ...................................................667 261 1 Rubber stopper, 16-21 mm ,SB 19 1 hole 7 mm.......................................................667 256 1 Rubber stoppers , 25 x 31 x 30 mm, SB 29, solid ...................................................................667 260 1 Silicone stopper, 16 x 21 x 25 mm, SB 19, 1 hole 7 mm ...................................................667 286 1 Rubber stopper, 25 x 31 x 30 mm, SB 29, 2 holes 7 mm .................................................667 262 1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml...................................664 243 1 Beaker, 250 ml ..................................................664 130 1 Beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 4 Rubber bulbs ............................................from 665 954
Pos. Quantity Article Cat.-No 21 100 Boiling stones ...........................................from 661 019 22 1 Round-bottom flask, 250 ml, NS 19/26 .............664 301 23 1 Beaker, 400 ml ..................................................664 131 24 1 Funnel, 75 mm , PP........................................665 009 25 1 Beaker, 100 ml ..................................................602 022 26 1 Round-bottom flask, 100 ml, NS 19/26 .............664 300 27 1 Petri dish, 100 x 20 mm, upper part .........from 664 183 28 1 Insulating jacket.................................................384 51 29 1 Jar glass ............................................................665 563 30 1 Aluminium calorimeter.......................................384 52 31 1 Graduated pipette, 10 ml: 0,1............................665 997 32 1 Angled tube, 250/50 mm, 8 mm ....................665 231 33 1 Gas delivery tube, 300/50 mm, 8 mm , 60 ....665 233 34 1 Burette, clear glass, 10 ml.................................665 843 35 1 Capillary tube, 300 x 8 mm................................665 205 36 1 Glass tube, 300 x 8 mm ....................................665 204 37 1 Glass stirring rod, 200 x 8 mm ..........................665 212 38 1 Thermometer, -10 to + 150 C .........................382 33 39 1 Rubber bellows..................................................667 241 40 1 Cover plate for flame point determination .........664 2261 41 1 Distillation bridge after Claisen..........................665 338 42 1 Pestle, 100 mm long..........................................667 091 43 1 Crucible, porcelain.............................................664 003 44 1 Mortar, porcelain 63 mm ................................667 092 45 2 Evaporating dish................................................664 441 46 2 Gas delivery tube, 8 mm , angled, hook-shaped.................................................... 665 230
LD Didactic GmbH . Leyboldstrasse 1 . D-50354 Huerth / Germany . Phone (02233) 604-0 Fax (02233) 604-222 . e-mail: info@ld-didactic.de
204 60 Chemistry Kit, part 2a
Pos. Quantity Article Cat.-No. 1 1 'Flame test glass, 50 x 50 mm...................... 667 081 2 1 Test tube rack, plastic .................................. 667 050 3 4 Droppers 150 x 7 mm...........................from 665 953 4 1 Flat Trough................................................... 591 51 5 2 Crocodile-clips .....................................from 501 861 6 2 Kupferplatten........................................from 591 53 7 1 Zinc plate .............................................from 591 54 8 1 Iron plate ..............................................from 591 55 9 2 Nickel plates.........................................from 591 56 10 1 Aluminium plate....................................from 591 57 11 2 Carbon plates.......................................from 591 61 12 1 Brass plate electrode ...........................from 664 422 13 2 Glass tube, 80 x 8 mm ................................. 665 201 14 10 Wooden turnings ..................................from 661 084 15 1 Test tube, 30 x 200 mm ............................... 664 049 16 1 Dialysis hose with two glass parts................ 667 508 17 7 Test tubes, 16 x 160 mm......................from 664 042 18 10 Magnesia rods .....................................from 673 0840 19 1 Test tube, 20 x 180 mm, Supremax ............. 664 048 20 1 Test tube with side tap ................................. 664 058 21 1 Grindstone ................................................... 664 391 22 1 Angled tube,, 50/50 mm, 8 mm , 90 ......... 665 232 23 1 Glass nozzle, 8 mm , 90 .......................... 665 238 24 1 U-Tube, 160 mm, 2 side taps ....................... 664 086 25 2 Carbon rod electrode ................................... 664 433 26 1 Dropper funnel with stopper seat SB 29....... 665 073 27 1 Fermentation tube, ....................................... 665 643 28 5 Watch glass dish, 60 mm ......................... 664 153 29 1 Graduated cylinder, 100 ml:1 ....................... 665 754
204 60 Chemistry Kit, part 2b
Pos. Quantity Article Cat.-No. 1 2 Stand rod, 450 x 10 mm ........................... 301 28 2 2 Stand tube, 450 mm x 10 mm .................. 666 609 3 1 Stand rod, 25 cm, 10 mm ......................... 301 26 4 1 Wire gauze, 160 mm x 160 mm ................... 666 685 5 1 Bar magnet 60 x 13 x 5 mm ......................... 510 50 6 2 Magnesia troughs................................ from 667 085 7 10 Microcapillaries ................................... from 665 568 8 2 Stand base MF............................................. 301 21 9 1 Stand ring with stem, 10 cm ..................... 666 573 10 1 Wire triangle with clay sleeves, 60 mm ........ 666 688 11 1 Lamp socket, transparent base, E 10........... 505 72 12 1 Lamp 6 V / 0.3 W ......................................... 505 151 13 1 Petri dish, 100 mm , bottom part ...... from 664 183 14 2 Universal clamp, 0...80 mm ...................... 666 555 15 2 Bosshead S.................................................. 301 09 16 1 Digital Multimeter ......................................... 309 09232 17 1 Spatula, with spoon end, 180 mm ................ 666 966 18 1 Laboratory knife, stainless steel ................... 667 018 19 1 Scissors, 125 mm......................................... 667 017 20 1 Tweezer, blunt, 130 mm............................... 667 027 21 1 Test tube holder, wood................................. 667 031 22 1 Mouth blowpipe ............................................ 667 087 23 2 Pair cables 50 cm, red/blue.......................... 501 45 24 1 Crucible tong 200 mm .................................. 667 035 25 1 Spatula, double ended, 150 x 9 mm............. 666 962 26 1 Deflagrating spoon, 450 X 18 mm dia .......... 666 984

en

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

en

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

204 650 EN School experiments with the chemistry kit

by Frank Rhmer and Bernd Seithe

1st Edition, November 2004

Chemistry Kit General

Explanations and important notes

highly flammable F+ flammable F

School experiments with the chemistry kit

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.1 Setting up stands

Basic stand setup I

Basic stand setup II

tight so that they stick out a bit on both sides.

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments

Chemistry Kit General

CK 1.0.0.2 Additional information about the experiments

Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry

Density, solubility, susceptibility to magnetisation and colour

Carrying out the experiment

specify its colour.

the sand can be magnetised.

Table salt Polystyrene foam

Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry

CK 1.1.1.2 Boiling temperature

Object of the experiment

Carrying out the experiment

Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry

Object of the experiment

Carrying out the experiment

Notes on this task

Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry

CK 1.1.2.1 Heterogeneous mixtures

Object of the experiment

Carrying out the experiment

Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry

CK 1.1.2.2 Homogeneous mixtures

Object of the experiment

methylated water spirit

Carrying out the experiment

Notes on this task

Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry

Object of the experiment

Carrying out the experiment

Notes on this task

Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry

CK 1.1.3.2 Differential settling and decanting

Object of the experiment

Carrying out the experiment

Notes on this task

Chemistry Kit Inorganic Chemistry